JP7683664B2 - Gaming Machines - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to gaming machines such as pachinko machines.

Conventionally, there is known a gaming machine that has a launching means for launching gaming balls toward a gaming area formed in front of a gaming board, and executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a gaming ball enters an actuation port (initial ball entry means) (see, for example, Patent Document 1). For example, when a player wins a jackpot lottery, the gaming machine transitions the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of gaming balls, for example, by transitioning a variable winning device to a state in which the gaming ball can enter.

JP 2005-074175 A

However, after the gaming machine transitions the gaming state to a specific control state, it follows the same flow to start playing in the specific control state regardless of whether the player intervenes or not. This means that the series of steps from transitioning the gaming state to starting playing in the specific control state becomes monotonous, resulting in a problem in that the player's attention to the game decreases.

The objective of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine that can expand the options available to players and increase the player's interest in the game.

The gaming machine of the present invention is a gaming machine equipped with launching means capable of launching gaming balls toward a gaming area formed in front of a gaming board, starting ball entry means into which a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area can enter and which can execute a predetermined lottery based on the entry of the ball, and gaming state transition means capable of transitioning the gaming state to a specific control state advantageous to a player based on the result of the predetermined lottery , and variable ball entry means which allows a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area to enter based on the result of the predetermined lottery, and which can configure an open state in which a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area can enter and a closed state in which a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area cannot enter, and the open state can be configured in response to the physical entry of a gaming ball into the machine. The gaming machine is characterized in that it is configured to be able to produce a first situation in which, when a gaming ball that has entered the variable ball entry means wins , a predetermined control is executed in the specific control state, and the state of the opening/closing ball entry means can be subsequently transitioned based on the state before this winning , and a second situation in which, when a gaming ball that has entered the variable ball entry means wins, a predetermined control is not executed , and the state of the opening/closing ball entry means can be subsequently transitioned based on the state before this winning , and that after the gaming state has been transitioned to the specific control state, a predetermined game can be started based on the winning in the first situation .

The present invention can expand the options available to players and increase their interest in the game.

FIG. 1 is a front view of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment of the present invention; Front view of the game board Enlarged view of the area around the right-side variable entry mechanism A diagram showing the movement of the game ball on the ejection route and the crunch route. Enlarged view of the area around Kluhn from above A view of the non-electric device from the back of the game board Enlarged view of the non-motorized equipment area Enlarged view of the non-motorized equipment area Side view of non-motorized equipment FIG. 1 shows a display screen of a pattern display device. Block diagram showing the electrical configuration of a pachinko machine A diagram showing the contents of each counter used in the internal lottery A diagram showing a winning/losing table that stores the random number values that will result in a big win. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an allocation table that stores random number values related to the allocation destination of the jackpot type. FIG. 1 shows a flowchart of timer interrupt processing. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing a winning process for a round game execution gate. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing the winning process for the operating port. FIG. 1 shows a flowchart of normal processing. FIG. 1 shows a flowchart of main processing. FIG. 1 is a flowchart showing a game play control process. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing a data setting process. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing a fluctuation start process. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing a game state transition process. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing a process for setting the number of rounds. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing the process of opening and closing the big prize opening. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing the process of opening the large prize opening; FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing a transition process when the open/close execution mode is ended. A block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the audio and light emission control device and the display control device. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing a timer interrupt process executed by the audio/light emission control device. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing a process for determining a performance. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing a process for determining the number of rounds. A diagram showing the relationship between game results and game states, etc. A diagram showing the display screen of the pattern display device, the non-electric role, and the right-side variable ball entry mechanism when the non-electric role is not opened and the opening and closing execution mode is switched to. A diagram showing the display screen of the pattern display device, the non-electric role, and the right-side variable ball entry mechanism when the opening and closing execution mode is switched to when the non-electric role is opened. Front view of a game board according to a second embodiment of the present invention. An exploded perspective view of the vicinity of the crane, seen from diagonally above. Block diagram showing the electrical configuration of a pachinko machine A diagram showing the display screen of the pattern display device, the non-electric role, and the right-side variable ball entry mechanism when the non-electric role is not opened and the opening and closing execution mode is switched to. FIG. 13 is a perspective view showing the flow of game balls being guided to the discharge passage after a ball enters the 4th round execution gate. A perspective view showing the flow of balls being guided to the connecting passage after a ball enters the 4th round execution gate. A diagram showing the display screen of the pattern display device, the non-electric role, and the right-side variable ball entry mechanism when the non-electric role is not opened and the opening and closing execution mode is switched to. FIG. 16 is a perspective view showing the flow of balls being guided to the discharge passage after a ball enters the 16-round execution gate. A perspective view showing the flow of game balls being guided to the connecting passage after a ball enters the 16-round execution gate. Front view of a game board according to a third embodiment of the present invention. An exploded perspective view of the vicinity of the crane, seen from diagonally above. A diagram showing the display screen of the pattern display device, the non-electric role, and the right-side variable ball entry mechanism when the non-electric role is not opened and the opening and closing execution mode is switched to. Top view of the crane when the ball enters the 4th round execution gate A diagram showing the display screen of the pattern display device, the non-electric role, and the right-side variable ball entry mechanism when the non-electric role is not opened and the opening and closing execution mode is switched to. Top view of the crane when the ball enters the 16th round execution gate 11 is a front view of a game board according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention; Enlarged view of the area around Kluhn from above 5 is a front view of a game board according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention; Diagram showing the internal structure of non-motorized parts A diagram showing the internal structure of the non-motorized props when a ball enters the 16th round execution gate A diagram showing the internal structure of a non-motorized device when a ball enters the device. A diagram showing the internal structure of a non-motorized device after a ball enters the device. FIG. 13 is an enlarged view of the crane according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention, seen from above. A block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the audio and light emission control device and the display control device. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing a winning process for a round game execution gate. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing a process for setting the number of rounds. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing a setting process for a round game execution gate. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing a process for determining a performance. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing a process for determining a round game execution gate. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an example of a process for determining an execution gate determination effect and an execution gate determination effect; A diagram showing the display screen of the pattern display device, the non-electric role, and the right-side variable ball entry mechanism when the non-electric role is not opened and the opening and closing execution mode is switched to. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing another example of the determination process of the execution gate determination effect and the execution gate determination effect. A diagram showing the display screen of the pattern display device, the non-electric role, and the right-side variable ball entry mechanism when the non-electric role is not opened and the opening and closing execution mode is switched to. A diagram showing the display screen of the pattern display device, the non-electric role, and the right-side variable ball entry mechanism when the opening and closing execution mode is switched to when the non-electric role is opened. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing a setting process for a round game execution gate according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing a process for determining a round game execution gate. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an example of a process for determining an execution gate determination effect and an execution gate determination effect; FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing a winning process for a round game execution gate according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing a process for setting the number of rounds. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing a process for determining a round game execution gate. Diagram showing the gate reconfiguration FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an example of a process for determining an execution gate determination effect after a gate reset effect is executed and an execution gate determination effect. FIG. 1 is a front view of a game board according to a modified example of the present invention; Enlarged view of the area around the right-side variable entry mechanism FIG. 13 is a timing chart showing the opening and closing of the blade members, the valve body, and the plate when the mode is switched to the opening and closing execution mode.

First Embodiment
Hereinafter, a first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
FIG. 1 is a front view of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
The pachinko machine 10 is a type of gaming machine, a pachinko gaming machine. As shown in Fig. 1, the pachinko machine 10 includes an outer frame 11 that forms the outer shell of the pachinko machine 10, and a gaming machine main body 12 that is rotatably attached to the front (front side) of the outer frame 11.

The gaming machine main body 12 includes an inner frame (not shown) supported by the outer frame 11 so as to be rotatable with one of the left and right sides as the support side, a front door frame 13 arranged in front of the inner frame and supported by the inner frame so as to be rotatable forward with one of the left and right sides as the support side, and a back pack unit (not shown) arranged behind the inner frame and supported by the inner frame so as to be rotatable backward with one of the left and right sides as the support side.

The gaming machine main body 12 is equipped with a locking device (not shown) provided at its rotating tip. This locking device has the function of locking the gaming machine main body 12 so that it cannot be opened relative to the outer frame 11, and also has the function of locking the front door frame 13 so that it cannot be opened relative to the inner frame. These locked states are released by using an unlocking key to perform an unlocking operation on the cylinder lock 14, which is exposed on the front surface of the pachinko machine 10.

The front door frame 13 has a generally elliptical window section 21 provided so as to cover the entire front side of the inner frame, and a window panel 22 fitted into the window section 21. Note that in this embodiment, the window panel 22 is formed of glass to be colorless and transparent, but it may also be formed of synthetic resin or the like to be colorless and transparent.
In addition, the front door frame 13 is equipped with an indicator lamp section 23 provided above the window section 21 as part of the light-emitting means composed of various lamp sections etc. provided around the window section 21, speaker sections 24 provided on both the left and right sides of the indicator lamp section 23 and outputting sound effects etc. according to the game status, and an upper bulge section 25 and a lower bulge section 26 provided below the window section 21.

The upper bulging portion 25 and the lower bulging portion 26 are arranged side by side one above the other and are both provided to bulge forward.
The upper bulge 25 has an upper tray 25a provided inside so as to open upward. The upper tray 25a has a function of temporarily storing game balls dispensed by a dispenser 71 (see FIG. 11) provided in the back pack unit, and guiding the game balls to the game ball launching mechanism 81 (see FIG. 11) while aligning them in a row.
The lower bulge 26 has a lower tray 26a provided on the inside thereof so as to be similarly open upward. The lower tray 26a has a function of storing surplus game balls in the upper tray 25a.

The front door frame 13 further includes a launch handle 27 as a launching means provided to the right of the lower tray 26a. This launch handle 27 is operated by a player of the pachinko machine 10 to launch game balls from a game ball launching mechanism 81 provided below the inner frame toward a game area provided above the inner frame. The launch handle 27 changes the amount of rotation to change the launch strength of the game balls launched toward the game area, i.e., the momentum of the launch.

FIG. 2 is a front view of the game board.
2, the game board 31 has an inner rail portion 32 and an outer rail portion 33 attached to its surface, and is mounted on an inner frame. The above-mentioned game area is formed on the game board 31 so as to be partitioned by the inner rail portion 32 and the outer rail portion 33. Almost the entire game area can be viewed from the front through the window portion 21.
The inner rail portion 32 and the outer rail portion 33 form a guide rail 34 for game balls into the game area, and this guide rail 34 guides the game balls launched from the game ball launching mechanism 81 when the player rotates the launch handle 27 to the top of the game area.

The guide rail 34 is formed so that its exit portion is located on one side of the play area and faces the upper center of the play area. Therefore, the arrival position of the game ball at the top of the play area shifts from the side where the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is formed to the opposite side as the amount of rotation of the launch handle 27 by the player increases. In this embodiment, the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is provided on the left side of the play area.

The game board 31 has a plurality of large and small openings in the game area formed by router processing so as to penetrate in the front-rear direction. The game board 31 also has a general winning opening 35, an upper operating opening (first starting ball entry section) 36, a lower operating opening (second starting ball entry section) 37, a variable winning device 38, an outlet 39, and a non-electric device 51 provided in each opening. This non-electric device 51 is provided on the lower right side of the general winning opening 35. The game board 31 also has an opening 311 provided on the lower right side of the lower operating opening 37 and an opening 312 provided below the non-electric device 51. The game board 31 also has through gates 41 provided on the left and right sides of the center, a main display device 42 provided on the upper right side, and a variable display unit 43 provided in the center. Furthermore, the game board 31 has a large number of nails 44 planted in the game area to appropriately disperse or adjust the direction in which the game balls fall, as well as various components (gimmicks) such as windmills.

Each of the various winning openings of the general winning opening 35, the upper operating opening 36, the lower operating opening 37, and the variable winning device 38 is equipped with a detection sensor 40a to 40d (see FIG. 11) that detects the entry of a game ball, and these detection sensors 40a to 40d are arranged on the back side of the game board 31. Specifically, the general winning opening 35 is equipped with a detection sensor 40a, the upper operating opening 36 is equipped with a detection sensor 40b, the lower operating opening 37 is equipped with a detection sensor 40c, and the variable winning device 38 is equipped with a detection sensor 40d. The pachinko machine 10 executes the payout of a predetermined number of prize balls based on the detection results of the detection sensors 40a to 40d. The detection sensors 40a to 40d may be any type that can individually detect the entry of a game ball, and for example, an electromagnetic induction type proximity sensor can be used.

Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 will pay out 10 prize balls if a ball enters the general winning port 35. The pachinko machine 10 will pay out 3 prize balls if a ball enters the upper operating port 36 and if a ball enters the lower operating port 37. The pachinko machine 10 will pay out 15 prize balls if a ball enters the variable winning device 38. The number of prize balls is arbitrary, and for example, the number of prize balls for each operating port 36, 37 may be different.

The outlet 39 is provided at the bottom of the game area of the game board 31. Game balls that do not enter the various winning holes are discharged from the game area through the outlet 39. The outlet 39 also has a detection sensor 40e (see FIG. 11) that detects the entry of game balls, and this detection sensor 40e is disposed on the rear side of the game board 31. Note that when a ball enters the outlet 39, the pachinko machine 10 does not pay out prize balls, unlike when a ball enters one of the various winning holes.

The non-electric device 51 is provided on the lower left side of the play area of the game board 31. The non-electric device 51 also includes a detection sensor 40f (see FIG. 11) for detecting the entry of a game ball, and this detection sensor 40f is disposed on the rear side of the game board 31. When a ball enters the non-electric device 51, the pachinko machine 10 does not pay out prize balls, unlike when a ball enters one of the various winning holes. The non-electric device 51 will be described in detail later.
In addition, the player can hit the game ball to the left with a medium amount of rotation of the launch handle 27, thereby shifting the arrival position of the game ball at the top of the play area from the side where the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is formed to the upper left corner of the play area, thereby guiding the game ball to the upper operating port 36 or the non-electric device 51 (left hit route).

Each through gate 41 is equipped with a detection sensor 40g (see FIG. 11) that detects the entry of a game ball, and this detection sensor 40g is disposed on the rear side of the game board 31. Note that when a ball enters each through gate 41, the pachinko machine 10 does not pay out prize balls, unlike when a ball enters one of the various winning holes.

Here, "entering a ball" refers to a game ball passing through a specified opening, and includes not only the situation where the game ball passes through an opening and is discharged from the game area, but also the situation where the game ball continues to flow down the game area without being discharged from the game area after passing through an opening. However, in the following explanation, in order to clearly distinguish it from the game ball entering the outlet 39, the entry of the game ball into the various winning ports is also referred to as "winning". Also, the entry of a ball into the through gate 41 refers to the game ball continuing to flow down the game area without being discharged from the game area after passing through a gate provided in the game area. The entry of a ball into this through gate 41 is also referred to as "winning", just like the entry of a ball into the various winning ports.

The upper actuation port 36 and the lower actuation port 37 are unitized as an actuation port device and installed on the game board 31. Each actuation port 36, 37 opens upward so that game balls flowing down the game area can enter, and are arranged side by side in the vertical direction with the upper actuation port 36 positioned at the top and the lower actuation port 37 positioned at the bottom. The lower actuation port 37 has an electric device 37a as a guide piece (support piece) composed of a pair of left and right movable pieces.

The electric role 37a is connected to an electric role drive unit 37b mounted on the back side of the game board 31. This electric role 37a is set to either a closed state (unsupported state or unguided state) or an open state (supported state or guided state) by being driven by the electric role drive unit 37b. The closed state is a state in which the lower operating port 37 is closed by bringing the upper ends of the electric role 37a closer together in the left-right direction. The open state is a state in which the lower operating port 37 is opened by moving the upper ends of the electric role 37a apart in the left-right direction.

When the electric device 37a is set to the closed state, the distance between the top of the electric device 37a and the bottom of the upper operating port 36 is narrower than the width of one game ball. When the electric device 37a is set to the open state, the distance between the top of the electric device 37a and the bottom of the upper operating port 36 is wider than the width of one game ball. Therefore, when the electric device 37a is set to the closed state, the game ball cannot enter the lower operating port 37, but when it is set to the open state, the game ball can enter the lower operating port 37.

In addition, instead of the closed and open states described above, the electric device 37a may be configured to switch between a state in which it is difficult for game balls to enter the lower operating port 37 (a state in which game balls can enter, unlike the closed state) and a state in which it is easy for game balls to enter the lower operating port 37. Also, the lower operating port 37 may be configured to perform such switching by displacing the lower operating port 37, rather than by setting the electric device 37a, and in this case, the lower operating port 37 does not need to be equipped with the electric device 37a.

The variable winning device 38 is equipped with a large winning opening 38a that opens upward to allow game balls flowing down the game area to enter the game, an opening/closing door 38b for opening and closing the large winning opening 38a, and a variable winning drive unit 38c that drives the opening/closing door 38b.
Furthermore, the player can hit the game ball to the right by rotating the launch handle 27 to the maximum extent, thereby shifting the arrival position of the game ball at the top of the game area from the side where the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is formed to the opposite side, thereby avoiding the variable display unit 43, etc. and directing the game ball to the variable winning device 38 (right-hit route).

Here, the game board 31 is provided with a cover 381 provided so as to cover the front side of the variable winning device 38. This cover 381 is provided with a transparent panel 381a formed transparent (or semi-transparent) so that the variable winning device 38 can be seen from the front side, and an opaque panel 381b provided around this transparent panel 381a and formed opaque.
Therefore, the player can see the variable winning device 38 from the front through the transparent panel 381a and the window portion 21.

The big prize opening 38a is provided in an opening formed in the game area by router processing so that it penetrates in the front-to-rear direction. As mentioned above, this big prize opening 38a is equipped with a detection sensor 40d that detects the entry of game balls. The pachinko machine 10 pays out a predetermined number of prize balls based on the detection result.

The opening/closing door 38b is formed in a rectangular plate shape and is provided on the game board 31 so as to close the opening of the large prize opening 38a. The opening/closing door 38b has a closed state in which it advances toward the window panel 22 and protrudes from the game board 31 to close the opening of the large prize opening 38a, and an open state in which it retreats toward the inside of the game board 31 and sinks into the game board 31 to open the opening of the large prize opening 38a.
The variable winning drive unit 38c drives the opening/closing door 38b to set the opening/closing door 38b to either an open state or a closed state.

Specifically, the opening/closing door 38b is normally set to a closed state in which game balls cannot enter the game, but when a transition to the opening/closing execution mode is won in an internal lottery and the game mode is transitioned to, the opening/closing door 38b is set to an open state in which game balls can enter the game.
The opening and closing execution mode (specific control state) refers to a mode in which the opening and closing door 38b is set to an open state and game balls can enter the big prize opening 38a. In the opening and closing execution mode, the period from when the opening and closing door 38b is set to an open state until it is set to a closed state again is called one round of play.
In this way, the variable winning device 38 has an open state in which game balls flowing down the game area can enter, and a closed state in which game balls flowing down the game area cannot enter, and functions as an opening/closing ball entry means that pays out a predetermined game ball when a game ball enters the game area.

The main display device 42 has a main display section 45 and a display section for reels 46, and is configured by arranging a plurality of display devices such as a segment display in which a plurality of segment light-emitting sections are arranged in a predetermined manner, and a dot display.
The main display device 42 is provided on the game board 31 so as to bulge toward the window panel 22 provided on the front side of the main display device 42. That is, the main display device 42 is visible from the front of the pachinko machine 10 through the window panel 22. The distance between the main display device 42 and the window panel 22 is narrower than the distance of one game ball. This prevents the pachinko machine 10 from causing the game ball to fall between the main display device 42 and the window panel 22. In other words, the pachinko machine 10 prevents the game ball from falling in front of the main display device 42.

The main display unit 45 includes a first result display unit 45a for displaying the results of an internal lottery based on winning the upper operating port 36, and a second result display unit 45b for displaying the results of an internal lottery based on winning the lower operating port 37 (see FIG. 11). The main display unit 45 may further include a round display unit for clearly indicating the number of rounds played in the opening/closing execution mode when the opening/closing execution mode is activated (or when the opening/closing execution mode is activated).

The first result display unit 45a executes the varying display of the image using the winning of the upper operation port 36 as a trigger, and displays the result of the internal lottery conducted based on the winning of the upper operation port 36 as the stopping result of the varying display. If the result of this internal lottery corresponds to the transition to the opening and closing execution mode, the first result display unit 45a displays the predetermined stopping result. After that, the pachinko machine 10 transitions to the opening and closing execution mode.
The second result display unit 45b executes the varying display of the image using the winning of the lower operation port 37 as a trigger, and displays the result of the internal lottery conducted based on the winning of the lower operation port 37 as the stopping result of the varying display. If the result of this internal lottery corresponds to the transition to the opening and closing execution mode, the second result display unit 45b displays the predetermined stopping result. After that, the pachinko machine 10 transitions to the opening and closing execution mode.
Therefore, in this embodiment, the upper operating port 36 and the lower operating port 37 function as a starting ball entry means that allows a game ball flowing down the game area to enter and that executes an internal lottery when the game ball enters the game area.

The device display unit 46 executes a changing display of the image when a winning entry is made at each through gate 41, and displays the result of the internal lottery conducted based on the winning entry at each through gate 41 as the result of stopping the changing display. If the result of the internal lottery corresponds to a transition to an electric role open state, the device display unit 46 displays a predetermined stop result. The pachinko machine 10 then transitions to an electric role open state. In this electric role open state, the electric device 37a provided at the lower operating port 37 is opened in a predetermined manner.

In this embodiment, the main display unit 45 and the gadget display unit 46 are configured with segment displays, but are not limited to this and may be configured with other types of display devices such as a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL display device, a CRT, a dot matrix, etc. In addition, the images displayed on the main display unit 45 and the gadget display unit 46 may be configured to display multiple types of letters, multiple types of symbols, multiple types of characters, or multiple colors that are switched between.

The variable display unit 43 is equipped with a pattern display device 47 that variably displays (variably displays or switches between) patterns, which are a type of picture. The variable display unit 43 also has a center frame 48 arranged to surround the pattern display device 47. The upper part of this center frame 48 is arranged to bulge toward the window panel 22 provided on the front side. This prevents game balls from falling in front of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, and is configured to prevent inconvenience such as reduced visibility of the display screen G due to falling game balls.

The pattern display device 47 is configured as a liquid crystal display device equipped with a liquid crystal display. This pattern display device 47 starts displaying a variable pattern based on the winning of the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. That is, when the pattern display device 47 executes a variable display in the first result display section 45a of the main display section 45 and when the pattern display device 47 executes a variable display in the second result display section 45b of the main display section 45, the pattern display device 47 executes a variable display accordingly.
It should be noted that the pattern display device 47 is not limited to a liquid crystal display device, but may be another display device such as a plasma display device, an organic EL display device, or a CRT.

The center frame 48 has four first hold lamp units 49a provided in the upper area of the pattern display device 47, four second hold lamp units 49b provided in the area to the right of the first hold lamp units 49a, and four third hold lamp units 49c provided in the upper area of the first hold lamp units 49a.

The first reserved lamp section 49a is a section that displays the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operating port 36, and lights up according to the number of reserved balls. This first reserved lamp section 49a can reserve up to four game balls, and corresponds to the changing display of the first result display section 45a and the pattern display device 47.
The second reserved lamp section 49b is a section that displays the number of reserved game balls that have entered the lower operating port 37, and lights up according to the number of reserved balls. This second reserved lamp section 49b can reserve up to four game balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the second result display section 45b and the symbol display device 47.
The third reserved lamp section 49c is a section that displays the number of reserved game balls that have entered each through gate 41, and lights up according to the number of reserved balls. This third reserved lamp section 49c can reserve up to four game balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the device display section 46.
Each of the reservation lamp sections 49a to 49c may have another configuration, such as being displayed as an image on a part of the pattern display device 47 described later.

The center frame 48 also has a right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 provided in the area on the lower right side of the pattern display device 47, and a crane 53 provided in the area to the left of this right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52.
The right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 has the function of guiding a game ball flowing down the game area into the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the crane route or the discharge route by switching between a crane route that guides the game ball to the crane 53 and a discharge route that discharges the game ball to the outside of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52, after the game ball enters the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52.
Furthermore, the player can hit the game ball to the right by rotating the launch handle 27 to the maximum extent, thereby shifting the arrival position of the game ball at the top of the game area from the side where the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is formed to the opposite side, thereby avoiding the variable display unit 43, etc., and guiding the game ball to the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 (right-hand hit route).

FIG. 3 is an enlarged view of the area around the right-side variable ball entry mechanism.
As shown in Figure 3, the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 comprises an introduction section 521 that allows game balls flowing down the game area to enter the inside of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52, a guide passage 522 that guides the game balls guided to the entrance of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 by the introduction section 521, a switching section 523 that switches the destination of the game balls guided by the guide passage 522, and an outlet 524 and guide rail 525 (see Figure 4) provided at the destination of the guide passage 522.

The introduction section 521 includes a blade member 521a that is attached to the game board 31 so as to close the entrance formed on the right side of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52, a pin 521b that supports the blade member 521a so that it can rotate freely around an axis perpendicular to the surface of the game board 31, and a blade member drive section 521c that drives the blade member 521a.

The blade member 521a has a closed state (dashed line in the figure) in which it closes the entrance of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 by rotating counterclockwise around the pin 521b, and an open state (solid line in the figure) in which it opens the entrance of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 by rotating clockwise around the pin 521b (see arrow in the figure). In the open state, the blade member 521a is inclined downward as it approaches the entrance side of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52.
The blade member driving unit 521c drives the blade members 521a to set the blade members 521a to either a closed state or an open state.

Here, the blade members 521a are repeatedly set to a closed state and an open state at a predetermined cycle, in other words, the blade members 521a are intermittently opened and closed at a predetermined cycle.
In this embodiment, the blade members 521a are repeatedly set to a closed state for 1.5 seconds and an open state for 0.5 seconds, so that the blade members 521a intermittently open and close in a cycle of 2 seconds.
In addition, the introduction section 521 only needs to be configured so that it can allow the game ball flowing down the game area to enter the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52, and the timing of opening and closing of the blade member 521a and the opening and closing period can be set arbitrarily.

Therefore, when the blade member 521a is set to the open state by the blade member drive unit 521c, the game ball travels along the blade member 521a by utilizing the inclination of the blade member 521a and enters the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 (solid line in the figure).
In contrast, when the blade member drive unit 521c sets the blade member 521a to a closed state, the game ball does not enter the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 (dotted line in the figure).

The guide passage 522 is formed to have a width such that multiple game balls cannot pass through the passage at the same time. The guide passage 522 branches into two along the way, with an upstream guide passage 522a located upstream of the branch and two downstream guide passages 522b, 522c located downstream.
The guide passage 522 is formed to be transparent (or semi-transparent) so that its interior can be seen from the front side.

The upstream guide passage 522a guides the game ball that has been inserted into the entrance of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 by the introduction section 521 from the entrance of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the branching position of the guide passage 522. This upstream guide passage 522a is inclined so that it descends as it travels from the entrance of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the branching position of the guide passage 522. Therefore, the game ball travels along the upstream guide passage 522a by utilizing the inclination of the upstream guide passage 522a and reaches the branching position of the guide passage 522.

The downstream guide passage 522b is provided at a position close to the branching position of the guide passage 522. The downstream guide passage 522b is formed along a vertically downward direction so as to cause the game ball to fall from the branching position of the guide passage 522. The downstream guide passage 522b guides the game ball that has traveled along the upstream guide passage 522a and reached the branching position of the guide passage 522 to the discharge port 524.
The downstream guide passage 522c is provided at a position far from the branching position of the guide passage 522. The downstream guide passage 522c is formed so as to guide the game ball from the branching position of the guide passage 522 to the guide rail 525. The downstream guide passage 522c guides the game ball that has traveled along the upstream guide passage 522a to the branching position of the guide passage 522 to the guide rail 525 (see FIG. 4).

Here, the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 is equipped with a detection sensor 40h (see FIG. 11) that detects the entry of a game ball, and this detection sensor 40h is disposed on the rear side of the game board 31. Specifically, the detection sensor 40h detects the entry of a game ball into the downstream guide passage 522c. Note that, when a ball enters the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52, the pachinko machine 10 does not pay out prize balls, unlike when a ball enters one of the various winning holes. Also, the detection sensor 40h may be any type that can detect the entry of game balls individually, and for example, an electromagnetic induction type proximity sensor can be used.

The switching unit 523 includes a plate 523a that is attached to the game board 31 so as to close the entrance of the downstream guide passage 522c, a pin 523b that supports the plate 523a so that it can rotate freely around an axis perpendicular to the surface of the game board 31, and a plate drive unit 523c that drives the plate 523a.

The plate 523a has a closed state (indicated by a two-dot chain line in the figure) in which the plate 523a rotates clockwise about the pin 523b to close the entrance of the downstream guide passage 522b, and an open state (indicated by a solid line in the figure) in which the plate 523a rotates counterclockwise about the pin 523b to close the entrance of the downstream guide passage 522c and open the entrance of the downstream guide passage 522b. In the closed state, the plate 523a is inclined downward toward the downstream guide passage 522c.
The plate driving unit 523c drives the plate 523a to set the plate 523a in either a closed state or an open state.

Therefore, when the plate 523a is set to the open state by the plate driving unit 523c, the game ball that reaches the branching position of the guide passage 522 is guided to the entrance of the downstream guide passage 522b and then guided to the discharge port 524 (solid line in the figure). The game ball is then discharged to the outside (game area) of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 through the discharge port 524 (discharge route).
On the other hand, when the plate 523a is set to the closed state by the plate driving unit 523c, the game ball that has reached the branching position of the guide passage 522 is guided along the plate 523a by utilizing the inclination of the plate 523a to the entrance of the downstream guide passage 522c, and then guided to the guide rail 525 (two-dot chain line in the figure). After that, the game ball is guided to the crane 53 via the guide rail 525 (see FIG. 4) (Crane route).

Here, the plate 523a is usually set to an open state (discharge route) where the game ball is not guided to the Kloun 53. Then, when a transition to the open/close execution mode is won in the internal lottery and the mode is transitioned to, the plate 523a is set to a closed state (Kloun route) where the game ball is guided to the Kloun 53.
In addition, when the aforementioned detection sensor 40h detects the entry of a game ball into the downstream guide passage 522c, the plate 523a is again set to an open state (discharge route) in which the game ball is not guided to the crane 53.
Thus, in this embodiment, the crane 53 functions as a variable ball entry means that allows a game ball flowing down the game area to enter the game based on the results of an internal lottery performed based on the game ball's entry into the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37.

4 is a diagram showing the movement of the game ball in the discharge route and the Krun route. Specifically, Fig. 4 (A) and (B) are diagrams showing the movement of the game ball in the discharge route, and Fig. 4 (C) and (D) are diagrams showing the movement of the game ball in the Krun route.
When the vane member 521a is set to the closed state, the game ball does not enter the right variable ball entry mechanism 52 as shown in Fig. 4 (A) (see the arrow in the figure). This is the same whether it is the ejection route or the croon route.

In contrast, when the blade member 521a is set to the open state, the game ball travels along the blade member 521a by utilizing the inclination of the blade member 521a and enters the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52, as shown in Figures 4 (B) and (C).
When the plate 523a is set in the open state to set the discharge route, the game ball that reaches the branching position of the guide passage 522 is guided to the discharge port 524 as shown in Fig. 4(B) (see the arrow in the figure). The game ball is then discharged to the outside (game area) of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 through the discharge port 524.

The game ball discharged outside the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 through the discharge port 524 has its falling direction changed by the nail 44, so that the ball enters the upper operating port 36, the lower operating port 37, or the outlet port 39.
In this embodiment, the game ball discharged to the outside of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 through the discharge port 524 enters the upper actuation port 36, the lower actuation port 37, or the outlet port 39, but it may be designed to enter only the outlet port 39, for example. In short, the flow path of the game ball after it is discharged into the play area may be designed in any way.
In addition, in this embodiment, the game balls are discharged into the game area through the discharge port 524, but instead of being discharged into the game area, the game balls may be collected, for example, through a route similar to that of the game balls that enter the outlet 39.

When the Kloon route is set by setting plate 523a to the closed state, the game ball that reaches the branching position of guide passage 522 is guided to guide rail 525 as shown in FIG. 4(C) (see the arrow in the figure). After that, the game ball is guided to Kloon 53 via guide rail 525 as shown in FIG. 4(D).

FIG. 5 is an enlarged view of the vicinity of the crane as viewed from above.
As shown in Figure 5, the crane 53 has a disk-shaped rolling surface 531 that rolls the game ball guided to the crane 53 via the guide rail 525, and a side wall 532 provided along the periphery of the rolling surface 531.
In addition, the guide rail 525 guides the game ball to the rolling surface 531 so as to follow the side wall 532 .

The rolling surface 531 includes three holes 533A to 533C formed at a predetermined distance from its center and equally spaced from one another, and a protrusion 534 formed at its center and having three side surfaces that slope downward toward each of the holes 533A to 533C. The rolling surface 531 is also sloped downward from the side wall 532 toward each of the holes 533A to 533C (see FIG. 4).
Therefore, the game ball guided to the crane 53 via the guide rail 525 rolls on the rolling surface 531 along the side wall 532, and then enters one of the holes 533A to 533C (see arrow A in the figure).

Each of the holes 533A to 533C is equipped with a detection sensor 40i to 40k (see FIG. 11) that detects the entry of a game ball, and the detection sensors 40i to 40k are arranged on the back side of the game board 31. Specifically, the detection sensor 40i detects the entry of a game ball into the hole 533A, the detection sensor 40j detects the entry of a game ball into the hole 533B, and the detection sensor 40k detects the entry of a game ball into the hole 533C. Note that, unlike when a ball enters one of the holes 533A to 533C, the pachinko machine 10 does not pay out prize balls when a ball enters one of the various winning holes. Also, the detection sensors 40i to 40k may be any type that can detect the entry of a game ball individually, and for example, an electromagnetic induction type proximity sensor can be used.

When each of the holes 533A-533C wins an internal lottery to switch to the open/close execution mode and switches to the open/close execution mode, it becomes an opportunity to start a round of play. Specifically, when the pachinko machine 10 wins an internal lottery to switch to the open/close execution mode and switches to the open/close execution mode, and a ball enters each of the holes 533A-533C, it sets the open/close door 38b to the open state and starts playing a predetermined number of rounds.

Specifically, when a ball lands in hole 533A, the pachinko machine 10 starts playing 16 rounds of play, and therefore displays a mark around hole 533A to indicate that 16 rounds of play will start.
In addition, when a ball lands in holes 533B and 533C, the pachinko machine 10 starts playing four rounds of games, so no marks are displayed in holes 533B and 533C to suggest that four rounds of games will start.

The crane 53 is also connected to a hole 533A formed on the front side (near side) of the game board 31, and as shown by arrow B in the figure, has a communication passage 535 that guides game balls that enter the hole 533A and fall downward to the non-electric device 51, and is connected to two holes 533B, 533C formed on the back side (rear side) of the game board 31, and as shown by arrow C in the figure, has a discharge passage 536 that discharges game balls that enter the holes 533B, 533C and fall downward into the game area through the opening 311 (see Figure 2).

Fig. 6 is a diagram of the non-electric accessory as seen from the back side of the game board. Fig. 9 is a diagram of the non-electric accessory as seen from the side.
As shown in Figures 6 and 9, the non-electric device 51 comprises a pair of upper blade members 511 arranged above the game board 31 so as to face each other horizontally, a pair of rotating shafts 512 fixed to the lower ends of each upper blade member 511 and arranged so as to be freely rotatable around an axis perpendicular to the surface of the game board 31, a pair of plate-shaped bodies 513 having one ends fixed to each rotating shaft 512, and a pair of upper gears 514 fixed concentrically to each rotating shaft 512.

The non-electric device 51 also includes a pair of lower blade members 515 arranged below each upper blade member 511 so as to face each other in the horizontal direction, a pair of rotating shafts 516 fixed to the upper end of each lower blade member 515 and arranged to be freely rotatable around an axis perpendicular to the surface of the game board 31, and a pair of lower gears 517 arranged to mesh with each upper gear 514 and fixed concentrically to each rotating shaft 516.

As shown in Fig. 6A, when the non-electric device 51 is in a closed state, the upper blade members 511 face each other in the horizontal direction and have opposing faces 511A arranged along the vertical direction. Also, as shown in Fig. 9, the upper blade members 511 are provided in the play area (the front side of the play board 31).
Each upper blade member 511 is provided so that the passage 511B formed between each opposing surface 511A is narrow enough that multiple game balls cannot pass through at the same time. The non-electric device 51 also has a baffle plate 51A provided above the entrance of the passage 511B. The distance between the upper end of each upper blade member 511 and the baffle plate 51A is narrower than the width of one game ball. Therefore, when the non-electric device 51 is in a closed state, the game ball cannot enter the non-electric device 51 through the entrance of the passage 511B.
In addition, the non-electric device 51 is provided with a cover 518 provided in the play area so as to cover and conceal each upper blade member 511 and the passage 511B.

As shown in FIG. 6(A), each plate-like body 513 is arranged so as to form an obtuse angle with respect to the opposing surface 511A of each upper blade member 511. Specifically, each plate-like body 513 is arranged at an incline so as to approach the passage 511B from the upper end toward the lower end on the rotating shaft 512 side when the non-electric device 51 is in the closed state. Here, each plate-like body 513 is provided on the back side of the game board 31 as shown in FIG. 9. Specifically, the non-electric device 51 has a passage 51B that guides the game ball that entered the non-electric device 51 through the entrance of the passage 511B to the back side of the game board 31, and one end of each plate-like body 513 is fixed to each rotating shaft 512 so as to block the discharge outlet of this passage 51B.

As shown in FIG. 6(A), each lower wing member 515 is arranged to be at an obtuse angle with respect to the opposing surface 511A of each upper wing member 511. Specifically, each lower wing member 515 is arranged to be inclined so as to approach the passage 511B from the upper end toward the lower end on the rotating shaft 516 side when the non-electric role 51 is in the closed state. Also, each lower wing member 515 is provided on the back side of the game board 31 as shown in FIG. 9. Specifically, each lower wing member 515 is provided at a passage position of the game ball guided to the non-electric role 51 through the communication passage 535 of the crane 53. Here, each lower wing member 515 has one end fixed to each rotating shaft 516 so as to block the discharge outlet 535A of the communication passage 535.

In this manner, the communication passage 535 of the crane 53 described above communicates with the upper part of each lower blade member 515 .
Therefore, the game ball that enters the hole 533A of the crane 53, falls downward, and is guided to the non-electric device 51 via the connecting passage 535 falls toward each lower wing member 515 as shown in Fig. 6(A). Then, the game ball that has fallen toward each lower wing member 515 rotates each lower wing member 515 about each rotating shaft 516 as a center, thereby pushing the lower ends of each lower wing member 515 apart (see arrow A in the figure) as shown in Fig. 6(B).
After the lower ends of the lower wing members 515 are pushed apart, the game ball is discharged from the non-electric device 51 through the discharge passage 51C into the game area via the opening 312.

In addition, each rotating shaft 516 and each lower gear 517 rotates in conjunction with the rotation of each lower wing member 515, so each upper gear 514 rotates in conjunction with the rotation of each lower gear 517. And each upper wing member 511 and each plate-like body 513 rotates in conjunction with the rotation of each upper gear 514 (see arrow B in the figure). This causes the non-electric device 51 to transition from a closed state to an open state.

Here, the non-electrical device 51 is equipped with a non-electrical device opening detection sensor 519 (see FIG. 11) that detects a transition from a closed state to an open state. The non-electrical device opening detection sensor 519 may be any type that can detect the opening of the non-electrical device 51, and for example, a contact type sensor may be used.

The distance between the upper end of each upper blade member 511 and the baffle plate 51A is wider than one game ball when the non-electric device 51 is in the open state, as shown in Fig. 6(B). Therefore, when the non-electric device 51 is in the open state, the game ball can enter the non-electric device 51 through the entrance of the passage 511B.
Here, when the non-electric accessory 51 is in the open state, each plate-like body 513 rotates about each rotating shaft 512 so as to close the passage 51B.

Therefore, the game ball that enters the non-electric device 51 through the entrance of the passage 511B is guided to the rear side of the game board 31 through the passage 51B, and then the lower ends of each plate-shaped body 513 are pushed apart by rotating each plate-shaped body 513 around each rotating shaft 512.
After the lower ends of each plate-like body 513 are pushed apart, the game ball passes through the discharge passage 51C and is discharged from the non-electric device 51 into the game area through the opening 312.

In addition, each rotating shaft 512 and each upper gear 514 rotates in conjunction with the rotation of each plate-shaped body 513, so each lower gear 517 rotates in conjunction with the rotation of each upper gear 514. And each lower wing member 515 rotates in conjunction with the rotation of each lower gear 517. This causes the non-electric device 51 to transition from an open state to a closed state.

When the non-electric device 51 wins an internal lottery to switch to the open/close execution mode and switches to the open/close execution mode, it becomes an opportunity to start a round of play. Specifically, when the pachinko machine 10 wins an internal lottery to switch to the open/close execution mode and switches to the open/close execution mode, and a ball enters the non-electric device 51, the pachinko machine 10 sets the open/close door 38b to an open state and starts playing a predetermined number of rounds.

Here, the entry of the ball into the non-electric device 51 is determined by detecting whether the game ball has passed through the discharge passage 51C using the detection sensor 40f. In other words, when the non-electric device 51 is in an open state, a game ball that has entered the non-electric device 51 through the entrance of the passage 511B, and when the non-electric device 51 is in a closed state, a game ball that has been guided to the non-electric device 51 through the connecting passage 535, are both determined to have entered the non-electric device 51.

Specifically, when a ball enters the non-electric device 51, the pachinko machine 10 starts playing 16 rounds of play, and therefore the non-electric device 51 displays the letters "16R" indicating that 16 rounds of play are about to start (see FIG. 2).
In the following explanation, the non-electric device 51 and hole 533A that start the execution of 16 rounds of play are referred to as a 16-round execution gate, and each of the holes 533B, 533C that start the execution of four rounds of play are referred to as a 4-round execution gate, and the 16-round execution gate and the 4-round execution gate are collectively referred to as a round play execution gate.

Therefore, the non-electric device 51 has an open state in which game balls flowing down the play area can enter the device, and a closed state in which game balls flowing down the play area cannot enter the device, and functions as an opening/closing ball entry means that transitions from the open state to the closed state based on the entry of a game ball into the device.
The non-electric device 51 is equipped with each plate-like body 513 (first receiving portion) that receives the game ball that enters the non-electric device 51, and each lower wing member 515 (second receiving portion) that receives the game ball that enters the hole 533A, and by receiving the game ball at each plate-like body 513, it transitions from an open state to a closed state, and by receiving the game ball at each lower wing member 515, it transitions from the closed state to the open state.

In this embodiment, the opening and closing ball entry means transitions from an open state to a closed state by receiving a game ball at the first receiving section, and transitions from a closed state to an open state by receiving a game ball at the second receiving section. In contrast, the opening and closing ball entry means may, for example, include a drive unit that sets the opening and closing ball entry means to either a closed state or an open state, and a sensor that detects the entry of a game ball, and the drive unit may transition the opening and closing ball entry means from the open state to the closed state based on the sensor detecting the entry of a game ball. In short, the opening and closing ball entry means has an open state that allows game balls flowing down the game area to enter, and a closed state that does not allow game balls flowing down the game area to enter, and transitions from the open state to the closed state based on the entry of a game ball.

The Krun 53 also has holes 533B, 533C (first ball entry section) that allow a game ball that has entered the Krun 53 to enter and does not cause the non-electric device 51 to transition from a closed state to an open state based on the game ball entering, and a hole 533A (second ball entry section) that allows a game ball that has entered the Krun 53 to enter and causes the non-electric device 51 to transition from a closed state to an open state based on the game ball entering. The Krun 53 has a rolling surface 531 that rolls the game ball that has entered the Krun 53, and the first ball entry section and the second ball entry section are provided on the rolling surface 531 and allow the game ball rolling on the rolling surface 531 to enter.

In this embodiment, the first and second ball entry sections are provided on the rolling surface 531 of the crane 53, and allow game balls rolling on the rolling surface 531 to enter the ball entry section. In contrast, the first and second ball entry sections may be provided, for example, in a distribution mechanism that distributes game balls that have entered the variable ball entry means to the first and second ball entry sections. In this case, the probability that the distribution mechanism distributes game balls to the first and second ball entry sections may be the same or different. In short, the variable ball entry means only needs to be equipped with a first ball entry section and a second ball entry section.

As described above, the non-electric device 51 and hole 533A are 16-round execution gates that start the execution of 16 rounds of play. Also, each of the holes 533B and 533C is a 4-round execution gate that starts the execution of four rounds of play. Therefore, the open/close execution mode game that starts when a game ball enters the non-electric device 51 and hole 533A provides a higher value to the player than the open/close execution mode game that starts when a game ball enters each of the holes 533B and 533C.

Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 starts an open/close execution mode in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times the variable winning device 38 opens and closes to a predetermined number (four times in this embodiment) when a game ball enters each of the holes 533B and 533C, and starts an open/close execution mode in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times the variable winning device 38 opens and closes to a number greater than the predetermined number (16 times in this embodiment) when a game ball enters the non-electric device 51 and hole 533A.

In this embodiment, the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters the non-electric device 51 and the hole 533A is given a higher value to the player than the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters each hole 533B, 533C by setting the number of times the variable winning device 38 is opened and closed. However, for example, by setting the opening time of the variable winning device 38, a higher value may be given to the player than the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters each hole 533B, 533C. In short, the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters the open/close ball entry means and the second ball entry section may be given a higher value to the player than the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters the first ball entry section.

In addition, in this embodiment, hole 533A is a 16-round execution gate that starts the execution of 16 rounds of play, and each of holes 533B and 533C is a 4-round execution gate that starts the execution of 4 rounds of play, and the correspondence between each of holes 533A to 533C and the 16-round execution gate and the 4-round execution gate is fixed. In contrast, the correspondence between each of holes 533A to 533C and the 16-round execution gate and the 4-round execution gate does not have to be fixed, and the correspondence may be changed based on the results of an internal lottery, for example. This allows the pachinko machine 10 to expand its playability and increase the player's attention to the game.

7 and 8 are enlarged views of the vicinity of the non-electric device. Specifically, Fig. 7(A) and Fig. 8(A) are views showing a state in which a game ball falls toward the non-electric device 51 in the open state of the non-electric device 51, and Fig. 7(B) and Fig. 8(B) are views showing the flow of the game ball thereafter.
As shown in Figs. 7 and 8, the non-motorized accessory 51 includes a rotation distribution mechanism 51D provided at the upper left of the baffle plate 51A.
The rotation distribution mechanism 51D includes a rotating shaft 51D1 attached to the game board 31 so as to be freely rotatable around an axis perpendicular to the surface of the game board 31, three rotating blades 51D2 formed at equal intervals on the rotating shaft 51D1 with the rotating shaft 51D1 as the center, and a stopper 51D3 provided below the rotating shaft 51D1.

Of the three rotating blades 51D2, when the right rotating blade 51D2 is in contact with the stopper 51D3, the upper rotating blade 51D2 inclines so as to approach the non-electric feature 51 as it moves upward, as shown in Figure 7 (A).
In this state, a game ball that falls through the left side of the windmill located at the upper right of the rotary distribution mechanism 51D will fall between the upper rotating blade 51D2 and the leftmost rotating blade 51D2 of the three rotating blades 51D2 (see arrow in Figure 7 (A)).

As shown in FIG. 7B, the game ball that falls between the upper rotating blade 51D2 and the left rotating blade 51D2 rotates the rotating shaft 51D1 counterclockwise via the rotating blade 51D2, and then passes through the left side of the non-electric device 51 without entering the non-electric device 51 (see the arrow in FIG. 7B). Then, of the three rotating blades 51D2, the left rotating blade 51D2 comes into contact with the stopper 51D3. This causes the rotating shaft 51D1 to stop rotating. The game ball that passes through the left side of the non-electric device 51 will then enter the outlet 39.

In contrast, of the three rotating blades 51D2, when the left rotating blade 51D2 is in contact with the stopper 51D3, the upper rotating blade 51D2 inclines so as to move upward and away from the non-electric feature 51, as shown in Figure 8 (A).
In this state, a game ball that falls through the left side of the windmill located at the upper right of the rotary distribution mechanism 51D will fall between the upper rotating blade 51D2 and the right-most rotating blade 51D2 of the three rotating blades 51D2 (see arrow in Figure 8 (A)).

As shown in FIG. 8(B), the game ball that falls between the upper rotating blade 51D2 and the right rotating blade 51D2 rotates the rotating shaft 51D1 clockwise via the rotating blade 51D2, and then enters the non-electric device 51 (see the arrow in FIG. 8(B)). Then, of the three rotating blades 51D2, the right rotating blade 51D2 comes into contact with the stopper 51D3. This causes the rotating shaft 51D1 to stop rotating.

In this way, the rotational distribution mechanism 51D has the function of distributing game balls falling toward the non-electric device 51 to the left and right according to its own rotation, and alternately switching between a left route that does not allow the game balls to enter the non-electric device 51 and a right route that allows the game balls to enter the non-electric device 51.
Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can make it difficult for a game ball that has fallen toward the non-electric device 51 against the player's intention to enter the non-electric device 51, making it easier to reflect the player's intention.

In this embodiment, the rotation distribution mechanism 51D is only provided in the first stage, but a second stage rotation distribution mechanism 51D may be provided, and a third stage or subsequent stages rotation distribution mechanism 51D may be provided. This makes it more difficult for a game ball that has fallen toward the non-electric device 51 against the player's intention to enter the non-electric device 51, and makes it easier to reflect the player's intention.
In addition, in this embodiment, the rotational distribution mechanism 51D distributes the game balls that fall toward the non-electric device 51 to the left and right according to its own rotation, but the game balls may be distributed using a method other than rotation.

FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a display screen of the pattern display device.
The display screen G of the symbol display device 47 is divided into three display areas as shown in Fig. 10, and in each display area, a left symbol row Z1, a middle symbol row Z2, and a right symbol row Z3 are displayed in order from the left. Each symbol row Z1 to Z3 is configured by arranging eight types of symbols consisting of the numbers "1" to "8" in ascending order from bottom to top, with "1" following "8". In Fig. 10, the center line of each display area is indicated by a dashed line.

The symbol display device 47 starts a variable display of symbols by periodically scrolling the symbols of each symbol row Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in this embodiment) based on the winning of the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37, thereby executing a performance for a game round on the display screen G. This performance for a game round switches from a variable display to a static display in the order of the left symbol row Z1 → the right symbol row Z3 → the center symbol row Z2, and finally ends with a predetermined symbol being statically displayed on the pay line L.
In other words, a game round refers to the period from when the main display unit 45 and the symbol display unit 47 start to display a varying value based on winning at each of the operating ports 36, 37 until a predetermined stop result is displayed.

The manner in which the patterns are displayed in the pattern display device 47 is not limited to this and can be any manner. For example, the number of pattern rows, the direction of scrolling of each pattern row, the number of patterns in each pattern row, etc. can be changed as appropriate. Also, instead of the pattern of only numbers, the pattern of each pattern row may be a combination of pictures and numbers, or may be a pattern of only pictures.

<Electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10>
FIG. 11 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine.
As shown in Fig. 11, the pachinko machine 10 includes a main control device 60, a sound and light emission control device 90, and a display control device 100, which are mounted on the rear side of the inner frame. The pachinko machine 10 also includes a payout control device 70 that executes payout control to make the payout device 71 described above pay out game balls, and a power supply and launch control device 80 that executes launch control to make the game ball launch mechanism 81 described above launch game balls, which are mounted on the back pack unit.

The main control device 60 includes a main control board 61 that controls the main game (main control) and a power outage monitoring board 65 that monitors the power supply. The main control device 60 includes a board box that houses the main control board 61 and the like. This board box may be equipped with a trace means that leaves a trace when it is opened, or a trace structure that leaves a trace when it is opened. Specifically, the trace means may be a configuration in which a board box is formed by joining multiple case bodies, and a joining part (crimping part) that requires destruction of a predetermined part when each case body is separated is provided, or a configuration in which a sealing seal that leaves a trace of removal by leaving an adhesive layer on the adhesion target when peeled off is attached so as to straddle the boundaries between multiple case bodies. In addition, the trace structure may be a configuration in which an adhesive is applied to the boundaries between these case bodies.

The main control board 61 includes an MPU 62 mounted on the main control board 61, and a ROM 63 and a RAM 64 which constitute the MPU 62. The MPU 62 is an element which combines, on a chip, the ROM 63, the RAM 64, a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input/output circuit, and a counter circuit acting as a random number generator.
In this embodiment, the ROM 63 and the RAM 64 are integrated into a single chip for the MPU 62, but they may be integrated into separate chips. This also applies to the MPUs of the other control devices other than the main control device 60.

The ROM 63 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is a non-volatile storage means that does not require an external power supply to hold the stored information. The ROM 63 has various areas such as a win/lose table storage area 63a, a distribution table storage area 63b, and a reach table storage area 63c. These areas will be described in detail later.
The RAM 64 is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when the control program stored in the ROM 63 is executed, and is a volatile storage means that requires an external power supply to hold the stored information. The RAM 64 has various areas such as a counter area 64a, a reserved ball storage area 64b, and an electric role reserved area 64c. These areas will be described in detail later.

The MPU 62 has an input port and an output port. The input port of the MPU 62 is connected to the power failure monitoring board 65 provided in the main control unit 60, the multiple detection sensors 40a to 40k, and the non-electric role opening detection sensor 519. The output port of the MPU 62 is connected to the power failure monitoring board 65, the payout control unit 70, and the sound and light emission control unit 90. In addition, the output port of the MPU 62 is connected to the electric role drive unit 37b that opens and closes the electric role 37a of the lower operating port 37, the variable winning drive unit 38c that opens and closes the opening and closing door 38b of the variable winning device 38, the blade member drive unit 521c that opens and closes the blade member 521a, the plate drive unit 523c that opens and closes the plate 523a, the main display unit 45, and the role display unit 46.

The main control board 61 has a driver circuit. The MPU 62 executes drive control of various drive units through this driver circuit. Specifically, in the electric role open state, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the electric role drive unit 37b to open and close the electric role 37a. In the opening and closing execution mode, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the variable winning drive unit 38c to open and close the large winning opening 38a. In addition, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the blade member drive unit 521c to open and close the blade member 521a. In the opening and closing execution mode, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to open and close the plate 523a. In each game, the MPU 62 executes display control of the main display unit 45 to display the results of the internal lottery performed based on the winning of each operation port 36, 37. Furthermore, the MPU 62 executes display control of the gambling display unit 46 to display the results of the internal lottery conducted based on winning entries at each through gate 41.

The power failure monitoring board 65 relays between the main control board 61 and the power supply and launch control device 80 having the function of supplying operating power, and monitors the stable 24 V DC voltage output from the power supply and launch control device 80. Therefore, the MPU 62 receives power via the power failure monitoring board 65.
The detection sensors 40a to 40k are provided in one-to-one correspondence with the various winning ports of the general winning port 35, the upper operating port 36, the lower operating port 37, and the variable winning device 38, the outlet port 39, each through gate 41, the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52, and each hole 533A to 533C of the crane 53. The MPU 62 performs winning judgment (ball entry judgment) for the various winning ports, the outlet port 39, each through gate 41, the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52, and each hole 533A to 533C of the crane 53 based on the detection results of the detection sensors 40a to 40k. The MPU 62 performs an internal lottery based on the winning judgment for the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37.

The payout control device 70 executes payout control to cause the payout device 71 to pay out prize balls and loan balls (game balls loaned to players during play) based on commands (control instructions) sent from the main control device 60.

The power supply and firing control device 80 is connected to a commercial power source (external power source) in, for example, an amusement facility. The power supply and firing control device 80 generates the operating power required for the main control board 61, the payout control device 70, etc. based on the external power supplied from the commercial power source, and supplies the generated operating power. The power supply and firing control device 80 is equipped with a power supply unit for use during power outages, such as a backup capacitor. This power supply unit for use during power outages supplies power for memory retention to the RAM 64 of the main control device 60 even in the event of a power outage in which the power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is cut off.

The power supply/launch control device 80 also executes launch control to cause the game ball launch mechanism 81 to launch the game balls. Here, the game ball launch mechanism 81 includes a launch rail extending toward the guide rail 34 of the game board 31, a ball feed device that supplies the game balls stored in the upper tray 25a onto the launch rail, and a solenoid, which is an electric actuator that launches the game balls supplied onto the launch rail toward the guide rail 34. When predetermined launch conditions are met, the power supply/launch control device 80 supplies a drive signal (launch permission signal) to this solenoid to launch the game balls.

<Electrical configuration for executing internal lottery in MPU 62 of main control device 60>
FIG. 12 is a diagram showing the contents of each counter used in the internal lottery.
As shown in FIG. 12, the MPU 62 executes an internal lottery by using the values (information) of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4. Specifically, the MPU 62 uses the jackpot random number counter C1 to draw the jackpot occurrence, the jackpot type counter C2 to draw the type of the jackpot when the jackpot occurs, and the reach random number counter C3 to draw whether or not to generate a reach display. The MPU 62 also uses the random number initial value counter CINI to set the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and uses the variable type counter CS to determine the display duration time in the main display unit 45 and the pattern display unit 47. Furthermore, the MPU 62 uses the electric role release counter C4 to draw whether or not to open the electric role of the electric role 37a of the lower operating port 37. The counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 are provided in the various counter areas 64a (see FIG. 11) of the RAM 64.

Each time the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 are updated, 1 is added to the previous value, and the counters are loop counters that return to 0 after reaching the maximum value. Each counter is updated periodically, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64. Among the values stored in the lottery counter buffer, the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 are stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b (see FIG. 11) provided as an acquired information storage means in the RAM 64 when a game ball enters the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. Among the values stored in the lottery counter buffer, the value of the electric role release counter C4 is stored in the electric role reserve area 64c (see FIG. 11) of the RAM 64 when a game ball enters each through gate 41.

The reserved ball storage area 64b includes a reserved area Ra for the first result display section, a reserved area Rb for the second result display section, and an execution area AE.

The first result display reserve area Ra provided as the first acquired information storage means has four storage areas, the first area Ra1 to the fourth area Ra4. Each area Ra1 to Ra4 is set to a storage capacity capable of storing a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3. The MPU 62 stores the sets of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 as reserved information in each area Ra1 to Ra4 in chronological order according to the entry of the game ball into the upper actuation port 36. Specifically, when the upper actuation port 36 is entered multiple times in succession, the MPU 62 stores the reserved information in chronological order in the order of the first area Ra1 → the second area Ra2 → the third area Ra3 → the fourth area Ra4.

In this way, the first result display section reserve area Ra has four memory areas, so that up to four winning game balls can be reserved in the upper operating port 36. The first result display section reserve area Ra also has a memory area for writing the reserved numbers stored in the areas Ra1 to Ra4.
In addition, the number of reserved items related to the upper operating port 36 is not limited to four and is arbitrary, and may be other multiples such as two, three, or five or more, or may be single.

The second result display reserve area Rb provided as the second acquired information storage means has four storage areas, the first area Rb1 to the fourth area Rb4. Each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4 has a storage capacity that can store a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3. The MPU 62 stores the sets of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 as reserved information in each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4 in chronological order according to the entry of the game ball into the lower actuation port 37. Specifically, when the entry into the lower actuation port 37 occurs multiple times in succession, the MPU 62 stores the reserved information in chronological order in the order of the first area Rb1 → the second area Rb2 → the third area Rb3 → the fourth area Rb4.

In this way, the second result display section reserve area Rb has four memory areas, so that up to four winning game balls can be reserved in the lower operating port 37. The second result display section reserve area Rb also has a memory area for writing the reserved numbers stored in the areas Rb1 to Rb4.
In addition, the number of reserved items related to the lower operating port 37 is not limited to four and is arbitrary, and may be other multiples such as two, three, or five or more, or may be single.

The execution area AE is an area for moving the pending information stored in the memory area of the first result display unit pending area Ra or the second result display unit pending area Rb when starting the changing display of each result display unit 45a, 45b.

The electric winning reserve area 64c has four memory areas, similar to the first result display reserve area Ra and the second result display reserve area Rb. Therefore, up to four winning balls can be reserved in each through gate 41.
In addition, the number of reserved gates for each through gate 41 is not limited to four and is arbitrary, and may be other multiples such as two, three, or five or more, or may be singular.

<Detailed explanation of each counter>
Each counter will be described in detail below.
First, the electric role release counter C4 will be described. The electric role release counter C4 is a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 250 by, for example, adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returning to 0 after reaching a maximum value of 250.
The electric role opening counter C4 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the electric role holding area 64c of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the game ball enters each through gate 41.
Then, the MPU 62 executes a lottery (electric role release lottery) to determine whether or not to put the electric role 37a of the lower operating port 37 into an electric role release state based on the value of the electric role release counter C4 stored in the electric role reservation area 64c.

Here, the pachinko machine 10 has a plurality of support modes that differ from each other in the frequency with which the electric device 37a is set to the open state to allow game balls to enter the lower operating port 37. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has a low-frequency support mode (low-frequency guide state) in which the electric device 37a is set to the open state relatively rarely, and a high-frequency support mode (high-frequency guide state) in which the electric device 37a is set to the open state relatively frequently.

In the low-frequency support mode and the high-frequency support mode, the probability of winning the electric role opening state in the electric role opening lottery is the same (for example, both are 4/5). However, in the high-frequency support mode, when the electric role opening state is won, the electric role 37a is set to the open state more times and the opening time of each time the electric role 37a is set to the open state is longer than in the low-frequency support mode. In addition, in the high-frequency support mode, the closing time for setting the electric role 37a to the closed state during each opening in one electric role opening state is shorter than the opening time of one time. Furthermore, in the high-frequency support mode, the minimum time secured as the waiting time between the end of the electric role opening lottery and the next electric role opening lottery (the duration of one variable display on the role display unit 46) is shorter than in the low-frequency support mode.

Therefore, in the high frequency support mode, the game ball is more likely to enter the lower actuation port 37 than in the low frequency support mode. In other words, in the low frequency support mode, the game ball is more likely to enter the upper actuation port 36 than the lower actuation port 37. Also, in the high frequency support mode, the game ball is more likely to enter the lower actuation port 37 than the upper actuation port 36.
When a winning ball is detected in the lower operating port 37, a predetermined number of winning balls are paid out, so that in the high frequency support mode, the player can play without losing too many game balls.

The configurations of the low-frequency support mode and the high-frequency support mode are not limited to this. For example, the high-frequency support mode may be configured to increase the probability of winning the electric role open state in the electric role open lottery compared to the low-frequency support mode. Also, for example, multiple types of securing times may be prepared, and the high-frequency support mode may be configured to make it easier to select a short securing time compared to the low-frequency support mode, and may be configured to shorten the average of the selected securing times. Furthermore, by combining the conditions of the number of times the electric role 37a is set to the open state, the opening time, and the securing time, the high-frequency support mode may be configured to relatively increase the frequency of setting the electric role 37a to the open state compared to the low-frequency support mode.

Next, we will explain the jackpot random number counter C1. For example, each time the jackpot random number counter C1 is updated, 1 is added to the previous value, and after it reaches a maximum value of 599, it returns to 0, making it a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 599. Also, each time the jackpot random number counter C1 goes through one loop, it reads the value of the random number initial value counter CINI at that point in time as its initial value. Note that the random number initial value counter CINI is a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 599, just like the jackpot random number counter C1.

The jackpot random number counter C1 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer when a gaming ball enters the upper actuation port 36 or the lower actuation port 37. Specifically, the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the reserved area Ra for the first result display section of the RAM 64 when a gaming ball enters the upper actuation port 36, and is stored in the reserved area Rb for the second result display section of the RAM 64 when a gaming ball enters the lower actuation port 37.
Then, the MPU 62 executes a lottery for the occurrence of a jackpot (win/lose lottery) based on the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a win/lose table that stores the random number values that will result in a big win.
Among the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the random number value that will result in a jackpot is stored as a hit/miss table (hit/miss information group) in a hit/miss table memory area 63a (see Figure 11) of a ROM 63 provided as a hit/miss information group storage means, as shown in Figure 13.

Here, the pachinko machine 10 has two winning/losing lottery modes: a low probability mode (low probability state) in which it is difficult to win a jackpot, and a high probability mode (high probability state) in which it is easy to win a jackpot. The winning/losing table includes a winning/losing table for the low probability mode (low probability winning/losing information group) shown in Fig. 13(a) and a winning/losing table for the high probability mode (high probability winning/losing information group) shown in Fig. 13(b).
The MPU 62 compares these winning/losing tables with the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b to execute a lottery for the occurrence of a jackpot.

These winning/losing tables have the results of the lottery (winning/losing results) for the occurrence of multiple jackpots, including a "jackpot win," a "special losing result," and a "normal losing result."
Specifically, in a gaming state in which the winning/losing table for the low probability mode is referenced when drawing the lottery for the occurrence of a jackpot, there are two random number values that result in a "jackpot win," as shown in Figure 13(a).
In contrast, in a gaming state in which the hit/miss table for the high probability mode is referenced when drawing the lottery for the occurrence of a jackpot, as shown in Fig. 13(b), the random number values for a "jackpot win" are 21. Here, the random number values for a "jackpot win" stored in the hit/miss table for the low probability mode are included in the random number values for a "jackpot win" stored in the hit/miss table for the high probability mode.

The values and numbers of random numbers stored in each hit/miss table are arbitrary, and the high probability mode only needs to have a higher probability of "winning the jackpot" compared to the low probability mode. The value of the random number that results in a "winning the jackpot" stored in the hit/miss table for the high probability mode does not need to include the value of the random number that results in a "winning the jackpot" stored in the hit/miss table for the low probability mode, and may include a portion of the value of the random number that results in a "winning the jackpot" stored in the hit/miss table for the low probability mode.

In addition, in each win/lose lottery mode, any random number value other than the "jackpot win" will not result in a jackpot and will result in a loss.
Here, as described above, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of failure results: a "special failure result (small win result)" and a "normal failure result." These failure results are common in that neither of them triggers a transition to the win/lose lottery mode or the support mode. However, they are different in that the "special failure result" triggers a transition to the opening/closing execution mode, whereas the "normal failure result" does not trigger a transition to the opening/closing execution mode.

Next, the big win type counter C2 will be described. The big win type counter C2 is a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 29 by, for example, adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returning to 0 after reaching a maximum value of 29.
The jackpot type counter C2 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer when a gaming ball enters the upper actuation port 36 or the lower actuation port 37. Specifically, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 is stored in the first result display section reserved area Ra of the RAM 64 when a gaming ball enters the upper actuation port 36, and is stored in the second result display section reserved area Rb of the RAM 64 when a gaming ball enters the lower actuation port 37.
Then, when a jackpot occurs, the MPU 62 executes a lottery (allocation lottery) for the type of the jackpot based on the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

FIG. 14 is a diagram showing an allocation table that stores random number values related to allocation destinations for each type of jackpot.
The random number values related to the allocation destination of the jackpot type are stored as an allocation table (allocation information group) in an allocation table storage area 63b (see FIG. 11) of a ROM 63 provided as an allocation information group storage means, as shown in FIG. 14. The allocation table includes a first allocation table (first allocation information group) shown in FIG. 14(a) and a second allocation table (second allocation information group) shown in FIG. 14(b).
The MPU 62 compares these distribution tables with the value of the big win type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b to execute a lottery for determining the type of big win.

The first allocation table is a table which is referenced when a lottery is conducted to determine the type of jackpot based on the value of the jackpot type counter C2 which has been shifted from the reserve area Ra for the first result display section to the execution area AE, i.e., the value of the jackpot type counter C2 which is based on an entry into the upper operating port 36.
As shown in Fig. 14(a), the first allocation table allocates a number of allocation results, including "low probability result (special allocation result corresponding to low probability)", "non-explicit few rounds high probability result (latent high probability result corresponding to few rounds)", "explicit few rounds high probability result (high probability result corresponding to few rounds)", and "most favorable result (special allocation result corresponding to high probability)". Specifically, in the first allocation table, of the value "0 to 29" of the jackpot type counter C2, "0 to 9" is allocated to "low probability result", "10 to 14" is allocated to "non-explicit few rounds high probability result", "15 to 19" is allocated to "explicit few rounds high probability result", and "20 to 29" is allocated to "most favorable result".

The second allocation table is a table which is referenced when a lottery is conducted to determine the type of jackpot based on the value of the jackpot type counter C2 which has been shifted from the reserve area Rb for the second result display section to the execution area AE, i.e., the value of the jackpot type counter C2 which is based on an entry into the lower operating port 37.
As shown in Fig. 14(b), the second allocation table allocates two allocation results, "low probability result" and "most favorable result". Specifically, in the second allocation table, of the value "0 to 29" of the jackpot type counter C2, "0 to 9" is allocated to the "low probability result" and "10 to 29" is allocated to the "most favorable result".

Each allocation result has a difference in at least one of the following conditions (1) to (3).
(1) A winning/losing lottery mode after the opening/closing execution mode is completed. (2) A support mode after the opening/closing execution mode is completed. (3) A state in which the variable winning device 38 is controlled to open/close in the opening/closing execution mode.

First, the differences in the winning/losing selection modes (1) will be explained.
The "low probability result" is a distribution result in which the winning/losing lottery mode is set to the low probability mode after the opening/closing execution mode ends, regardless of the winning/losing lottery mode before the opening/closing execution mode ends. This low probability mode continues at least until the winning/losing lottery results in a "jackpot win."
The "non-explicit few rounds high probability result", "explicit few rounds high probability result", and "best result" are distribution results in which the winning/losing lottery mode is set to the high probability mode after the open/close execution mode ends, regardless of the winning/losing lottery mode before the open/close execution mode ends. This high probability mode continues at least until the winning/losing lottery results in a "jackpot win".

Next, the difference in support mode (2) will be described.
The "low probability result" is a distribution result in which the support mode is set to the high frequency support mode after the end of the opening and closing execution mode regardless of the support mode before the end of the opening and closing execution mode. This high frequency support mode transitions to the low frequency support mode when the number of times of play reaches the end reference number (specifically, 100 times).

The "non-explicit few rounds high probability result" is an allocation result that maintains the support mode before the end of the opening and closing execution mode. Here, if the support mode before the end of the opening and closing execution mode was the high frequency support mode, the high frequency support mode will continue at least until the winning or losing lottery results in a "jackpot win".
The "high probability result with fewer rounds" and the "most favorable result" are allocation results in which the support mode is set to the high frequency support mode after the end of the open/close execution mode, regardless of the support mode before the end of the open/close execution mode. This high frequency support mode continues at least until the winning/losing lottery results in a "jackpot win."

The differences in the manner in which the variable winning device 38 is controlled to open and close in the opening and closing execution mode (3) will be explained in detail later.

Next, the reach random number counter C3 will be described. The reach random number counter C3 is a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 238 by, for example, adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returning to 0 after reaching a maximum value of 238.
The reach random number counter C3 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer when the gaming ball enters the upper actuation port 36 or the lower actuation port 37. Specifically, the value of the reach random number counter C3 is stored in the reserved area Ra for the first result display section of the RAM 64 when the gaming ball enters the upper actuation port 36, and is stored in the reserved area Rb for the second result display section of the RAM 64 when the gaming ball enters the lower actuation port 37.
Then, the MPU 62 executes a lottery (reach occurrence lottery) to determine whether or not to generate a reach display based on the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

The reach display is an expected effect that occurs when the winning/losing lottery results in a "normal miss result" rather than a "jackpot win."
Specifically, when the lottery results in a "normal miss" rather than a "jackpot win," the MPU 62 compares the reach table with the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b to execute a lottery to determine whether or not to generate a reach display, and generates the reach display if the lottery results in the reach display being generated. The reach table is a table that stores the value of the random number related to the generation of the reach display, and is stored in the reach table storage area 63c of the ROM 63 (see FIG. 11).

Here, if the winning/losing lottery results in a "jackpot win" and the allocation lottery results in a "most favorable result," the pattern display device 47 displays a combination of patterns having the same odd numbers or the same even numbers as a stop result on the valid line L. Also, if the winning/losing lottery results in a "jackpot win" and the allocation lottery results in a "low probability result," the pattern display device 47 displays a combination of patterns having the same even numbers as a stop result on the valid line L. Furthermore, if the winning/losing lottery results in a "jackpot win" and the allocation lottery results in a "non-disclosed low round high probability result" or "disclosed low round high probability result," or if the winning/losing lottery results in a "special loss result" without a "jackpot win," the pattern display device 47 displays a combination of special patterns having different numbers as a stop result on the valid line L, rather than a combination of patterns having the same numbers, which would not be selected in the case of a "normal loss result" in the winning/losing lottery.

The reach display occurs when a combination of symbols with the same numbers is finally displayed (when the win/loss lottery results in a "jackpot win" and the allocation lottery results in a "most favorable result" or "low probability result") regardless of the value of the reach random number counter C3. Also, the reach display does not occur when a special combination of symbols is finally displayed (when the win/loss lottery results in a "jackpot win" and the allocation lottery results in a "non-disclosed low round high probability result" or "disclosed low round high probability result", or when the win/loss lottery results in a "special loss result" without a "jackpot win") regardless of the value of the reach random number counter C3.

The reach display mode is such that, among the multiple pattern rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, some of the pattern rows (e.g., pattern row Z1 and pattern row Z3) are displayed stopped on the activated line L to display a combination of the same patterns to suggest the stopped result, and in this state, the remaining pattern rows (e.g., pattern row Z2) are displayed in a variable manner.
Therefore, by generating a reach display, the pachinko machine 10 can make the player hope that after the varying display has started on the pattern display device 47 and before the specified stopping result is displayed, the winner will have won the jackpot in the win/lose lottery and will have been allocated a low probability result or a most favorable result in the allocation lottery.

The manner in which the reach display is displayed is not limited to this, and some of the symbol rows may be displayed stationary while the remaining symbol rows are displayed in a variable manner, with a predetermined character or the like being displayed as a moving image in the background, or each symbol row may be displayed in a reduced size or hidden, with a predetermined character or the like being displayed as a moving image over substantially the entire display screen G.

The pachinko machine 10 has an expectation effect as a type of variable display of the symbol display device 47. An expectation effect is an effect that makes the player expect that he or she will win the jackpot in the win/lose lottery after the variable display starts on the symbol display device 47 and before the specified stop result is displayed. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of expectation effects: the reach display and the advance notice display mentioned above.

The advance notice is an expectation effect that makes it easier for an effect to occur when the winning/losing lottery results in a "jackpot win" or when the winning/losing lottery results in a "special miss" rather than a "jackpot win" than when the winning/losing lottery results in a "normal miss". Instead of making the effect easier to occur, the advance notice may make it easier to select an effect with a low appearance rate, or may be a combination of these.
It should be noted that while the lottery as to whether or not to generate a reach display is executed by the main control device 60, the lottery as to whether or not to generate a preview display is executed by the audio and light emission control device 90.

The mode of the advance notice display is such that, among the multiple symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, all of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 are displayed in a variable manner, a portion of the symbol rows (e.g., the symbol row Z1) is displayed stationary on the pay line L and then multiple symbol rows (e.g., the symbol rows Z2 and Z3) are displayed in a variable manner, or a reach display is generated, a predetermined character or the like is displayed as a moving image on the display screen G. This advance notice display occurs in both cases where the reach display is generated and where the reach display is not generated, but is set to be more likely to occur when the reach display is generated than when the reach display is not generated.
It should be noted that the preview display is not limited to this, and for example, the background may be changed and the shape of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 may be changed.

Finally, the fluctuation type counter CS will be described. The fluctuation type counter CS is, for example, a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value each time it is updated, and loops within the range of 0 to 198 by returning to 0 after reaching a maximum value of 198.
The fluctuation type counter CS is updated at least once each time the normal processing described below is executed, and each time it is updated, it is stored in the lottery counter buffer.
Then, the MPU 62 determines the display duration of the pattern on the main display unit 45 and the display duration of the pattern on the pattern display device 47 based on the value of the variation type counter CS stored in the lottery counter buffer. These display durations will be described in detail later.

<Various processes executed by the main control device 60>
The MPU 62 of the main control device 60 executes timer interrupt processing and normal processing for progressing the game, as well as main processing that is started when the power is turned on. The timer interrupt processing, normal processing, and main processing will be described below in order.
In addition to timer interrupt processing, normal processing, and main processing, the MPU 62 also executes NMI interrupt processing which is activated by inputting a power outage signal to an NMI terminal (non-maskable terminal), but a description of this processing will be omitted.

<Timer interrupt processing>
FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing the timer interrupt process.
In the timer interrupt process, the MPU 62 executes steps S101 to S106 periodically (for example, at 2 msec intervals) as shown in FIG.

In step S101, the MPU 62 executes a read process of the multiple detection sensors 40a to 40k. In this read process, the MPU 62 reads the states of the multiple detection sensors 40a to 40k, judges the states, and stores them in the RAM 64 as winning detection information. When the MPU 62 judges that the detection sensors 40a to 40d corresponding to the various winning ports have detected the winning of a game ball, it sets a prize ball command for issuing a payout instruction for the prize balls, and transmits the set command to the payout control device 70. For example, when the MPU 62 judges that the detection sensor 40d corresponding to the variable winning device 38 has detected the winning of a game ball, it transmits a prize ball command for instructing the payout control device 70 to pay out 15 prize balls, which is a specific unit number.
In addition, the payout control device 70 performs payout control to cause the payout device 71 to pay out prize balls based on a prize ball command sent from the MPU 62.

In addition, in step S101, the MPU 62 executes a read process of the non-electric role opening detection sensor 519. In this read process, the MPU 62 reads the state of the non-electric role opening detection sensor 519, determines the state, and stores it in the RAM 64 as non-electric role opening information. If the MPU 62 determines that the non-electric role opening detection sensor 519 has detected the opening of the non-electric role 51, it executes a predetermined process. This predetermined process will be described in detail later.

In step S102, the MPU 62 executes an update of the random number initial value counter CINI. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 updates the random number initial value counter CINI by adding 1 to the previous value, and stores the updated value in a lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64. Note that if the random number initial value counter CINI has reached the maximum value when the MPU 62 adds 1 to the previous value, it clears the random number initial value counter CINI by returning it to 0.

In step S103, the MPU 62 executes updates of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric role opening counter C4. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 updates the previous values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric role opening counter C4 by adding 1 to each of them, and stores the updated values in a lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64. Note that if the maximum value has been reached when the MPU 62 adds 1 to each of the previous values of the counters C1 to C4, it resets the values of the counters C1 to C4 to 0 and clears them.

In step S104, the MPU 62 executes a winning process for through play. In this winning process for through play, if the MPU 62 determines that the detection sensor 40g corresponding to each through gate 41 detects the winning of a game ball, the MPU 62 stores the value of the electric role opening counter C4 updated in step S103 in the electric role reservation area 64c. In addition, the MPU 62 sets a command for turning on the third reservation lamp section 49c, and transmits the set command to the sound and light emission control device 90.
The sound and light emission control device 90 lights up the third reserved lamp section 49c based on a command sent from the MPU 62. As described above, the number of reserved game balls that have entered the through gate 41 is a maximum of four, and the third reserved lamp section 49c lights up in a number corresponding to the number of reserved balls.

In step S105, the MPU 62 executes a winning process for the round game execution gate.
The winning process for the round game execution gate will be described in detail below.

<Winning process for round game execution gate>
FIG. 16 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the winning process for the round game execution gate.
In the winning process for the round game execution gate, the MPU 62 executes steps S201 to S204 as shown in FIG.

In step S201, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a game ball has entered the 16-round execution gate by determining whether or not the detection sensors 40f, 40i corresponding to the 16-round execution gate (non-electric device 51 and hole 533A) have detected the entry of a game ball.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S201 that a game ball has entered the 16-round execution gate, it sets a 16-round execution flag in the RAM 64 in step S202. This 16-round execution flag is a flag for specifying that a ball has entered the 16-round execution gate. After that, the MPU 62 ends the winning process for the round game execution gate.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S201 that a game ball has not entered the 16-round execution gate, then in step S203, it determines whether or not a game ball has entered the 4-round execution gate by determining whether or not the detection sensors 40j, 40k corresponding to the 4-round execution gate (holes 533B and 533C) have detected the entry of a game ball.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S203 that the game ball has entered the 4-round execution gate, it sets a 4-round execution flag in the RAM 64 in step S204. This 4-round execution flag is a flag for specifying that the ball has entered the 4-round execution gate. After that, the MPU 62 ends the winning process for the round game execution gate.

In contrast, if the MPU 62 determines in step S203 that no game ball has entered the 4-round execution gate, it ends the winning process for the round game execution gate without executing the processes in and after step S204.

Returning to the explanation of the timer interrupt process, the process from step S106 onwards will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S106, the MPU 62 executes a winning process for the operation port.
The winning process for the operating port will be explained in detail below.

<Winning process for the operating port>
FIG. 17 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the winning process for an operating port.
In the winning process for the operating port, the MPU 62 executes steps S301 to S307 as shown in FIG.

In step S301, the MPU 62 determines whether a game ball has entered the upper actuation port 36 (initial entry) by determining whether the detection sensor 40b corresponding to the upper actuation port 36 has detected the entry of a game ball. If the MPU 62 determines in step S301 that a game ball has entered the upper actuation port 36, in step S302, the MPU 62 determines the number of reserved balls stored in the first result display unit reserve area Ra, and sets the reserved number as the first start reserve memory number RaN in a specified memory area in the first result display unit reserve area Ra. The MPU 62 then executes the processes from step S305 onwards.

In contrast, if the MPU 62 determines in step S301 that a game ball has not entered the upper operating port 36, then in step S303, it determines whether or not a game ball has entered the lower operating port 37 (initial entry) by determining whether or not the detection sensor 40c corresponding to the lower operating port 37 has detected the entry of a game ball.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S303 that a game ball has not entered the lower actuation port 37, it ends the winning process for the actuation port. If the MPU 62 determines in step S303 that a game ball has entered the lower actuation port 37, it determines in step S304 the number of reserved balls stored in the second result display section reserve area Rb, and sets the number of reserved balls as the second start reserve memory number RbN in a predetermined memory area in the second result display section reserve area Rb. Thereafter, the MPU 62 executes the processes from step S305 onwards.

After executing the processing of step S302 or step S304, the MPU 62 determines in step S305 whether the start pending memory number N (RaN or RbN) set in step S302 or step S304 is less than an upper limit value (4 in this embodiment).
If the MPU 62 determines in step S305 that the start pending memory number N is not less than the upper limit, it ends the winning process for the operation port. If the MPU 62 determines in step S305 that the start pending memory number N is less than the upper limit, it adds 1 to the value of the start pending memory number N to update it in step S306.

In step S307, the MPU 62 stores the set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process as reserved information in the first free memory area in the result display section reserved area, i.e., the memory area corresponding to the start reserved memory number N updated in step S306.

For example, when the MPU 62 sets the first start pending memory number RaN in step S302, it stores the set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process as pending information in the first free memory area of the first result display section pending area Ra, that is, the memory area corresponding to the first start pending memory number RaN updated in step S306. For example, when the MPU 62 sets the first start pending memory number RaN to "3" in step S302, it stores the pending information in the fourth area Ra4, which is the memory area corresponding to the first start pending memory number RaN updated in step S306, which is "4".

For example, when the MPU 62 sets the second start pending memory number RbN in step S304, it stores the set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process as pending information in the first free memory area of the second result display unit pending area Rb, that is, the memory area corresponding to the second start pending memory number RbN updated in step S306. For example, when the MPU 62 sets the second start pending memory number RbN to "3" in step S304, it stores the pending information in the fourth area Rb4, which is the memory area corresponding to the second start pending memory number RbN updated in step S306, "4".

In step S307, the MPU 62 sets a command for turning on the first reserved lamp unit 49a or the second reserved lamp unit 49b, and transmits the set command to the sound and light emission control device 90. After that, the MPU 62 ends the winning process for the operation port.
The sound and light emission control device 90 lights up the first reserved lamp section 49a or the second reserved lamp section 49b based on a command sent from the MPU 62. As described above, the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper actuation port 36 or the lower actuation port 37 is a maximum of four, and the first reserved lamp section 49a or the second reserved lamp section 49b are lit up in a number corresponding to the number of reserved balls.

<Normal processing>
FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing the normal process.
The MPU 62 executes a main process, which is started when the power is turned on and will be described later, and then executes a normal process, which is the main process for progressing the game. In this normal process, the MPU 62 executes steps S401 to S414 as shown in Fig. 18. Specifically, the MPU 62 executes steps S401 to S409 periodically at 4 msec intervals, repeatedly executes steps S408 to S411 when remaining time occurs, and executes steps S412 and onward according to the determination result of step S408.

In step S401, the MPU 62 executes an external output process to transmit the command set in the timer interrupt process or the previous normal process to each control device on the sub side. In this external output process, for example, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a prize ball command is set, and if it is determined that a prize ball command is set, it transmits the prize ball command to the payout control device 70. Also, for example, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a command for presentation, such as a command corresponding to a presentation for a game round or a command corresponding to a presentation for an open/close execution mode, is set, and if it is determined that a command for presentation is set, it transmits the command for presentation to the sound and light emission control device 90.

In step S402, the MPU 62 executes an update of the fluctuation type counter CS. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 updates the previous value of the fluctuation type counter CS by adding 1, and stores the updated value in a lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64. Note that if the maximum value has been reached when the MPU 62 adds 1 to the previous value of the fluctuation type counter CS, it resets the value of the fluctuation type counter CS to 0 and clears it.

In step S403, the MPU 62 executes a game round control process for progressing a game round. In the game round control process, the MPU 62 executes a win/lose lottery and an allocation lottery, and also executes determination of information related to the patterns to be finally stopped and displayed on the pattern display device 47 and determination of information related to the patterns to be finally stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45.
In step S404, the MPU 62 executes a game state transition process for transitioning the game state. In the game state transition process, the MPU 62 executes a transition process to each game state such as an open/close execution mode, a high probability mode, and a high frequency support mode.
The game number control process in step S403 and the game state transition process in step S404 will be described in detail later.

In step S405, the MPU 62 executes a demo display execution determination process. In this demo display execution determination process, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a predetermined start waiting period (e.g., 30 sec) for starting a demo has elapsed without starting a new game round after the end of a game round, and if it is determined that the start waiting period has elapsed, the MPU 62 transmits a demo command to start the demo display to the sound and light emission control device 90.
In addition, the audio and light emission control device 90 starts the demo display execution process based on a demo command sent from the MPU 62.

Here, the MPU 62 determines whether the start waiting period has elapsed by counting the number of times the process of step S405 is executed. For example, if the start waiting period is 30 seconds and the interval at which the process of step S405 is repeatedly executed is 4 msec, the MPU 62 counts the number of times the process of step S405 is executed and determines that the start waiting period has elapsed when it reaches 7,500 times. Note that the configuration for measuring the start waiting period is arbitrary, and for example, the start waiting period may be measured using a real-time clock. Furthermore, if the MPU 62 starts a new game round while counting the number of times the process of step S405 is executed, the MPU 62 resets the count value.

In step S406, the MPU 62 executes an electric role support process for controlling the drive of the electric role 37a provided in the lower operating port 37. In this electric role support process, the MPU 62 executes an electric role opening lottery based on the value of the electric role opening counter C4 stored in the electric role holding area 64c of the RAM 64, and executes opening and closing processing of the electric role 37a if the electric role opening lottery is won. The MPU 62 also executes display control of the role display unit 46 so as to display the result of the electric role opening lottery.

In step S407, the MPU 62 executes a game ball launch control process. In this game ball launch control process, the MPU 62 executes launch control to cause the power supply/launch control device 80 to launch a game ball based on the player's rotation of the launch handle 27. Specifically, the power supply/launch control device 80 causes the game ball launch mechanism 81 to launch a game ball by exciting the solenoid of the game ball launch mechanism 81 at a predetermined cycle (0.6 sec in this embodiment). The solenoid is excited to launch the game ball with a launch strength according to the amount of rotation of the launch handle 27. Furthermore, when predetermined launch conditions are met, the power supply/launch control device 80 supplies a drive signal to the solenoid of the game ball launch mechanism 81 to launch the game ball.

In step S408, the MPU 62 determines whether a power outage flag is set in the power outage flag storage area (not shown) of the RAM 64. This power outage flag is set in the RAM 64 when a power outage signal is input from the power outage monitoring board 65 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 62. The power outage monitoring board 65 outputs this power outage signal when it confirms the occurrence of a power outage. Note that this power outage flag is cleared the next time the main process is executed.

Here, the pachinko machine 10 sets various flags by assigning 1 to a predetermined area such as the RAM 64, and clears the various flags by assigning 0 to the flags. For example, the pachinko machine 10 sets a power outage flag by assigning 1 to a power outage flag storage area of the RAM 64, and clears the power outage flag by assigning 0 to the power outage flag storage area of the RAM 64.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S408 that the power outage flag is set, it executes power outage processing from step S412 onwards without executing the processing from step S409 onwards. Specifically, in step S412, the MPU 62 prohibits timer interrupt processing from occurring. In step S413, the MPU 62 calculates and stores a RAM judgment value (a checksum of RAM 64). In step S414, the MPU 62 prohibits access to RAM 64. Thereafter, the MPU 62 continues the infinite loop until the power is completely cut off and processing can no longer be executed.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S408 that the power outage flag is not set, it determines in step S409 whether or not the timing has come to execute the next normal processing, i.e., whether or not a predetermined time (4 msec in this embodiment) has elapsed since the start of the current normal processing.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S409 that it is not time to execute the next normal process, that is, when remaining time occurs, it updates the random number initial value counter CINI in step S410, and updates the fluctuation type counter CS in step S411. Note that the MPU 62 repeatedly executes steps S408 to S411 until it determines in step S409 that it is time to execute the next normal process.

In contrast, if the MPU 62 determines in step S409 that it is time to execute the next normal processing, i.e., if there is no remaining time, it executes step S401 again to start the next normal processing.

<Main processing>
FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing the main processing.
In the main processing, the MPU 62 executes steps S501 to S512 as shown in FIG.
In step S501, the MPU 62 executes a start-up process when the power is turned on. In this start-up process, the MPU 62 waits until a predetermined time (e.g., about 500 msec) has elapsed after the power is turned on in order to wait for the sub-side control board (such as the control board of the sound and light emission control device 90) to become operable.

In step S502, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the permission prohibition period of 1 sec has elapsed. If the MPU 62 determines in step S502 that 1 sec has not elapsed, it repeats the process of step S502. If the MPU 62 determines in step S502 that 1 sec has elapsed, it executes the processes from step S503 onward.

Here, the MPU 62 determines whether or not 1 second has elapsed by counting the number of times the process of step S502 is executed. For example, if the interval at which the process of step S502 is repeatedly executed is 0.1 msec, the MPU 62 counts the number of times the process of step S502 is executed and determines that 1 second has elapsed when the number of times reaches 10,000. Note that the configuration for measuring the permission-prohibition period is arbitrary, and for example, the permission-prohibition period may be measured using a real-time clock.

In step S 503 , the MPU 62 permits access to the RAM 64 .
In step S504, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a RAM erase switch (not shown) provided in the power supply and launch control device 80 is turned on.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S504 that the RAM erase switch is on, it executes the processes in and after step S509.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S504 that the RAM erase switch is not on, then in step S505, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a power outage flag is set in the power outage flag storage area of the RAM 64.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S505 that the power outage flag is not set, it executes the processes in and after step S509.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S505 that the power failure flag is set, the MPU 62 calculates a RAM determination value in step S506.
In step S507, the MPU 62 determines whether the RAM determination value calculated in step S506 is normal or not, thereby confirming the validity of the data stored in the RAM 64. Specifically, the MPU 62 compares the RAM determination value calculated in step S506 with the RAM determination value saved in step S413 (processing during power interruption) of the normal processing, and if they match, determines that the RAM determination value is normal, and if they do not match, determines that the RAM determination value is abnormal.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S507 that the RAM determination value is not normal, it executes the processes in and after step S509.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S507 that the RAM determination value is normal, the MPU 62 clears the power failure flag stored in the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 64 in step S508.

The validity of the data stored in RAM 64 may be determined by a method other than the method of checking the consistency of the RAM determination value. For example, the validity of the data stored in RAM 64 may be checked by writing a keyword to a specified area of RAM 64 in the power outage processing and checking in the main processing whether or not the keyword was written correctly.

As described above, if the MPU 62 determines in step S504 that the RAM erase switch is on, if the MPU 62 determines in step S505 that the power outage flag is not set, or if the MPU 62 determines in step S507 that the RAM judgment value is not normal, it executes the processing from step S509 onwards.
Specifically, the MPU 62 clears the working area of the RAM 64 in step S509, and initializes the RAM 64 in step S510.

Therefore, for example, the manager of the gaming center can initialize the data stored in RAM 64 by turning on the power to the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM erase switch when the gaming center opens for business. Also, if the power outage monitoring board 65 does not confirm the occurrence of a power outage or if the RAM judgment value is abnormal, the pachinko machine 10 initializes the data stored in RAM 64.

After executing the processing of step S508 or step S510, in step S511, the MPU 62 sends an initial command to the sub-control board (such as the control board of the audio and light emission control device 90), and in step S512, allows the occurrence of timer interrupt processing and proceeds to the normal processing described above.
Furthermore, upon receiving the initial command sent in step S511, the sub-control board recognizes that communication with the main control board 61 is occurring normally and performs its own initialization.

<Game Play Control Processing>
FIG. 20 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the game play control process.
In the game play control process, the MPU 62 executes steps S601 to S609 as shown in FIG.
In step S601, the MPU 62 judges whether or not the game is in the open/close execution mode. If the MPU 62 judges in step S601 that the game is in the open/close execution mode, the MPU 62 ends the game round control process without executing the processes in step S602 and thereafter. Therefore, if the MPU 62 judges that the game is in the open/close execution mode, the MPU 62 does not start the progress of the game round regardless of whether or not the entry of a game ball into each of the actuation ports 36, 37 is detected.
The MPU 62 determines whether or not the open/close execution mode is in progress by referring to the open/close execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64. The same applies to the following processes. The MPU 62 sets the open/close execution mode flag when switching to the open/close execution mode, and clears the open/close execution mode flag when the open/close execution mode is terminated.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S601 that the opening/closing execution mode is not in progress, it determines in step S602 whether or not the main display unit 45 is performing a variable display, i.e., whether or not a game round is in progress.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S602 that the main display section 45 is not performing a variable display, it executes a game round start process in steps S603 to S605.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S602 that the main display section 45 is performing a variable display, it executes a game round progression process in steps S606 to S609.

First, the game start process of steps S603 to S605 will be described.
In step S603, the MPU 62 grasps the reserved number stored in the reserved area Ra for the first result display section and the reserved number stored in the reserved area Rb for the second result display section, and judges whether the total number CRN of these reserved numbers is "0" or less. If the MPU 62 judges in step S603 that the total number CRN is "0" or less, it ends the game number control process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S603 that the total number CRN is not "0" or less, it executes a data setting process in step S604 to set the reserved information stored in the reserved area Ra for the first result display section or the reserved area Rb for the second result display section for consumption of a game round. After that, in step S605, the MPU 62 executes a change start process to start a change display on the main display section 45 and the symbol display device 47 to consume a game round, and ends the game round control process.
The data setting process in step S604 and the fluctuation start process in step S605 will be described in detail below.

FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing the data setting process.
In the data setting process, the MPU 62 executes steps S701 to S711 as shown in FIG.
In step S701, the MPU 62 judges whether the second start pending memory number RbN in the reserve area Rb for the second result display section, which was set in step S304 of the winning process for the actuation port, is equal to or less than "0." If the MPU 62 judges in step S701 that the second start pending memory number RbN is equal to or less than "0," it executes data setting processing for the first result display section in steps S702 to S706, and if the MPU 62 judges in step S701 that the second start pending memory number RbN is not equal to or less than "0," it executes data setting processing for the second result display section in steps S707 to S711.

In this way, the data setting process includes a data setting process for the first result display unit, which sets the reserved information stored in the reserved area Ra for the first result display unit for consumption of a game round, and a data setting process for the second result display unit, which sets the reserved information stored in the reserved area Rb for the second result display unit for consumption of a game round.
Then, when the MPU 62 determines in step S701 that the second start reserved memory number RbN is not "0" or less, it executes the data setting process for the second result display unit without executing the data setting process for the first result display unit. In other words, when the MPU 62 determines that there is reserved information stored in the reserve area Rb for the second result display unit based on the winning of a game ball into the lower actuation port 37, it preferentially sets the reserved information stored in the reserve area Rb for the second result display unit for consumption of a game round, regardless of whether there is reserved information stored in the reserve area Ra for the first result display unit based on the winning of a game ball into the upper actuation port 36.

First, the data setting process for the first result display section in steps S702 to S706 will be described.
In step S702, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the first start pending memory number RaN in the first result display section pending area Ra to update it.
In step S703, the MPU 62 moves the reserved information stored in the first area Ra1 of the first result display portion reserved area Ra to the execution area AE.
In step S704, the MPU 62 executes a data shift process to shift the reserved information stored in the storage area of the first result display section reserved area Ra. This data shift process is a process to sequentially shift the reserved information stored in each of the areas Ra1 to Ra4 toward the first area Ra1. Specifically, the MPU 62 shifts the reserved information in the second area Ra2 to the first area Ra1, the reserved information in the third area Ra3 to the second area Ra2, and the reserved information in the fourth area Ra4 to the third area Ra3.

In step S705, the MPU 62 clears the second result display unit flag stored in the RAM 64. This second result display unit flag is a flag for identifying which of the first result display unit 45a and the second result display unit 45b is to start a variable display when a game round is completed. In this step S705, the MPU 62 clears the second result display unit flag, which indicates that when a game round is completed, the first result display unit 45a is to start a variable display based on the entry of a game ball into the upper operating port 36.

In step S706, the MPU 62 sets a shift command for recognizing that a shift of reserved information has been executed, transmits this set shift command to the sound and light emission control device 90, and ends the data setting process. This shift command includes information for recognizing that a shift of reserved information has been executed for the reserved information stored in the first result display unit reserved area Ra based on the entry of a game ball into the upper operating port 36.
The sound and light emission control device 90 changes the lighting state of the first reserved lamp section 49a based on a shift command transmitted from the MPU 62. Specifically, the sound and light emission control device 90 reduces the number of lit first reserved lamp sections 49a in accordance with a reduction in the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operating port 36.

Next, the data setting process for the second result display section in steps S707 to S711 will be described.
In step S707, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the second start pending memory number RbN in the second result display section pending area Rb to update it.
In step S708, the MPU 62 moves the reserved information stored in the second area Rb1 of the second result display section reserved area Rb to the execution area AE.
In step S709, the MPU 62 executes a data shift process to shift the reserved information stored in the memory area of the second result display section reserved area Rb. This data shift process is a process to sequentially shift the reserved information stored in each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4 toward the first area Rb1. Specifically, the MPU 62 shifts the reserved information in the second area Rb2 to the first area Rb1, the reserved information in the third area Rb3 to the second area Rb2, and the reserved information in the fourth area Rb4 to the third area Rb3.

In step S710, the MPU 62 sets the second result display section flag in the RAM 64. In this step S710, the MPU 62 sets the second result display section flag, which indicates that the second result display section 45b will start to display a variable value based on the entry of a game ball into the lower operating port 37 when a game round is played.

In step S711, the MPU 62 sets a shift command for recognizing that a shift of reserved information has been executed, transmits this set shift command to the sound and light emission control device 90, and ends the data setting process. This shift command includes information for recognizing that a shift of reserved information has been executed for the reserved information stored in the second result display unit reserved area Rb based on the entry of a game ball into the lower actuation port 37.
The sound and light emission control device 90 changes the lighting state of the second reserved lamp section 49b based on a shift command transmitted from the MPU 62. Specifically, the sound and light emission control device 90 reduces the number of lit second reserved lamp sections 49b as the number of reserved game balls that have entered the lower operating port 37 decreases.

FIG. 22 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the fluctuation start process.
In the fluctuation start process, the MPU 62 executes steps S801 to S818 as shown in FIG.
In step S801, the MPU 62 determines whether the win/lose lottery mode is the high probability mode.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S801 that the win/loss lottery mode is not the high probability mode, then in step S802, it reads out the win/loss table for the low probability mode (see Figure 13(a)) from the win/loss table memory area 63a of ROM 63, and if the MPU 62 determines in step S801 that the win/loss lottery mode is the high probability mode, then in step S803, it reads out the win/loss table for the high probability mode (see Figure 13(b)) from the win/loss table memory area 63a of ROM 63.

After executing the process of step S802 or step S803, the MPU 62 executes a win/lose determination process in step S804. In this win/lose determination process, the MPU 62 determines the result of the win/lose lottery (win/lose result) by comparing the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the execution area AE with the win/lose table read out in step S802 or step S803. As mentioned above, the win/lose result is either a "jackpot win," a "special loss result," or a "normal loss result," and this is the same whether the win/lose lottery mode is a low probability mode or a high probability mode.

In step S805, the MPU 62 determines whether the result of the winning/losing decision made in step S804 is a "jackpot winning". If the MPU 62 determines in step S805 that the result of the winning/losing decision is a "jackpot winning", it executes the processes in steps S806 and onwards, and if the MPU 62 determines in step S805 that the result of the winning/losing decision is not a "jackpot winning", it executes the processes in steps S812 and onwards.

First, the process (the process from step S806 onward) when the MPU 62 determines in step S805 that the result is a "jackpot win" will be described.
In step S806, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second result display section flag is set in the RAM 64.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S806 that the second result display unit flag is not set in RAM 64, this indicates that the first result display unit 45a will start to display changes based on the entry of the game ball into the upper operating port 36, so in step S807, the first allocation table (see Figure 14 (a)) is read out from the allocation table memory area 63b of ROM 63.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S806 that the second result display unit flag is set in RAM 64, this indicates that the second result display unit 45b should start displaying a variable value based on the entry of the game ball into the lower operating port 37. Therefore, in step S808, the MPU 62 reads out the second allocation table (see FIG. 14(b)) from the allocation table memory area 63b of the ROM 63.

After executing the process of step S807 or step S808, the MPU 62 executes an allocation determination process in step S809. In this allocation determination process, the MPU 62 determines the result of the allocation lottery (allocation result) by comparing the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the execution area AE with the allocation table read in step S807 or step S808.

In step S810, the MPU 62 executes a stop result setting process for the jackpot result. In this stop result setting process for the jackpot result, the MPU 62 determines information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the first result display section 45a or the second result display section 45b of the main display section 45 according to the allocation result determined in step S809, and stores the determined information in the RAM 64. Here, the MPU 62 determines information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the main display section 45 by comparing the allocation result determined in step S809 with a stop result table for the jackpot result stored in advance in the ROM 63. This stop result table for the jackpot result specifies the form of the pattern to be stopped and displayed on the main display section 45 differently for each allocation result.

In step S811, the MPU 62 sets a flag corresponding to the allocation result determined in step S809 in the RAM 64. Specifically, if the MPU 62 determines that the allocation result is a "low probability result", it sets a low probability result flag, if it determines that the allocation result is an "unexplicit low round high probability result", it sets a non-explicit low round high probability result flag, if it determines that the allocation result is an "explicit low round high probability result", it sets a explicit low round high probability result flag, and if it determines that the allocation result is a "most advantageous result", it sets a most advantageous result flag. After that, the MPU 62 executes the processes from step S816 onwards.
In each of the following processes, the MPU 62 refers to these flags to determine the allocation result.

Next, the process (the process from step S812 onward) when the MPU 62 determines in step S805 that the result is not a "jackpot win" will be described.
In step S812, the MPU 62 determines whether the winning/losing result determined in step S804 is a "special losing result."
If the MPU 62 determines in step S812 that the pass/fail result is a "special failure result," it executes the processing from step S813 onwards, and if it determines in step S812 that the pass/fail result is not a "special failure result," it executes the processing from step S815 onwards.

In step S813, the MPU 62 executes a stop result setting process for a special losing result. In this stop result setting process for a special losing result, the MPU 62 determines information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the first result display section 45a or the second result display section 45b of the main display section 45, and stores the determined information in the RAM 64. Here, the MPU 62 determines information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the main display section 45 by referring to a stop result table for a special losing result stored in advance in the ROM 63. The form of the pattern set in this stop result table for a special losing result is different from the form of the pattern set in the stop result table for a big win result.
In step S814, the MPU 62 sets a special miss flag in the RAM 64.
In each of the following processes, the MPU 62 refers to this special miss flag to determine whether the winning/losing result is a "special miss result."

In response to this, in step S815, the MPU 62 executes a stop result setting process for a normal failure result. In this stop result setting process for a normal failure result, the MPU 62 determines information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the first result display section 45a or the second result display section 45b of the main display section 45, and stores the determined information in the RAM 64. Here, the MPU 62 determines information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the main display section 45 by referring to a stop result table for a normal failure result that is pre-stored in the ROM 63. The form of the pattern set in this stop result table for a normal failure result is different from the form of the pattern set in the stop result table for a jackpot result and the stop result table for a special failure result.

After executing any one of the processes in steps S811, S814, and S815, the MPU 62 executes a process of setting a display duration (display duration period) in step S816.
In the display duration setting process, the MPU 62 acquires the value of the fluctuation type counter CS stored in the fluctuation type counter buffer in the lottery counter buffer of the RAM 64 .

In addition, in the process of setting the display duration, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a reach display will occur on the symbol display device 47. Specifically, the MPU 62 determines that a reach display will occur if the allocation result determined in step S809 is a "low probability result" or a "most favorable result," and if the win/loss result determined in step S804 is a "normal loss result" and the reach occurrence lottery is won. As described above, the MPU 62 executes the reach occurrence lottery by comparing the reach table stored in advance in the reach table storage area 63c of the ROM 63 with the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

When the MPU 62 determines that a reach display will occur, it determines a display duration corresponding to the value of the fluctuation type counter CS obtained from the fluctuation type counter buffer by referring to the display duration table for reach occurrence stored in the reach table memory area 63c of the ROM 63, and sets the determined display duration in a display duration counter provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.
In contrast, when the MPU 62 determines that a reach display will not occur, it determines the display duration corresponding to the value of the fluctuation type counter CS obtained from the fluctuation type counter buffer by referring to the display duration table for non-reach occurrence stored in the reach table memory area 63c of the ROM 63, and sets the determined display duration in a display duration counter provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.

Specifically, the display duration table for non-reach occurrence is set so that the display duration is shorter as the number of reserved items increases. Therefore, the display duration when the reserved information related to the upper actuation port 36 is consumed is set so that the display duration is shorter as the number of reserved items related to the upper actuation port 36 increases. And, the display duration when the reserved information related to the lower actuation port 37 is consumed is set so that the display duration is shorter as the number of reserved items related to the lower actuation port 37 increases. Also, the display duration table for non-reach occurrence is set so that the display duration is shorter when the support mode is the high frequency support mode compared to when the support mode is the low frequency support mode. In other words, if the number of reserved items is the same, the display duration when the support mode is the high frequency support mode is shorter than when the support mode is the low frequency support mode.
Furthermore, the display duration determined by referring to the reach occurrence display duration table is different from the display duration determined by referring to the reach non-occurrence display duration table.

The non-reach display duration table may be set to the opposite relationship to that described above, such as the display duration becoming longer as the number of reserved items increases, or may be configured not to change depending on the number of reserved items or support mode. Also, separate display duration tables may be set for the win/loss result and the allocation result.

In step S817, the MPU 62 sets a variation command and a type command. In step S401 of the normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the variation command and the type command set in step S817 to the audio and light emission control device 90.
The audio and light emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process based on the variation command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62. This process will be described in detail later.

The variation command includes information related to the display duration time, and does not include information on whether or not a reach display will occur.
As described above, the display duration determined by referring to the reach occurrence display duration table and the display duration determined by referring to the reach non-occurrence display duration table are different from each other.
Therefore, even if information on whether or not a reach display will occur is not included in the variation command, it is possible for the audio and light emission control device 90, which is the sub-control device, to determine whether or not a reach display will occur based on information related to the display duration. In this sense, it can be said that the variation command indirectly includes information on whether or not a reach display will occur. Note that the variation command may directly include information on whether or not a reach display will occur.

The type command includes information related to the win/loss result. In other words, the type command includes information related to the win/loss result, such as "jackpot win,""special loss result," and "normal loss result." The type command also includes information related to the allocation result. In other words, the type command includes information related to the allocation result, such as "low probability result,""non-explicit low round high probability result,""explicit low round high probability result," and "most favorable result."
In the following description, the win/loss result and the allocation result are collectively referred to as the game result. In other words, the type command includes information related to the game result.

In step S818, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second result display unit flag is set in the RAM 64, and based on the determination result, starts a variable display on the main display unit 45. After that, the MPU 62 ends the variable start process.
Specifically, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display unit flag is not set in the RAM 64, this indicates that the first result display unit 45a should start displaying changes based on the entry of a game ball into the upper operating port 36 when a game round is completed, so the MPU 62 causes the first result display unit 45a to start displaying changes.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display unit flag is set in the RAM 64, this indicates that the second result display unit 45b should start displaying changes based on the entry of a game ball into the lower operating port 37 when a game round is completed, and so the MPU 62 causes the second result display unit 45b to start displaying changes.

Returning to the explanation of the game round control process, the game round progression process in steps S606 to S609 will be explained with reference to FIG.
In step S602, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the main display unit 45 is displaying a changing image, and if it determines that the main display unit 45 is displaying a changing image, executes processing for progressing the game round in steps S606 to S609.

In step S606, the MPU 62 determines whether the display duration time set in step S816 of the variation start process has elapsed. Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether the value set in the display duration time counter in the RAM 64 has become "0" or less. Note that the value of this display duration time counter is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S606 that the display duration time has not elapsed, it executes a process for variable display in step S607. In this process for variable display, the MPU 62 updates the display of the main display unit 45 during the variable display. After that, the MPU 62 ends the game number control process.

In response to this, if the MPU 62 determines in step S606 that the display duration time has elapsed, it executes a variation end process in step S608. In this variation end process, the MPU 62 identifies information (information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45) stored in the RAM 64 in any of steps S810, S813, and S815 of the variation start process executed when starting the variation display on the main display unit 45. Then, when the game round ends, the MPU 62 executes display control of the main display unit 45 so that the pattern corresponding to this identified information is displayed on the main display unit 45 during the variation display.

Here, the picture that is finally stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45 is different for each type of game result. Therefore, the manager of the gaming facility or the like can check the game result by visually checking the main display unit 45 at the end of a game round. This allows the manager of the gaming facility or the like to easily check whether or not fraudulent activity is being carried out, for example, to make the pachinko machine 10 behave in the same way as if it had won a lottery for a jackpot.
Furthermore, the main display unit 45 has a smaller display area than the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, and the pictures displayed in a stopped state on the main display unit 45 are harder for the player to recognize than the pattern sequence Z1 to Z3 displayed in a stopped state on the display screen G of the pattern display device 47. Therefore, when a round of play ends, the player will determine whether or not he or she has won a jackpot by checking the display screen G of the pattern display device 47 rather than the main display unit 45, which can increase the attention paid to the display screen G.

In step S609, the MPU 62 sets a fluctuation end command. In step S401 of the normal process, the MPU 62 transmits the fluctuation end command set in step S609 to the sound and light emission control device 90. After that, the MPU 62 ends the game number control process.
The sound and light emission control device 90 executes a process for ending the presentation of the game round based on the variation end command transmitted from the MPU 62. Here, the sound and light emission control device 90 may be configured to end the presentation of the game round by itself without the need to receive a variation end command.

<Game Status Transition Processing>
FIG. 23 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the game state transition process.
In the game state transition process, the MPU 62 executes steps S901 to S914 as shown in FIG.
In step S901, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the opening/closing execution mode is in progress.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S901 that the opening/closing execution mode is not in progress, it executes the processes in and after step S902.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S901 that the opening/closing execution mode is in progress, it executes the processes in and after step S911.

First, the process (the process after step S902) when it is determined in step S901 that the MPU 62 is not in the opening/closing execution mode will be described.
In step S902, the MPU 62 judges whether or not the variable display of the main display unit 45 has ended. If the MPU 62 judges in step S902 that the variable display of the main display unit 45 has not ended, the MPU 62 ends the game state transition process.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S902 that the variable display of the main display unit 45 has ended, it determines in step S903 whether the winning/losing result corresponds to a transition to the opening/closing execution mode. Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether the winning/losing result is a "jackpot win" or a "special losing result."

If the MPU 62 determines in step S903 that the pass/fail result corresponds to a transition to the opening/closing execution mode, it sets an opening/closing execution mode flag in the RAM 64 and then executes the processing from step S904 onwards.
In contrast, if the MPU 62 determines in step S903 that the win/loss result does not correspond to a transition to the opening/closing execution mode (if the MPU 62 determines that the win/loss result is a "normal miss result"), it terminates the game state transition processing.

In step S904, the MPU 62 determines whether the winning/losing result is a "special losing result."
If the MPU 62 determines in step S904 that the winning/losing result is a "special losing result," then in step S905, it sets "2" to an opening/closing counter SOC provided in the various counter area 64a of the RAM 64. This opening/closing counter SOC is a counter for the MPU 62 to specify the total number of times that the large winning opening 38a of the variable winning device 38 is opened and closed when transitioning to the opening/closing execution mode.

In contrast, if the MPU 62 determines in step S904 that the winning/losing result is not a "special losing result," i.e., that the winning/losing result is a "jackpot win," it determines in step S906 whether the allocation result is a low-round high-probability result (an "unspecified low-round high-probability result" or an "explicit low-round high-probability result").

If the MPU 62 determines in step S906 that the allocation result is a few rounds with high probability result, then in step S907 it sets the round counter RC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to "2". If the MPU 62 determines in step S906 that the allocation result is not a few rounds with high probability result, that is, if it determines that the allocation result is a "low probability result" or a "most favorable result", then in step S908 it executes a process for setting the number of rounds. In this process for setting the number of rounds, the MPU 62 sets the round counter RC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to "4" or "16". This round counter RC is a counter that allows the MPU 62 to identify the number of rounds played when transitioning to the open/close execution mode.

FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing the process of setting the number of rounds.
In the process of setting the number of rounds, the MPU 62 executes steps S1001 to S1012 as shown in FIG.
In step S1001, the MPU 62 clears the round play execution flags (the 4-round execution flag and the 16-round execution flag) stored in the RAM 64.
In step S1002, the MPU 62 determines whether the non-electric reel 51 is open by determining whether the non-electric reel opening detection sensor 519 has detected the opening of the non-electric reel 51.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1002 that the non-electric accessory 51 is not open, the MPU 62 sets a non-open command in step S1003. In step S401 of the normal process, the MPU 62 transmits the non-open command set in step S1003 to the sound and light emission control device 90.
The audio and light emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process based on a closed command sent from the MPU 62. This process will be described in detail later.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1002 that the non-electric accessory 51 is open, the MPU 62 sets an open command in step S1004. In step S401 of the normal process, the MPU 62 transmits the open command set in step S1004 to the sound and light emission control device 90.
The audio and light emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process based on the open command transmitted from the MPU 62. This process will be described in detail later.

After executing the process of step S1003 or step S1004, the MPU 62 executes a process of setting the Kroon route in step S1005. In this process of setting the Kroon route, the MPU 62 sets the plate 523a to a closed state by executing drive control of the plate drive unit 523c, and sets the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the Kroon route.

In step S1006, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a round play execution flag (4 round play execution flag or 16 round play execution flag) is set in the RAM 64. In other words, after executing the setting process of the croon route, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a game ball has entered the round play execution gate (4 round play execution gate or 16 round play execution gate).

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1006 that the round game execution flag is not set in the RAM 64, it executes step S1006 again.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1006 that the round game execution flag is set in the RAM 64, it determines in step S1007 whether or not the four round game execution flag is set in the RAM 64.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1007 that the 4-round execution flag is set in the RAM 64, it sets the round counter RC provided in the various counter area 64a of the RAM 64 to "4" in step S1008.
In step S1009, the MPU 62 sets a four-round execution command. In step S401 of the normal process, the MPU 62 transmits the four-round execution command set in step S1009 to the sound and light emission control device 90.
The sound and light emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process based on the four-round execution command transmitted from the MPU 62. This process will be described in detail later.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1007 that the 4-round execution flag is not set in the RAM 64 (if the MPU 62 determines that the 16-round execution flag is set in the RAM 64), then in step S1010, the MPU 62 sets the round counter RC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to "16".
In step S1011, the MPU 62 sets a 16-round execution command. In step S401 of the normal process, the MPU 62 transmits the 16-round execution command set in step S1011 to the sound and light emission control device 90.
The sound and light emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process based on a 16-round execution command transmitted from the MPU 62. This process will be described in detail later.

After executing the process of step S1009 or step S1011, the MPU 62 executes the process of setting the discharge route in step S1012. In this process of setting the discharge route, the MPU 62 sets the plate 523a to an open state by executing drive control of the plate drive unit 523c, and sets the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 as the discharge route. The MPU 62 then ends the process of setting the number of rounds.

In this way, the MPU 62 sets the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 as the crown route, and then sets the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 as the discharge route based on the entry of a game ball into the round game execution gate (4-round execution gate or 16-round execution gate), so that the crown 53 may allow multiple game balls to enter depending on the timing of setting the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 as the discharge route. In this case, the MPU 62 sets the number of round games based on the round game execution gate into which one of the multiple game balls first entered, so that the player's attention to the game can be increased.
In this embodiment, the crane 53 is configured so that it may be possible for multiple game balls to enter the hole, but it may also be configured so that it is not possible for multiple game balls to enter the hole.

Here, the pachinko machine 10 has a plurality of opening/closing execution modes with different ending conditions. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has, as opening/closing execution modes, a round number-defined mode to which the machine enters when the winning/losing result is a "jackpot win" and an opening/closing number-defined mode to which the machine enters when the winning/losing result is a "special losing result."

The round number-defined mode ends when a predetermined number of rounds have been played, where the number of rounds corresponds to a value set in a round counter RC.
The opening/closing number-defined mode ends when the large prize opening 38a has been opened and closed a predetermined total number of times, or when a predetermined number of game balls have entered the large prize opening 38a. Here, the total number of times the large prize opening 38a has been opened and closed corresponds to the value set in the opening/closing counter SOC. This opening/closing number-defined mode does not end on the condition that the number of rounds has been played.

The pachinko machine 10 executes one opening and closing of the big prize opening 38a for each round of play. Furthermore, one round of play continues until one of the following two conditions is satisfied. In other words, after setting the opening and closing door 38b to an open state, the pachinko machine 10 sets the opening and closing door 38b to a closed state again by satisfying one of the following two conditions.
(1) A predetermined upper limit duration (upper limit duration) has elapsed. (2) The total number of winning balls in the large winning hole 38a has reached a predetermined upper limit.

Returning to the explanation of the game state transition process, the processing from step S909 onwards will be described with reference to FIG.
After executing any one of the processes in steps S905, S907, and S908, the MPU 62 sets the timer counter T provided in the various counter area 64a of the RAM 64 to "1000" as the opening waiting time (waiting period) in step S909. The value set in this timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time a timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the opening waiting time is 2 sec. Note that the opening waiting time is not limited to this and can be any time.

In this way, when the MPU 62 determines in step S903 that the winning/losing result corresponds to the transition to the opening/closing execution mode, it sets the waiting time for the opening in the timer counter T regardless of the type of game result. In other words, the waiting time for the opening is the same regardless of the type of game result.
The waiting time for the opening is not limited to this, and may be configured to be slightly different depending on the type of game result to the extent that the player recognizes them as similar. Also, for example, the waiting time for the opening may be configured to be significantly different depending on the type of game result, such as being significantly different between the game result of a "low probability result" or a "most favorable result" and the game result other than these.

In step S910, the MPU 62 sets an opening command. After that, the MPU 62 ends the game state transition process. This opening command includes information on the game result that triggered the transition to the open/close execution mode. In addition, if the game result is a "low probability result" or a "most favorable result", the opening command includes information on the number of rounds of play. In step S401 of the normal process, the MPU 62 transmits the opening command set in step S910 to the sound and light emission control device 90.
The audio and light emission control device 90 recognizes the transition to the opening/closing execution mode based on the opening command sent from the MPU 62, and executes a predetermined process. This process will be described in detail later.

Next, the process (the process after step S911) when it is determined in step S901 that the MPU 62 is in the opening/closing execution mode will be described.
In step S911, the MPU 62 executes a process for opening and closing the big prize opening.

FIG. 25 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the process of opening and closing the big prize opening.
In the special prize opening opening and closing process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1101 to S1124 as shown in FIG.
In step S1101, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the special prize opening 38a is open.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1101 that the special prize opening 38a is not open, it executes the processes in and after step S1102.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1101 that the special prize opening 38a is open, it executes the processes in and after step S1106.

First, the process (the process from step S1102 onward) when the MPU 62 determines in step S1101 that the special prize opening 38a is not open will be described.
In step S1102, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the opening/closing counter SOC is equal to or less than "0" and the value of the round counter RC is equal to or less than "0".
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1102 that both the value of the opening/closing counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC are equal to or less than "0", it ends the big prize opening opening/closing process.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1102 that at least one of the values of the opening/closing counter SOC and the round counter RC is not less than "0", then in step S1103 it determines whether the value of the timer counter T is less than "0".
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1103 that the value of the timer counter T is not equal to or less than "0", it terminates the large prize opening opening process.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1103 that the value of the timer counter T is equal to or less than "0", then in step S1104 it executes a process for opening the large prize opening.
The large prize opening process in step S1104 will now be described in detail.

FIG. 26 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the large prize opening process.
In the special prize opening process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1201 to S1207 as shown in FIG.
In step S1201, the MPU 62 determines whether the winning/losing result is a "special losing result."

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1201 that the winning or losing result is a "special losing result," it sets the winning counter PC in the various counter area 64a of the RAM 64 to "8" in step S1202, and sets the timer counter T to "85" in step S1203. As mentioned above, the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the time set in the timer counter T is 0.17 sec.

In contrast, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1201 that the winning/losing result is not a "special losing result," it sets the winning counter PC to "8" in step S1204, and determines in step S1205 whether the allocation result is a low-round high-probability result (an "unspecified low-round high-probability result" or an "explicit low-round high-probability result").

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1205 that the allocation result is a high probability result in a few rounds, it sets the timer counter T to "85" in step S1203 described above.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1205 that the allocation result is not a low-round high-probability result, it sets the timer counter T to "15000" in step S1206. As described above, the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the time set in the timer counter T is 30 sec.

After executing the process of step S1203 or step S1206, the MPU 62 executes the opening execution process of the large prize opening 38a in step S1207. In this opening execution process, the MPU 62 sets the opening door 38b to an open state by executing the drive control of the variable prize drive unit 38c. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the large prize opening opening process.

The value set in the winning counter PC in step S1202 or step S1204 defines the upper limit of the total number of game balls that can win into the large winning opening 38a.
The value set in the timer counter T in step S1203 or step S1206 specifies the upper limit duration from when the opening/closing door 38b is set to the open state until it is set to the closed state again. Therefore, as described above, the MPU 62 sets two types of upper limit duration with different lengths by setting the timer counter T to "85" or "15000". Specifically, the MPU 62 sets a long-term mode (long-term mode) in which the upper limit duration is set to 30 sec, and a short-term mode (short-term mode) in which the upper limit duration is set to 0.17 sec, which is shorter than the long-term mode.

Here, as described above, the pachinko machine 10 excites the solenoid of the game ball launching mechanism 81 at a cycle of 0.6 sec, thereby causing the game ball launching mechanism 81 to launch game balls. Also, as described above, the MPU 62 sets the winning counter PC to "8", thereby setting the upper limit of the total number of game balls that can win the big winning hole 38a to 8.
Therefore, since the upper limit duration of the long-time mode is sufficiently longer than the product of the upper limit of the total number of game balls that can enter the large prize opening 38a and the game ball launch period, it is easy to get the upper limit of eight game balls to enter the large prize opening 38a.
In contrast, the upper limit duration of the short-time mode is shorter than the product of the upper limit of the total number of winning game balls into the large winning opening 38a and the firing cycle of the game balls (more specifically, shorter than the firing cycle of the game balls), so it is difficult to make a game ball win in the large winning opening 38a. However, depending on the timing, it is possible to make about one game ball win in the large winning opening 38a.

Returning to the explanation of the special prize opening/closing process, the process from step S1105 onwards will be explained with reference to FIG.
After executing the special prize opening process in step S1104, the MPU 62 sets an opening command in step S1105. Also, in step S401 of the normal process, the MPU 62 transmits the opening command set in step S1105 to the sound and light emission control device 90. After that, the MPU 62 ends the special prize opening opening and closing process.
In addition, the audio and light emission control device 90 recognizes that the opening and closing door 38b has been set to the open state based on the open command sent from the MPU 62, and executes a predetermined process.

Next, the process (the process after step S1106) when the MPU 62 determines in step S1101 that the special prize opening 38a is open will be described.
In step S1106, the MPU 62 judges whether the value of the timer counter T is equal to or less than "0". In other words, the MPU 62 judges whether the upper limit duration set in the timer counter T in step S1203 or step S1206 of the special prize opening process has elapsed.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1106 that the value of the timer counter T is not equal to or less than "0", it executes the processes in steps S1107 and after.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1106 that the value of the timer counter T is equal to or less than "0", it executes the processes in and after step S1118.

First, the process (steps S1107 and after) when the MPU 62 determines in step S1106 that the value of the timer counter T is not equal to or less than "0" will be described.
In step S1107, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a win has been made in the large prize opening 38a. The determination of whether or not a win has been made in the large prize opening 38a is made based on the detection result of the detection sensor 40d corresponding to the large prize opening 38a.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1107 that no win has been made in the special prize opening 38a, it ends the special prize opening opening opening process.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1107 that a win has occurred in the special win port 38a, then in step S1108, it updates the value of the win counter PC by subtracting 1 from the value.

In step S1109, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the prize counter PC is equal to or less than "0".
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1109 that the value of the prize counter PC is not equal to or less than "0", it ends the large prize opening opening process.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1109 that the value of the winning counter PC is equal to or less than "0", it executes a closing execution process in step S1110. In this closing execution process, the MPU 62 sets the opening and closing door 38b to a closed state by executing drive control of the variable winning drive unit 38c.

In step S1111, the MPU 62 sets a close command. In step S401 of the normal process, the MPU 62 transmits the close command set in step S1111 to the audio and light emission control device 90.
In addition, the audio and light emission control device 90 recognizes that the opening and closing door 38b has been set to the closed state based on the close command sent from the MPU 62, and executes a predetermined process.

In step S1112, the MPU 62 determines whether the winning/losing result is a "special losing result."
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1112 that the winning/losing result is a "special losing result," it executes the processing from step S1123 onwards, which will be described later.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1112 that the winning/losing result is not a "special losing result," it executes the processing from step S1113 onwards.
In step S1113, the MPU 62 updates the value of the round counter RC by subtracting 1 from the value.

In step S1114, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the round counter RC is equal to or less than "0".
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1114 that the value of the round counter RC is not equal to or less than "0", then in step S1115, the MPU 62 sets the value of the timer counter T to "500". After that, the MPU 62 ends the big prize opening opening and closing process.

The value set in the timer counter T in step S1115 specifies the open waiting time from when the opening/closing door 38b is set to the open state, to when it is set to the closed state again and then when it is set to the open state again. In this embodiment, the open waiting time is 1 sec. This open waiting time is the same regardless of the type of opening/closing execution mode or the progress status.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1114 that the value of the round counter RC is equal to or less than "0", it executes the processes in and after step S1116.
In step S1116, the MPU 62 sets the timer counter T to "2000" as the waiting time (waiting period) for the ending. As described above, the value set in this timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the waiting time for the ending is 4 sec. Note that the waiting time for the ending is not limited to this and can be any value.

The waiting time for the ending is the same regardless of the type of game result, like the waiting time for the opening, i.e., the waiting time for the ending is the same regardless of the type of opening/closing execution mode.
The waiting time for the ending is not limited to this, and may be configured to be slightly different depending on the type of game result to the extent that the player recognizes them as the same. Also, for example, the waiting time for the ending may be configured to be significantly different depending on the type of game result, such as being significantly different between the game result of a "low probability result" or a "most favorable result" and the game result other than these.

In step S1117, the MPU 62 sets an ending command. This ending command includes information on whether the non-electric role 51 is open or not. Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether the non-electric role 51 is open or not by determining whether the non-electric role open detection sensor 519 detects the opening of the non-electric role 51, and includes this information in the ending command. In step S401 of the normal process, the MPU 62 transmits the ending command set in step S1117 to the sound and light emission control device 90. After that, the MPU 62 ends the large prize opening opening and closing process.
In addition, the audio and light emission control device 90 recognizes the end of the opening and closing execution mode based on the ending command sent from the MPU 62, and executes a predetermined process.

Next, the process (steps S1118 and after) when the MPU 62 determines in step S1106 that the value of the timer counter T is equal to or less than "0" will be described.
In step S1118, the MPU 62 executes the closing execution process in the same manner as in step S1110 described above.
In step S1119, the MPU 62 sets a close command in the same manner as in step S1111 described above.

In step S1120, the MPU 62 determines whether the winning/losing result is a "special losing result."
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1120 that the result is not a "special miss result," i.e., that the result is a "jackpot win," it executes the processing from step S1121 onwards.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1120 that the winning/losing result is a "special losing result," it executes the processing from step S1123 onwards.

First, the process (the process from step S1121 onward) when the MPU 62 determines in step S1120 that the winning/losing result is not a "special losing result" will be described.
In step S1121, the MPU 62 updates the value of the round counter RC by subtracting 1 from the value.

In step S1122, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the round counter RC is equal to or less than "0".
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1122 that the value of the round counter RC is not equal to or less than "0", it executes the processes from step S1115 onwards.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1122 that the value of the round counter RC is equal to or less than "0", it executes the above-mentioned processing from S1116 onwards.

Next, the process (the process from step S1123 onward) when the MPU 62 determines in step S1112 or step S1120 that the winning/losing result is a "special losing result" will be described.
In step S1123, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the opening/closing counter SOC to update it.

In step S1124, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the opening/closing counter SOC is equal to or less than "0".
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1124 that the value of the opening/closing counter SOC is not equal to or less than "0", it executes the process from step S1115 onwards.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1124 that the value of the opening/closing counter SOC is equal to or less than "0", it executes the above-mentioned processing from S1116 onwards.

Returning to the explanation of the game state transition process, the processing from step S912 onwards will be described with reference to FIG.
After executing the large prize opening opening/closing process of step S911, the MPU 62 determines in step S912 whether the value of the opening/closing counter SOC is equal to or less than "0" and the value of the round counter RC is equal to or less than "0".

If the MPU 62 determines in step S912 that at least one of the value of the opening/closing counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC is not less than "0", it ends the game state transition process.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S912 that both the value of the opening/closing counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC are equal to or less than "0", then in step S913 it determines whether the value of the timer counter T is equal to or less than "0".

If the MPU 62 determines in step S913 that the value of the timer counter T is not equal to or less than "0", it terminates the game state transition process.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S913 that the value of the timer counter T is equal to or less than "0", in step S914, it clears the open/close execution mode in progress flag stored in the RAM 64, and then executes a transition process at the end of the open/close execution mode. After that, the MPU 62 ends the game state transition process.
The transition process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode will be described in detail below.

FIG. 27 is a flowchart showing the transition process when the opening and closing execution mode is ended.
In the transition process at the end of the opening and closing execution mode, the MPU 62 executes steps S1301 to S1312 as shown in FIG.
In step S1301, the MPU 62 determines whether the allocation result is the "most favorable result" or the "explicit few-round high-probability result."

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1301 that the allocation result is the "most favorable result" or the "explicit few-round high-probability result", it executes the processing from step S1302 onwards.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1301 that the allocation result is not the "most favorable result" or the "explicit few-round high-probability result", it executes the processing from step S1305 onwards.

First, the process (the process from step S1302 onward) when the MPU 62 determines in step S1301 that the allocation result is the "most favorable result" or the "explicit few-round high-probability result" will be described.
In step S1302, the MPU 62 sets a high frequency support flag in the RAM 64. If the high frequency support flag has already been set in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 maintains it. As a result, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.

In step S 1303 , the MPU 62 clears the number limit flag stored in the RAM 64 .
Here, if the high frequency support flag is set in the RAM 64 and the number of times limit flag is not set, the high frequency support mode continues at least until a "jackpot win" is obtained in the win/lose lottery.

In step S1304, the MPU 62 sets the high probability mode flag in the RAM 64. If the high probability mode flag has already been set in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 maintains it. As a result, the MPU 62 sets the win/lose lottery mode to the high probability mode. This high probability mode continues at least until the win/lose lottery results in a "jackpot win." The MPU 62 then ends the transition process at the end of the open/close execution mode.

When the transition process at the end of the open/close execution mode is completed, the MPU 62 clears the flags (low probability result flag, non-explicit few rounds high probability result flag, explicit few rounds high probability result flag, and most favorable result flag) set in the RAM 64 according to the allocation result, and the special miss flag. Also, in step S801 of the fluctuation start process described above, the MPU 62 determines whether the win/lose lottery mode is the high probability mode by determining whether the high probability mode flag is set in the RAM 64.

Next, the process (the process from step S1305 onward) when the MPU 62 determines in step S1301 that the allocation result is not the "most favorable result" or the "explicit few-round high-probability result" will be described.
In step S1305, the MPU 62 determines whether the allocation result is an "unspecified few rounds high probability result."

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1305 that the allocation result is an "unspecified few rounds high probability result", it executes the processing in step S1306 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1305 that the allocation result is not an "unspecified few rounds high probability result", it executes the processing from step S1308 onwards.

First, the process (the process from step S1306 onward) when the MPU 62 determines in step S1305 that the allocation result is an "unspecified few rounds high probability result" will be described.
In step S1306, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the high frequency support flag is set in the RAM 64.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1306 that the high frequency support flag is set in the RAM 64, it executes the processes from step S1303 onwards.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1306 that the high frequency support flag is not set in the RAM 64, then in step S1307 it sets a high probability mode flag in the RAM 64. If the high probability mode flag has already been set in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 maintains it. This causes the MPU 62 to set the win/lose lottery mode to the high probability mode. This high probability mode continues at least until the win/lose lottery results in a "jackpot win." After that, the MPU 62 ends the transition process at the end of the open/close execution mode.

Next, the process (the process from step S1308 onward) when the MPU 62 determines in step S1305 that the allocation result is not an "unspecified few rounds high probability result" will be described.
In step S1308, the MPU 62 determines whether the allocation result is a "low probability result."

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1308 that the allocation result is not a "low probability result" (if the win/loss result is determined to be a "special loss result"), it terminates the transition processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1308 that the allocation result is a "low probability result", it executes the processes in steps S1309 and onward.

In step S1309, the MPU 62 clears the high probability mode flag. This causes the MPU 62 to set the win/lose lottery mode to the low probability mode. This low probability mode continues at least until the win/lose lottery results in a "jackpot win" and the allocation result becomes anything other than a "low probability result."

In step S1310, the MPU 62 sets a high frequency support flag in the RAM 64. If the high frequency support flag has already been set in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 maintains it. As a result, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.
In step S1311, the MPU 62 sets the value of the number-of-games counter provided in the various counter area 64a of the RAM 64 to "100".
In step S1312, the MPU 62 sets the number of times limit flag in the RAM 64. If the number of times limit flag has already been set in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 maintains it. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the transition process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode.

Here, if the high frequency support flag is set in the RAM 64 and the number limit flag is set, the high frequency support mode continues until 100 games, which is the end reference number set in the game number counter, are played. When 100 games are played, the MPU 62 clears the high frequency support flag and the number limit flag. This causes the MPU 62 to set the support mode to the low frequency support mode.
The MPU 62 executes these processes as electric support processes in step S406 of the normal process, but detailed description thereof will be omitted.

In this way, if the win/lose lottery results in a "jackpot win" and the allocation lottery results in a "most favorable result" or a "high probability result with an explicit few rounds," the game state will transition to high probability mode and high frequency support mode after the end of the open/close execution mode (i.e., round number setting mode) regardless of the current game state. The high probability mode and high frequency support mode will continue at least until the win/lose lottery results in a "jackpot win."

In addition, when the current support mode is the high-frequency support mode, if the win/lose lottery results in a "jackpot win" and the allocation lottery results in an "unspecified few rounds high probability result," the game state will transition to the high probability mode and high-frequency support mode after the open/close execution mode (i.e., the round number setting mode) ends. The high probability mode and high-frequency support mode will continue at least until the win/lose lottery results in a "jackpot win."

In contrast, when the current support mode is the low-frequency support mode, if the win/lose lottery results in a "jackpot win" and the allocation lottery results in an "unspecified few rounds high probability result," the game state will transition to the high probability mode and low-frequency support mode after the open/close execution mode (i.e., the round number setting mode) ends. The high probability mode and low-frequency support mode will continue at least until the win/lose lottery results in a "jackpot win."

In addition, if the win/lose lottery results in a "jackpot win" and the allocation lottery results in a "low probability result," the game state will transition to low probability mode and high frequency support mode after the open/close execution mode (i.e., round number setting mode) ends regardless of the current game state. The low probability mode will continue at least until the win/lose lottery results in a "jackpot win," and the high frequency support mode will transition to low frequency support mode if 100 game rounds have been played without the win/lose lottery resulting in a "jackpot win."

In addition, if the result of the lottery is not a "jackpot win," i.e., if the result of the lottery is a "special miss" or a "normal miss," the game state will not change.

In this way, in this embodiment, the game state transition process functions as a specific control initiation means that transitions the game state to the open/close execution mode, and then starts the open/close execution mode game when a game ball enters the non-electric device 51 and any of the holes 533A to 533C.

<Electrical configuration of the audio and light emission control device 90 and the display control device 100>
FIG. 28 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the audio and light emission control device and the display control device.
28, the audio and light emission control device 90 includes an audio and light emission control board 91, an MPU 92 mounted on the audio and light emission control board 91, and a ROM 93 and a RAM 94 constituting the MPU 92. The MPU 92 is an element in which, in addition to the ROM 93 and RAM 94, a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input/output circuit, and the like are integrated into a single chip.

The ROM 93 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is a non-volatile storage means that does not require an external power supply to hold the stored information.
The RAM 94 is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when executing the control programs stored in the ROM 93, and is a volatile storage means that requires an external power supply to hold the stored information. This RAM 94 has various areas such as a command list storage area 94a.

The MPU 92 has an input port and an output port. As described above, the input port of the MPU 92 is connected to the main control device 60. The output port of the MPU 92 is connected to the various lamp units 23, 49a to 49c, the speaker unit 24, and the display control device 100.
The MPU 92 executes drive control of the various lamp units 23 , 49 a to 49 c and the speaker unit 24 based on commands sent from the main control device 60 .
Furthermore, the MPU 92 transmits commands resulting from the analysis of these commands to the display control device 100. The sound and light emission control device 90 is electrically connected to the display control device 100 via a connector unit (connection unit) having connectors on both ends of a signal line.

The display control device 100 comprises a display control board 101, an MPU 102, a program ROM 103 and a work RAM 104 that constitute the MPU 102, a video display processor (VDP) 105, a character ROM 106, and a video RAM 107. Here, the MPU 102 is an element that combines the program ROM 103 and the work RAM 104 as well as a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data input/output circuit on a chip. The MPU 102, VDP 105, character ROM 106, and video RAM 107 are mounted on the display control board 101.

The MPU 102 analyzes the command sent from the audio/light emission control device 90 and performs a predetermined calculation process based on the command to control the VDP 105. Specifically, the MPU 102 controls the VDP 105 by generating a command for the VDP 105.

The program ROM 103 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is a non-volatile storage means that does not require an external power supply to hold the stored information.
The work RAM 104 is a memory for temporarily storing various data, etc. when executing the control program stored in the program ROM 103, and is a volatile storage means that requires an external power supply to retain the stored information.

The VDP 105 is a type of drawing circuit that directly operates an image processing device that serves as a liquid crystal display driver built into the pattern display device 47. The VDP 105 is also called a "drawing chip" because it is made into an IC chip, and its actual form can be described as a microcomputer chip with built-in firmware dedicated to drawing processing. Based on the contents of the command generated by the MPU 102, the VDP 105 reads image data from the character ROM 106 and stores this image data in the video RAM 107.

The character ROM 106 functions as an image data library for storing character data such as designs to be displayed on the design display device 47. The character ROM 106 holds bitmap format image data of various designs, a color palette table to be referenced when determining the color to be displayed at each dot of the bitmap image, and the like.
The video RAM 107 is a memory for storing display data to be displayed on the pattern display device 47 , and the display contents of the pattern display device 47 can be changed by rewriting the contents of this video RAM 107 .

<Regarding timer interrupt processing executed by the audio and light emission control device 90>
FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing the timer interrupt process executed by the audio and light emission control device.
The MPU 92 of the sound and light emission control device 90 executes a timer interrupt process to progress the game. In this timer interrupt process, the MPU 92 executes steps S1401 to S1405 periodically (for example, at 2 msec intervals) as shown in FIG.

In step S1401, the MPU 92 executes a command storage process. In this command storage process, when the MPU 92 receives a command from the MPU 62, the MPU 92 stores the command in the RAM 94. Specifically, the RAM 94 has a ring buffer for storing and reading commands received from the MPU 62, and the MPU 92 stores the commands in the ring buffer in the order in which they were received from the MPU 62. The MPU 92 reads the commands from the ring buffer in the order in which they were stored in the ring buffer.

In step S1402, the MPU 92 executes a presentation determination process based on the command received from the MPU 62. In the presentation determination process, the MPU 92 determines presentations for a game round, presentations for an opening/closing execution mode, and the like.
In step S1403, the MPU 92 executes a performance execution process based on the content of the performance determination process in step S1402. Specifically, in the performance execution process, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the various lamp units 23, 49a to 49c, and executes audio control of the speaker unit 24.

In step S1404, the MPU 92 executes a demo display execution process based on the demo command received from the MPU 62. In the demo display execution process, the MPU 92 executes a demo display when a predetermined start waiting period (e.g., 30 seconds) for starting a demo has elapsed after a game round has ended without a new game round being started. Specifically, in the demo display execution process, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the various lamp units 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24.

In step S1405, a command transmission process is executed to transmit the commands set in the performance determination process in step S1402 to the display control device 100. In this command transmission process, the MPU 92 determines whether or not it is time to transmit the various commands stored as a command list in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94 to the display control device 100, and if it is determined that it is time to transmit the various commands to the display control device 100, it transmits the commands to the display control device 100. The MPU 92 then ends the timer interrupt process.

<Regarding the performance determination process executed by the audio and light emission control device 90>
FIG. 30 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the effect determination process.
The MPU 92 of the sound and light emission control device 90 executes a presentation determination process to execute presentations for game times, presentations for the open/close execution mode, etc. In this presentation determination process, the MPU 92 executes steps S1501 to S1518 as shown in FIG.

In step S1501, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the variation command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62 have been received.
If the MPU 92 determines in step S1501 that it has not received any command, it executes the processes in and after step S1509.
In contrast, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1501 that it has received each command, in step S1502, it determines whether the game result is a "most advantageous result" or a "low probability result" based on the content of the type command.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S1502 that the game result is the "most favorable result" or the "low probability result," it executes a pattern determination process corresponding to the type of game result in step S1503. In this pattern determination process, if the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "most favorable result," it determines information related to a combination of patterns having the same odd numbers or the same even numbers as the stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the pay line L, and if the MPU 92 determines that the game result is a "low probability result," it determines information related to a combination of patterns having the same even numbers as the stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the pay line L. The odd and even numbers are determined randomly by lottery or the like.

In contrast, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1502 that the game result is not the "most advantageous result" or the "low probability result," then in step S1504, it determines whether the game result is a "normal loss result" or not based on the content of the type command.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1504 that the game result is not a "normal losing result", that is, when the game result is any of a "special losing result", an "unspecified few rounds high probability result", and an "explicit few rounds high probability result", it executes a common symbol determination process in step S1505. In this common symbol determination process, the MPU 92 determines information related to a special symbol combination as a stop result to be finally displayed on the pay line L. Specifically, the MPU 92 determines a special symbol combination (e.g., "3, 4, 1") having different numbers that will not be selected in the case of a "normal losing result" in the winning/losing lottery, rather than a combination of symbols having the same numbers. Note that this special symbol combination is the same regardless of the type of game result.

In contrast, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1504 that the game result is a "normal miss result," it executes a pattern determination process for a normal miss in step S1506. In this pattern determination process for a normal miss, the MPU 92 determines whether or not a reach display will occur based on the content of the variation command.

When the MPU 92 determines that a reach display will occur, it determines information related to the combination of symbols in the reach display as a stop result to be finally displayed on the pay line L. The combination of symbols in the reach display is determined randomly by a lottery or the like.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that the reach display will not occur, it determines information relating to a combination of symbols different from the combinations of symbols described above as a final stop result to be displayed on the pay line L. Specifically, the MPU 92 randomly determines, by drawing lots or the like, a combination of symbols different from any of a combination of symbols having the same number, a combination of special symbols, and a combination of symbols in the reach display.

After executing any one of the processes in step S1503, step S1505, or step S1506, the MPU 92 executes a process of determining a presentation pattern in step S1507. In this process of determining a presentation pattern, the MPU 92 selects a presentation pattern corresponding to the variation command and the type command by referring to a presentation table previously stored in the ROM 93. Specifically, the MPU 92 selects the presentation duration (presentation duration) and the content of the presentation as the presentation pattern. Note that in step S1507, the MPU 92 also executes a lottery to determine whether or not to generate a preview display.

In addition, the MPU 92 performs light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the performance execution process of step S1403 described above based on the selected performance pattern.

In step S1508, the MPU 92 sets a fluctuation start command and a stop result command including information related to the stop result determined in any one of the processes in steps S1503, S1505, and S1506. The MPU 92 then stores the fluctuation start command and the stop result command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94. These fluctuation start command and the stop result command are transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission process in step S1405 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out from the program ROM 103 a data table for starting the variable display and displaying the stopped result on the pattern display device 47 based on the variable display start command and the stop result command sent from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (e.g., every 20 msec) occurs. As a result, after the pattern display device 47 starts the variable display, it finally stops and displays the stop result determined by the MPU 92 on the valid line L.

After executing the process of step S1508, or if it is determined in step S1501 that the variation command and the type command have not been received, the MPU 92 executes the processes of steps S1509 and onward.
In step S1509, the MPU 92 executes a process for determining the number of rounds.

FIG. 31 is a flowchart showing the process of determining the number of rounds.
In the process of determining the number of rounds, the MPU 92 executes steps S1601 to S1612 as shown in FIG.
In step S1601, the MPU 92 determines whether or not a closed command transmitted from the MPU 62 has been received.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1601 that it has received a closed command, it executes a process for determining a closed effect in step S1602. In this process, the MPU 92 refers to a table for effects stored in the ROM 93 in advance to select the content of the effect corresponding to the closed command.

In addition, the MPU 92 performs light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the performance execution process of step S1403 described above based on the content of the selected performance.

In step S1603, the MPU 92 sets a command for the closed-time performance determined in the process of determining the closed-time performance in step S1602. The MPU 92 then stores the command for the closed-time performance in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94. This command for the closed-time performance is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission process in step S1405 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out a data table from the program ROM 103 for executing the closed-time performance on the pattern display device 47 based on the command for the closed-time performance sent from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (e.g., every 20 msec) occurs. This causes the pattern display device 47 to execute the closed-time performance.

After executing the processing of step S1603, or if it is determined in step S1601 that the non-open command has not been received, the MPU 92 determines in step S1604 whether or not the open command sent from the MPU 62 has been received.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1604 that it has received the release command, it executes a process for determining the release effect in step S1605. In this process, the MPU 92 refers to a table for effects stored in the ROM 93 in advance to select the content of the effect corresponding to the release command.

In addition, the MPU 92 performs light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the performance execution process of step S1403 described above based on the content of the selected performance.

In step S1606, the MPU 92 sets a command for the open-up performance determined in the open-up performance determination process in step S1605. The MPU 92 then stores the command for the open-up performance in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94. This command for the open-up performance is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission process in step S1405 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out a data table from the program ROM 103 for executing the opening performance on the pattern display device 47 based on the command for the opening performance sent from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (e.g., every 20 msec) occurs. This causes the pattern display device 47 to execute the opening performance.

After executing the processing of step S1606, or if it is determined in step S1604 that the open command has not been received, the MPU 92 determines in step S1607 whether or not a 4-round execution command sent from the MPU 62 has been received.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1607 that it has received the 4 round execution command, it executes a process of determining a 4 round execution effect in step S1608. In this process of determining a 4 round execution effect, the MPU 92 selects the content of the effect corresponding to the 4 round execution command by referring to a table for effects stored in advance in the ROM 93.

In addition, the MPU 92 performs light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the performance execution process of step S1403 described above based on the content of the selected performance.

In step S1609, the MPU 92 sets a command for the four-round execution presentation related to the four-round execution presentation determined in the four-round execution presentation determination process in step S1608. The MPU 92 then stores the command for the four-round execution presentation in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94. This command for the four-round execution presentation is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission process in step S1405 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out a data table from the program ROM 103 for executing the four-round execution presentation on the pattern display device 47 based on the four-round execution presentation command sent from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (e.g., every 20 msec) occurs. This causes the pattern display device 47 to execute the four-round execution presentation.

After executing the processing of step S1609, or if it is determined in step S1607 that a 4-round execution command has not been received, the MPU 92 determines in step S1610 whether or not a 16-round execution command sent from the MPU 62 has been received.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1610 that it has received a 16-round execution command, it executes a process of determining a 16-round execution effect in step S1611. In this process, the MPU 92 selects the content of the effect corresponding to the 16-round execution command by referring to a table for effects stored in advance in the ROM 93.

In addition, the MPU 92 performs light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the performance execution process of step S1403 described above based on the content of the selected performance.

In step S1612, the MPU 92 sets a command for the 16 round execution presentation related to the 16 round execution presentation determined in the 16 round execution presentation determination process in step S1611. The MPU 92 then stores the command for the 16 round execution presentation in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94. This command for the 16 round execution presentation is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission process in step S1405 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out a data table for executing the 16-round execution presentation on the symbol display device 47 from the program ROM 103 based on the command for the 16-round execution presentation sent from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (e.g., every 20 msec) occurs. This causes the symbol display device 47 to execute the 16-round execution presentation.

After executing the process of step S1612, or if it is determined in step S1610 that a 16-round execution command has not been received, the MPU 92 ends the process of determining the number of rounds.

Returning to the explanation of the effect determination process, the process from step S1510 onwards will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S1510, the MPU 92 determines whether or not an opening command has been received.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that the opening command has not been received, it executes the processes in and after step S1514.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that an opening command has been received, then in step S1511, the MPU 92 determines the type of game result based on the contents of the opening command.

In step S1512, the MPU 92 executes a process for determining the presentation for the open/close execution mode corresponding to the type of game result determined in step S1511. In the process for determining the presentation for the open/close execution mode, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1511 that the game result is a "special miss result" or an "unspecified few rounds high probability result", it selects presentation A as the presentation for the open/close execution mode. If the MPU 92 determines that the game result is an "explicit few rounds high probability result", it selects presentation B as the presentation for the open/close execution mode. If the MPU 92 determines that the game result is a "most advantageous result" and that the number of rounds is four, it selects presentation C1 or presentation D1 as the presentation for the open/close execution mode. If the MPU 92 determines that the game result is a "most advantageous result" and that the number of rounds is sixteen, it selects presentation C2 or presentation D2 as the presentation for the open/close execution mode. Furthermore, if the MPU 92 determines that the game result is a "low probability result" and that the number of rounds of play is four, it selects effect D1 as the effect for the open/close execution mode. Furthermore, if the MPU 92 determines that the game result is a "low probability result" and that the number of rounds of play is sixteen, it selects effect D2 as the effect for the open/close execution mode.

The duration of effects A and B corresponds to the time required for the large prize opening 38a to be opened and closed twice in a short time in the opening and closing execution mode. The duration of effects C1 and D1 corresponds to the time required for the large prize opening 38a to be opened and closed four times in a long time in the opening and closing execution mode. The duration of effects C2 and D2 corresponds to the time required for the large prize opening 38a to be opened and closed 16 times in a long time in the opening and closing execution mode.
In the following description, effects C1 and C2 will be referred to simply as effect C, and effects D1 and D2 will be referred to simply as effect D.

In addition, based on the selection result of effects A to D, the MPU 92 performs the illumination control of the display lamp unit 23 and performs audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution process of step S1403 described above.

In step S1513, the MPU 92 sets a command for the opening and closing execution mode including information related to the performance for the opening and closing execution mode selected in step S1512. The MPU 92 then stores the command for the opening and closing execution mode in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94. This command for the opening and closing execution mode is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission process in step S1405 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out a data table from the program ROM 103 for executing the performance for the open/close execution mode on the pattern display device 47 based on the command for the open/close execution mode sent from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (e.g., every 20 msec) occurs. This causes the pattern display device 47 to execute the performance for the open/close execution mode selected by the MPU 92 of the sound and light emission control device 90.

After executing the process of step S1513, or if it is determined in step S1510 that the opening command has not been received, the MPU 92 executes the processes of steps S1514 and onward.
In step S1514, the MPU 92 determines whether or not an ending command has been received.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that the ending command has not been received, it executes the processes in and after step S1518.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that it has received an ending command, it executes a process for determining whether or not the non-electric role is open in step S1515. In this process, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the non-electric role 51 is open based on the content of the ending command.

In step S1516, the MPU 92 executes a process for determining an ending effect corresponding to the state of the non-electric role 51 determined in step S1515. In the process for determining an ending effect, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1515 that the non-electric role 51 is not open (if it determines that it is closed), it selects a normal effect that does not notify the player that the non-electric role 51 has opened as the ending effect. In contrast, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1515 that the non-electric role 51 is open, it selects an opening notification effect that notifies the player that the non-electric role 51 has opened as the ending effect.

In step S1517, the MPU 92 sets an ending performance command for the ending performance (normal performance or release announcement performance) determined in the ending performance determination process in step S1516. The MPU 92 then stores the ending performance command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94. This ending performance command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission process in step S1405 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the ending performance on the pattern display device 47 based on the ending performance command sent from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (e.g., every 20 msec) occurs. This causes the pattern display device 47 to execute the ending performance.

After executing the process of step S1517, or if it is determined in step S1514 that an ending command has not been received, the MPU 92 executes other processes in step S1518. In other processes, the MPU 92 executes processes for progressing the performance for the open/close execution mode, for example, based on the open command and close command sent from the MPU 62. The MPU 92 then ends the performance determination process.

<Relationship between game results and game status, etc.>
The relationship between the game result and the game state based on the execution of various processes will be described below.
Fig. 32 is a diagram showing the relationship between game results and game states, etc. Specifically, Fig. 32 is a diagram showing the relationship between game results excluding "normal miss results" and game states, etc., in which game results are arranged in columns and game states, etc. are arranged in rows.
As shown in FIG. 32, the pachinko machine 10 has, as game results excluding a "normal miss result," results of whether or not a "jackpot win" and a "special miss result" have been obtained, and allocation results of an "unspecified low-round high-probability result," an "explicit low-round high-probability result," a "most favorable result," and a "low-probability result."

Here, the "special losing result" is the game result that is selected when the winning/losing lottery does not result in a "jackpot win" (symbol × in the figure) as shown in the second column of the table in Fig. 32. Also, the allocation result is the game result that is selected when the winning/losing lottery results in a "jackpot win" (symbol ○ in the figure).
The following describes the relationship between the game result, excluding the "normal miss result," and the game state, etc. In this embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 sets the relationship between the game result and the game state, etc. as follows, but the combination of the game result and the game state, the content of the game result, and the content of the game state, etc. are arbitrary.

In the "special losing result", the opening and closing execution mode is changed to the opening and closing number specified mode instead of the round number specified mode, and the opening and closing of the big prize opening 38a is executed twice in a short time mode. Also, in the "special losing result", the winning or losing lottery mode is not changed.
In the "non-disclosed few rounds high probability result", the opening and closing execution mode is switched to a round number regulation mode in which rounds are played with an upper limit of two times, and the opening and closing of the large prize opening 38a is executed twice in a short time mode. Also, in the "non-disclosed few rounds high probability result", the winning/losing lottery mode is switched to a high probability mode.
In this way, although the "special losing result" and the "non-disclosed short-round high probability result" have different types of opening and closing execution modes, they have in common that the opening and closing of the large prize opening 38a is executed twice in a short period of time.

In addition, in the case of a "special miss result" and an "undisclosed few rounds high probability result", the stopping result will be a special combination of symbols, and the presentation for the open/close execution mode will be presentation A. Furthermore, in the case of a "special miss result" and an "undisclosed few rounds high probability result", the support mode will not be switched. In addition, in the game round after the open/close execution mode ends, the symbol display device 47 will not display an image on the display screen G indicating that it is a high probability mode.

Therefore, by checking the stop result or the performance for the open/close execution mode, the player cannot know whether the game result is a "special miss result" or a "non-disclosed few rounds high probability result". In other words, even if the allocation lottery results in a "non-disclosed few rounds high probability result" and the game moves to the high probability mode, the symbol display device 47 performs a disguise as if the game did not move to the win/lose lottery mode in the game round after the open/close execution mode ends.
Therefore, the player can enjoy predicting whether the win/lose lottery mode has shifted to the high probability mode while playing the game.

In the "expressed few rounds high probability result", the opening/closing execution mode transitions to a round number specified mode in which round play is performed with a maximum number of times set to two, and the opening and closing of the large prize opening 38a is performed twice in a short period of time. In the "expressed few rounds high probability result", the winning/losing lottery mode transitions to a high probability mode. In the "expressed few rounds high probability result", the stopping result is a special combination of symbols, and the presentation for the opening/closing execution mode is presentation B. In the "expressed few rounds high probability result", the support mode transitions to a high frequency support mode. Furthermore, in the game round after the opening/closing execution mode ends, the symbol display device 47 displays an image on the display screen G indicating that it is the high probability mode.
Therefore, by checking the stop result and the presentation for the opening and closing execution mode, the player can understand that the game result is an "explicit few-round high-probability result."

In the case of the "most favorable result" and the "low probability result", the opening/closing execution mode transitions to a round number specified mode in which rounds of play are played with a maximum number of times of 4 or 16, and the opening and closing of the large prize opening 38a is executed 4 or 16 times in a long-term manner.
Here, in the "most favorable result", the stopping result is a combination of symbols having the same odd numbers or the same even numbers, the winning/losing selection mode transitions to the high probability mode, and the presentation for the opening/closing execution mode becomes presentation C or presentation D. Specifically, if the stopping result is a combination of symbols having the same odd numbers, the presentation for the opening/closing execution mode becomes presentation C, and if the stopping result is a combination of symbols having the same even numbers, the presentation for the opening/closing execution mode becomes presentation D.
In addition, in the case of a "low probability result", the stopping result is a combination of symbols having the same even numbers, the winning/losing selection mode is shifted to a low probability mode, and the presentation for the opening/closing execution mode is presentation D. Furthermore, in the case of a "most favorable result" and a "low probability result", the support mode is shifted to a high frequency support mode.

Therefore, if the stopping result is a combination of symbols with the same odd numbers and the presentation for the open/close execution mode is presentation C, the player can know that the game result is the "most advantageous result." However, if the stopping result is a combination of symbols with the same even numbers, the player cannot know whether the game result is the "most advantageous result" or the "low probability result" by checking the stopping result or the presentation for the open/close execution mode.

Then, in the game round after the end of the opening and closing execution mode, if the final effect for the opening and closing execution mode is effect D, the symbol display device 47 does not display an image on the display screen G indicating that it is the high probability mode.

Specifically, the pattern display device 47 does not display an image on the display screen G indicating that the high probability mode is selected, but displays an image on the display screen G indicating that the high frequency support mode will transition to the low frequency support mode when the number of play times reaches a reference number for ending (specifically, 100 play times). In other words, even if the allocation lottery results in a "most favorable result," the pattern display device 47 will disguise the game result as if it were a "low probability result" in the play times after the end of the open/close execution mode if the final effect for the open/close execution mode is effect D.

If the allocation result is the "most favorable result," the symbol display device 47 displays an image on the display screen G indicating that the game result is a "high probability mode" after 100 play times have been played without resulting in a "jackpot win" in the win/lose lottery. In other words, the symbol display device 47 cancels the disguise that was applied so that the game result was a "low probability result."

<Flow when switching to opening/closing execution mode>
Figure 33 is a diagram showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the non-electric role, and the right-side variable ball entry mechanism when the non-electric role is switched to the open/close execution mode when the non-electric role is not opened. Note that Figure 33 shows a simplified view of the non-electric role 51 at the bottom left of the display screen G.
Specifically, Fig. 33(A) is a diagram showing a display screen G when switching to the open/close execution mode. Fig. 33(B) and (C) are diagrams showing a display screen G when a ball enters the 4-round execution gate. Fig. 33(D) and (E) are diagrams showing a display screen G when a ball enters the 16-round execution gate. Fig. 33(F) is a diagram showing a display screen G when an opening announcement effect is selected as an ending effect to announce to the player that the non-electric role 51 will be opened.

When the non-electric reel 51 is not opened and the mode is switched to the opening/closing execution mode, the MPU 102 displays each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a reduced size and places them in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, as shown in FIG. 33 (A), and stops the varying display of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3.
Here, when the non-electric gadget 51 is not opened and the mode is switched to the open/close execution mode, the MPU 92 determines in step S1601 that it has received a non-open command, and in step S1602 executes a process for determining the non-open performance, and in step S1603 sets a command for the non-open performance determined in the process for determining the non-open performance in step S1602.Then, the MPU 102 executes the non-open performance based on the command for the non-open performance transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 suggests to the player to hit right by displaying the words of an angel present in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "Aim for the Kruun with a right hit!"

In addition, in step S1005, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting the Kroon route. In this process, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a to a closed state and set the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the Kroon route (see the arrow in the figure).

Here, the blade member 521a opens and closes intermittently at a cycle of 2 seconds, so that when the blade member drive unit 521c sets the blade member 521a to an open state, the game ball travels along the blade member 521a by utilizing the inclination of the blade member 521a and enters the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52. When the plate 523a is set to a closed state to set the Kloon route, the game ball that has entered the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 and then reached the branching position of the guide passage 522 is guided to the guide rail 525. The game ball is then guided to the Kloon 53 via the guide rail 525.
Thereafter, the game ball is guided to the crane 53 via the guide rail 525, rolls on the rolling surface 531 along the side wall 532, and then enters one of the holes 533A to 533C.

When a ball enters holes 533B and 533C (four-round execution gates), the MPU 92 determines in step S1607 that it has received a four-round execution command, and in step S1608 executes a process for determining the four-round execution presentation, and in step S1609 sets a command for the four-round execution presentation determined in the process for determining the four-round execution presentation in step S1608. The MPU 102 then executes the four-round execution presentation based on the command for the four-round execution presentation sent from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the player that four rounds of play will begin by displaying the words of an angel in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "4R confirmed! Hit right!", as shown in FIG. 33(B).

In addition, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting the discharge route. In this process, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a to an open state and set the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure).

Then, since the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that it has received an opening command, in step S1511 it determines the type of game result based on the contents of the opening command, and executes a process for determining the effect for the open/close execution mode corresponding to the type of game result determined in step S1511. Note that in the example of FIG. 33, the symbol display device 47 displays a combination of symbols having the same odd numbers (7, 7, 7) stopped on the pay line L as the stopped result, so the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "most favorable result." In addition, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of rounds of play is four, it selects effect C1 as the effect for the open/close execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes the effect for the open/close execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the open/close execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

After the performance for the open/close execution mode is finished, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that it has received an ending command, and therefore executes a process for determining whether or not to open the non-electric device in step S1515. If a ball enters the holes 533B and 533C (four-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines in step S1515 that the non-electric device 51 is not open, and therefore selects a normal performance that does not notify the player of the opening of the non-electric device 51 as the ending performance. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending performance selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending performance command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 33, the performance C1 is selected as the performance for the open/close execution mode, and the MPU 102 notifies the player of the transition to the high probability mode by displaying the words of an angel present in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, "Into the special probability mode!", as shown in FIG. 33(C).

On the other hand, if a ball enters hole 533A (16-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines in step S1610 that it has received a 16-round execution command, and executes a process for determining the 16-round execution presentation in step S1611, and in step S1612, sets a command for the 16-round execution presentation related to the 16-round execution presentation determined in the process for determining the 16-round execution presentation in step S1611. The MPU 102 then executes the 16-round execution presentation based on the command for the 16-round execution presentation sent from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the player that 16 rounds of play will begin by displaying the words of an angel in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "16R confirmed! Hit right!", as shown in FIG. 33(D). In addition, a game ball that enters the hole 533A of the crane 53, falls downward, and is guided to the non-electric device 51 via the connecting passage 535 causes the non-electric device 51 to transition from a closed state to an open state.

In addition, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting the discharge route. In this process, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a to an open state and set the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure).

Then, since the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that it has received an opening command, in step S1511 it determines the type of game result based on the contents of the opening command, and executes a process for determining the effect for the open/close execution mode corresponding to the type of game result determined in step S1511. Note that in the example of FIG. 33, the symbol display device 47 displays a combination of symbols having the same odd numbers (7, 7, 7) stopped on the pay line L as the stopped result, so the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "most favorable result." In addition, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of rounds of play is 16, it selects effect C2 as the effect for the open/close execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes the effect for the open/close execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the open/close execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

After the performance for the open/close execution mode is completed, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that it has received an ending command, and therefore executes a process for determining whether or not to open the non-electric device in step S1515. When a ball enters the hole 533A (16-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines in step S1515 that the non-electric device 51 is open, and therefore selects an opening notification performance that notifies the player of the opening of the non-electric device 51 as the ending performance. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending performance selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending performance command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 33, the performance C2 is selected as the performance for the open/close execution mode, and the MPU 102 notifies the player of the transition to the high probability mode by displaying the words of an angel present in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, "Into the special probability mode!", as shown in FIG. 33 (E). After that, as shown in FIG. 33(F), the MPU 102 notifies the player that the non-electric device 51 has been opened by displaying the words of an angel in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "The next big win is confirmed as 16R with a left hit!".

Figure 34 is a diagram showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the non-electric role, and the right-side variable ball entry mechanism when the opening and closing execution mode is switched to when the non-electric role is opened. Note that Figure 34 shows a simplified view of the non-electric role 51 at the bottom left of the display screen G.
Specifically, Fig. 34(A) is a diagram showing a display screen G when switching to the opening and closing execution mode. Fig. 34(B) and (C) are diagrams showing a display screen G when a ball enters the non-electric device 51.

When the non-electric reel 51 is opened and the mode is switched to the opening/closing execution mode, the MPU 102 displays each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a reduced size and places them in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, as shown in FIG. 34 (A), and stops the varying display of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3.
Here, if the mode is switched to the opening/closing execution mode when the non-electric role 51 is opened, the MPU 92 determines in step S1604 that it has received an opening command, and executes a process for determining the opening performance in step S1605, and sets a command for the opening performance determined in the process for determining the opening performance in step S1605 in step S1606. The MPU 102 then executes the opening performance based on the command for the opening performance transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 suggests to the player to hit left by displaying the words of an angel in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "16R confirmed with a left hit!"

In addition, in step S1005, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting the Kroon route. In this process, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a to a closed state and set the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the Kroon route (see the arrow in the figure).

Here, the blade member 521a opens and closes intermittently at a cycle of 2 seconds, so that when the blade member drive unit 521c sets the blade member 521a to an open state, the game ball travels along the blade member 521a by utilizing the inclination of the blade member 521a and enters the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52. When the plate 523a is set to a closed state to set the Kloon route, the game ball that has entered the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 and then reached the branching position of the guide passage 522 is guided to the guide rail 525. The game ball is then guided to the Kloon 53 via the guide rail 525.
Thereafter, the game ball is guided to the crane 53 via the guide rail 525, rolls on the rolling surface 531 along the side wall 532, and then enters one of the holes 533A to 533C.
In addition, when a ball enters each of the holes 533A to 533C, the pachinko machine 10 executes the same processing as when it transitions to the opening and closing execution mode when the non-electric device 51 is not opened.

When a ball enters the non-electric device 51 (16-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines in step S1610 that it has received a 16-round execution command, and in step S1611 executes a process for determining the 16-round execution presentation, and in step S1612, sets a command for the 16-round execution presentation related to the 16-round execution presentation determined in the process for determining the 16-round execution presentation in step S1611. The MPU 102 then executes the 16-round execution presentation based on the command for the 16-round execution presentation sent from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34(B), the MPU 102 notifies the player that 16 rounds of play will begin by displaying the words of an angel in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, "16R confirmed! Hit right!". In addition, the game ball that enters the non-electric device 51 through the entrance of the passage 511B transitions the non-electric device 51 from an open state to a closed state.

In addition, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting the discharge route. In this process, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a to an open state and set the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure).

Then, since the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that it has received an opening command, in step S1511 it determines the type of game result based on the contents of the opening command, and executes a process for determining the effect for the open/close execution mode corresponding to the type of game result determined in step S1511. Note that in the example of FIG. 34, the symbol display device 47 displays a combination of symbols having the same odd numbers (7, 7, 7) stopped on the pay line L as the stopped result, so the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "most favorable result." In addition, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of rounds of play is 16, it selects effect C2 as the effect for the open/close execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes the effect for the open/close execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the open/close execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

After the performance for the open/close execution mode is completed, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that it has received an ending command, and therefore executes a process for determining whether or not to open the non-electric device in step S1515. If a ball enters the non-electric device 51 (16-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines in step S1515 that the non-electric device 51 is not open, and therefore selects a normal performance that does not notify the player of the opening of the non-electric device 51 as the ending performance. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending performance selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending performance command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 34, the performance C2 is selected as the performance for the open/close execution mode, and the MPU 102 notifies the player of the transition to the high probability mode by displaying the words of an angel present in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, "Into the special probability mode!", as shown in FIG. 34(C).

Here, in this embodiment, the starting ball entry means includes an upper operating port 36 (first starting ball entry section) and a lower operating port 37 (second starting ball entry section).
The pachinko machine 10 also has a left-hand hitting route (first path) that makes it easier for game balls to enter the upper operating port 36 and harder for game balls to enter the lower operating port 37, and a right-hand hitting route (second path) that makes it easier for game balls to enter the lower operating port 37 and harder for game balls to enter the upper operating port 36. The non-electric device 51 is disposed on the left-hand hitting route.

In addition, the main control device 60 has a low-frequency support mode (first game state) in which the probability of the ball landing in the lower operating port 37 is lower than that of the upper operating port 36, and a high-frequency support mode (second game state) in which the probability of the ball landing in the lower operating port 37 is higher than that of the upper operating port 36, and functions as a game state switching means for switching between the low-frequency support mode and the high-frequency support mode.
Specifically, the main control device 60 switches from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode after the open/close execution mode is finished. If the game result is a "high probability result with fewer rounds" or a "most favorable result," the main control device 60 continues the high-frequency support mode at least until the winning/losing lottery results in a "jackpot win." If the game result is a "low probability result," the main control device 60 switches from the high-frequency support mode to the low-frequency support mode after playing a predetermined number of times (100 times in this embodiment) (internal lottery).

Therefore, if the game result is a "high probability result with fewer rounds" or a "most favorable result," the player can continue to play a round after finishing the open/close execution mode by inserting the game ball into the lower operating port 37 via the right-hand hitting route, at least until the winning/losing lottery results in a "jackpot win." This allows the player to keep the non-electric device 51 open, at least until the winning/losing lottery results in a "jackpot win."

On the other hand, if the game result is a "low probability result," the player can execute a game round by making the game ball enter the lower operating port 37 via the right hit route until 100 game rounds are executed (until the high frequency support mode is switched to the low frequency support mode) after finishing the game in the open/close execution mode. After that, since it becomes difficult to make the game ball enter the lower operating port 37 via the right hit route, the player can execute a game round by making the game ball enter the upper operating port 36 via the left hit route. Therefore, if the non-electric device 51 is arranged on the left hit route, the player will end up making the game ball enter the non-electric device 51 via the left hit route unless the game state is shifted to the open/close execution mode after the non-electric device 51 is shifted from the closed state to the open state before 100 game rounds are executed. In this case, the non-electric device 51 will transition from an open state to a closed state, so the player can play in the hope that the game state will transition to the open/close execution mode before 100 play cycles are completed.

In this embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 creates advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player by setting a high-frequency support mode with no limit on the number of times and a high-frequency support mode with a limit of 100 times. However, advantageous and unfavorable game states may be created for the player by setting a game state other than these. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may create advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player by varying the number of times the high-frequency support mode is continued after the opening/closing execution mode is ended. Also, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player depending on whether or not to transition to the high-frequency support mode after the opening/closing execution mode is ended. Furthermore, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player by varying the number of times the high-probability mode is continued after the opening/closing execution mode is ended.

Here, when the non-electric device 51 is opened and the mode is switched to the open/close execution mode, the player can select whether to cause the ball to enter each of the holes 533A to 533C of the crane 53, or to cause the ball to enter the non-electric device 51.
Therefore, for example, when the non-electric device 51 is opened, the player shifts to the open/close execution mode, and if the game result is a "high probability result with fewer rounds" or a "most favorable result," the player can continue the high probability mode while maintaining the open state of the non-electric device 51 by aiming for the ball to enter the 16-round execution gate or the 4-round execution gate of the crane 53. After that, the player shifts to the open/close execution mode when the non-electric device 51 is opened, and if the game result is a "low probability result," the non-electric device 51 can be shifted from the open state to the closed state by aiming for the ball to enter the non-electric device 51. Therefore, if the player does not shift the game state to the open/close execution mode before executing 100 game rounds after shifting the non-electric device 51 from the closed state to the open state, the player can avoid the situation where the game ball enters the non-electric device 51 via the left-hitting route. As a result, the pachinko machine 10 can expand the options available to the player and increase the player's interest in the game.

In this embodiment, the opening/closing ball entry means transitions from an open state to a closed state based on the entry of one game ball, but it may also transition from the open state to a closed state based on the entry of two or more game balls.
When the opening and closing ball entry means is configured in this way, for example, the player can keep the opening and closing ball entry means open even after the first game ball enters the opening and closing ball entry means, so that the order in which the player aims at the round game execution gate can be diversified. In this way, the pachinko machine 10 can further expand the options of the player and further increase the player's interest in the game.

According to this embodiment, the following actions and effects can be achieved.
(1) The pachinko machine 10 is provided with a crane 53 that allows game balls flowing down the game area to enter the crane 53 based on the result of an internal lottery executed based on the entry of game balls into the upper operating port 36 and the lower operating port 37, and the crane 53 is provided with holes 533A to 533C that start a game in the open/close execution mode when a game ball enters the crane 53. Therefore, the player can start a game in the open/close execution mode by entering a game ball into each of the holes 533A to 533C after shifting the game state to the open/close execution mode with the main control device 60. In addition, the hole 533A shifts the non-electric device 51 from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball, so that the player can start a game in the open/close execution mode by entering a game ball into the non-electric device 51 after shifting the game state to the next open/close execution mode with the main control device 60. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can expand the options available to the player and increase the player's interest in the game.

(2) The open/close execution mode game that starts when a game ball enters the non-electric device 51 and hole 533A gives the player a higher value than the open/close execution mode game that starts when a game ball enters each of the holes 533B and 533C, so when the player starts the open/close execution mode game by having a game ball enter the crane 53, the player will expect the ball to enter the hole 533A. Also, when the non-electric device 51 is shifted from the closed state to the open state based on the game ball entering the hole 533A, the player can shift the game state to the next open/close execution mode using the main control device 60, and then, by having a game ball enter the non-electric device 51, start the open/close execution mode game that gives the player a higher value than the open/close execution mode game that starts when a game ball enters each of the holes 533B and 533C. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can expand the options available to players and increase the player's interest in the game.

(3) The entry of a game ball into each of the holes 533B and 533C can start an open/close execution mode game in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and the entry of a game ball into the non-electric device 51 and hole 533A starts an open/close execution mode game in which more than a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, thereby providing the player with a higher value than the open/close execution mode game that starts when a game ball enters each of the holes 533B and 533C. Therefore, when starting the open/close execution mode game, the player will hope for the ball to enter hole 533A. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the player's attention to the game.

(4) The game state transition process starts an open/close execution mode game in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times that the variable winning device 38 opens and closes to a predetermined number when a game ball enters each of the holes 533B and 533C, and starts an open/close execution mode game in which more than a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times that the variable winning device 38 opens and closes to a number greater than the predetermined number when a game ball enters the non-electric device 51 and hole 533A. Therefore, when starting the open/close execution mode game, the player will be expecting the ball to enter hole 533A. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the player's attention to the game.

(5) Since each of the holes 533A to 533C is provided on the rolling surface 531 of the ball 53, the player will pay attention to the direction of the game ball that enters the ball 53. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the player's attention to the game.
(6) The non-electric device 51 transitions from an open state to a closed state by receiving a game ball on each plate-shaped body 513, and transitions from a closed state to an open state by receiving a game ball on each lower wing member 515, so that the opening and closing states can be transitioned using only the weight of the game ball without requiring any other power source such as electricity.

(7) After finishing the game in the open/close execution mode, the player can execute a game round by making the game ball enter the lower operating port 37 via the right hit route until 100 game rounds are executed (until the high-frequency support mode is switched to the low-frequency support mode). After that, since it becomes difficult to make the game ball enter the lower operating port 37 via the right hit route, the player can execute a game round by making the game ball enter the upper operating port 36 via the left hit route. Therefore, if the non-electric device 51 is arranged on the left hit route, the player will end up making the game ball enter the non-electric device 51 via the left hit route unless the game state is shifted to the open/close execution mode after the non-electric device 51 is shifted from the closed state to the open state before 100 game rounds are executed. In this case, the non-electric device 51 will transition from an open state to a closed state, so the player can play in the hope that the game state will transition to the open/close execution mode before 100 play cycles are completed.

Second Embodiment
A second embodiment of the present invention will now be described with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, parts that have already been described will be given the same reference numerals and their description will be omitted.

FIG. 35 is a front view of a game board according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
In the first embodiment, the game board 31 has a cranes 53 provided in the area to the left of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52, and the game ball that enters the hole 533A of the cranes 53, falls downward, and is guided to the non-electric device 51 through the connecting passage 535 transitions the non-electric device 51 from a closed state to an open state. In other words, in the first embodiment, the game ball that enters the hole 533A of the cranes 53 is always guided to the non-electric device 51.
In contrast, in this embodiment, the game board 31 is provided with a crane 53A provided in the area to the left of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52, and differs from the first embodiment in that a game ball that enters the hole 533A of the crane 53A is not necessarily guided to the non-electric device 51.

FIG. 36 is an exploded perspective view showing the vicinity of the crane enlarged and obliquely viewed from above.
As shown in Figure 36, the crane 53A is equipped with a disk-shaped rolling surface 531 for rolling the game ball guided to the crane 53A via the guide rail 525, a side wall 532 provided along the periphery of the rolling surface 531, a cylindrical rotating body 537 arranged below the rolling surface 531 and freely rotatable around the central axis, and a receiving tray 538 arranged below the rotating body 537.
In addition, the guide rail 525 guides the game ball to the rolling surface 531 so as to follow the side wall 532 .

The rolling surface 531 includes three holes 533A to 533C formed at a predetermined distance from its center and equally spaced from one another, and a protrusion 534 formed at its center and having three side surfaces that slope downward toward each of the holes 533A to 533C. The rolling surface 531 is also sloped downward from the side wall 532 toward each of the holes 533A to 533C (see FIG. 4).
Therefore, the game ball guided to the crane 53A via the guide rail 525 rolls on the rolling surface 531 along the side wall 532, and then enters one of the holes 533A to 533C (see arrow A in the figure).

Each of the holes 533A to 533C is equipped with a detection sensor 40i to 40k (see FIG. 11) that detects the entry of a game ball, and the detection sensors 40i to 40k are arranged on the back side of the game board 31. Specifically, the detection sensor 40i detects the entry of a game ball into the hole 533A, the detection sensor 40j detects the entry of a game ball into the hole 533B, and the detection sensor 40k detects the entry of a game ball into the hole 533C. Note that, unlike when a ball enters one of the holes 533A to 533C, the pachinko machine 10 does not pay out prize balls when a ball enters one of the various winning holes. Also, the detection sensors 40i to 40k may be any type that can detect the entry of a game ball individually, and for example, an electromagnetic induction type proximity sensor can be used.

When each of the holes 533A-533C wins an internal lottery to switch to the open/close execution mode and switches to the open/close execution mode, it becomes an opportunity to start a round of play. Specifically, when the pachinko machine 10 wins an internal lottery to switch to the open/close execution mode and switches to the open/close execution mode, and a ball enters each of the holes 533A-533C, it sets the open/close door 38b to the open state and starts playing a predetermined number of rounds.

Specifically, when a ball lands in hole 533A, the pachinko machine 10 starts playing 16 rounds of play, and therefore displays a mark around hole 533A to indicate that 16 rounds of play will start.
In addition, when a ball lands in holes 533B and 533C, the pachinko machine 10 starts playing four rounds of games, so no marks are displayed in holes 533B and 533C to suggest that four rounds of games will start.

Thus, in this embodiment, the crane 53A functions as a variable ball entry means that allows a game ball flowing down the game area to enter the game based on the results of an internal lottery performed based on the game ball's entry into the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37.
The Kluan 53A also has holes 533A-533C (a plurality of ball entry sections) for allowing game balls that have entered the Kluan 53A to enter. The Kluan 53A has a rolling surface 531 for rolling game balls that have entered the Kluan 53A, and the plurality of ball entry sections are provided on the rolling surface 531 and allow game balls rolling on the rolling surface 531 to enter. Specifically, the rolling surface 531 has a plurality of ball entry sections that are formed at a predetermined distance from the center of the rolling surface 531 and are provided at equal intervals from each other.

In this embodiment, the multiple ball entry sections are provided on the rolling surface 531 of the crane 53A, and allow game balls rolling on the rolling surface 531 to enter the ball entry section. In contrast, the multiple ball entry sections may be provided, for example, in a distribution mechanism that distributes game balls that have entered the variable ball entry means to one of the multiple ball entry sections. In this case, the probability that the distribution mechanism will distribute the game ball to one of the multiple ball entry sections may be the same or different. In short, it is sufficient for the variable ball entry means to have multiple ball entry sections.
Further, in this embodiment, the variable ball entry means has a plurality of ball entry sections, but the variable ball entry means may have a single ball entry section.

As described above, the non-electric device 51 and hole 533A (second ball entry section) are 16-round execution gates that start 16 rounds of play. Also, each of the holes 533B, 533C (first ball entry section) is a 4-round execution gate that starts 4 rounds of play. Therefore, the open/close execution mode game that starts when a game ball enters the non-electric device 51 and hole 533A provides a higher value to the player than the open/close execution mode game that starts when a game ball enters each of the holes 533B, 533C.

Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 starts an open/close execution mode in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times the variable winning device 38 opens and closes to a predetermined number (four times in this embodiment) when a game ball enters each of the holes 533B and 533C, and starts an open/close execution mode in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times the variable winning device 38 opens and closes to a number greater than the predetermined number (16 times in this embodiment) when a game ball enters the non-electric device 51 and hole 533A.

In this embodiment, the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters the non-electric device 51 and the hole 533A is given a higher value to the player than the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters each hole 533B, 533C by setting the number of times the variable winning device 38 is opened and closed. However, for example, by setting the opening time of the variable winning device 38, a higher value may be given to the player than the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters each hole 533B, 533C. In short, the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters the open/close ball entry means and the second ball entry section may be given a higher value to the player than the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters the first ball entry section.

In addition, in this embodiment, hole 533A is a 16-round execution gate that starts the execution of 16 rounds of play, and each of holes 533B and 533C is a 4-round execution gate that starts the execution of 4 rounds of play, and the correspondence between each of holes 533A to 533C and the 16-round execution gate and the 4-round execution gate is fixed. In contrast, the correspondence between each of holes 533A to 533C and the 16-round execution gate and the 4-round execution gate does not have to be fixed, and the correspondence may be changed based on the results of an internal lottery, for example. This allows the pachinko machine 10 to expand its playability and increase the player's attention to the game.

The rotating body 537 has upper openings 537A1 to 537A3 formed in a circular shape on its upper surface and formed at positions corresponding to each of the holes 533A to 533C, and lower openings 537B1 to 537B3 formed in a circular shape on its lower surface and communicating with the upper openings 537A1 to 537A3.
The lower opening 537B1 is opened so as to be concentric with the central axis of the rotor 537. After rolling on the rolling surface 531, the game ball enters one of the holes 533A to 533C, falls downward, and enters the upper opening 537A1, and is discharged from the lower opening 537B1 through the rotor passage 537C1 formed inside the rotor 537 (see the arrow B1 in the figure).

The lower opening 537B2 opens directly below the upper opening 537A2. After rolling on the rolling surface 531, the game ball enters one of the holes 533A to 533C, falls downward, and enters the upper opening 537A2. The game ball passes through the rotor passage 537C2 formed inside the rotor 537 and is discharged from the lower opening 537B2 (see the arrow B2 in the figure).
The lower opening 537B3 opens directly below the upper opening 537A3. After rolling on the rolling surface 531, the game ball enters one of the holes 533A to 533C, falls downward, and enters the upper opening 537A3. The game ball passes through the rotor passage 537C3 formed inside the rotor 537 and is discharged from the lower opening 537B3 (see arrow B3 in the figure).

The receiving tray 538 has a disk-shaped rolling surface 538A that rolls the game balls discharged from the lower opening 537B2 or the lower opening 537B3 and falling downward, and a side wall 538B that is provided along the periphery of the rolling surface 538A.
The rolling surface 538A has a cylindrical tubular portion 538A1 formed concentrically at its center. This tubular portion 538A1 guides the game ball discharged from the lower opening 537B1 to the communication passage 538C. This communication passage 538C guides the game ball to the non-electric device 51 in the same manner as the communication passage 535 in the first embodiment (see arrow C in the figure).
The side wall 538B has a rectangular opening 538B1 formed on the side. This opening 538B1 guides the game balls discharged from the lower opening 537B2 or the lower opening 537B3 to the discharge passage 538D. This discharge passage 538D discharges the game balls to the game area through the opening 311 (see FIG. 35) in the same manner as the discharge passage 536 in the first embodiment.

Here, the rolling surface 538A is inclined downward toward the opening 538B1.
Therefore, the game ball discharged from the lower opening 537B2 or the lower opening 537B3 rolls on the rolling surface 538A, and then is guided to the discharge passage 538D via the opening 538B1 (see arrow D in the figure).

In addition, the rotating body 537 is provided with a circular groove portion 537D formed on its underside so as to be concentric with the central axis of the rotating body 537, a gear (not shown) formed on its peripheral surface, and a rotating body drive portion 537E (see Figure 37) which rotates the rotating body 537 via this gear.
The groove portion 537D fits into a side wall 538B of the tray 538 to allow the rotor 537 to be placed on the tray 538 and to position the rotor 537 relative to the tray 538.
The rotating body driving unit 537E rotates the rotating body 537 at a predetermined rotation speed via a gear formed on the circumferential surface of the rotating body 537.
In this embodiment, the rotor driving unit 537E rotates the rotor 537 at a predetermined rotation speed, but the rotation speed may be varied.

<Electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10>
FIG. 37 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of a pachinko machine.
As shown in Fig. 37, the pachinko machine 10 includes a main control device 60, a sound and light emission control device 90, and a display control device 100, which are mounted on the rear side of the inner frame. The pachinko machine 10 also includes a payout control device 70 that executes payout control to make the payout device 71 described above pay out game balls, and a power supply and launch control device 80 that executes launch control to make the game ball launch mechanism 81 described above launch game balls, which are mounted on the back pack unit.

The main control device 60 includes a main control board 61 that controls the main game (main control) and a power outage monitoring board 65 that monitors the power supply. The main control device 60 includes a board box that houses the main control board 61 and the like. This board box may be equipped with a trace means that leaves a trace when it is opened, or a trace structure that leaves a trace when it is opened. Specifically, the trace means may be a configuration in which a board box is formed by joining multiple case bodies, and a joining part (crimping part) that requires destruction of a predetermined part when each case body is separated is provided, or a configuration in which a sealing seal that leaves a trace of removal by leaving an adhesive layer on the adhesion target when peeled off is attached so as to straddle the boundaries between multiple case bodies. In addition, the trace structure may be a configuration in which an adhesive is applied to the boundaries between these case bodies.

The main control board 61 includes an MPU 62 mounted on the main control board 61, and a ROM 63 and a RAM 64 which constitute the MPU 62. The MPU 62 is an element which combines, on a chip, the ROM 63, the RAM 64, a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input/output circuit, and a counter circuit acting as a random number generator.
In this embodiment, the ROM 63 and the RAM 64 are integrated into a single chip for the MPU 62, but they may be integrated into separate chips. This also applies to the MPUs of the other control devices other than the main control device 60.

The ROM 63 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is a non-volatile storage means that does not require an external power supply to hold the stored information. The ROM 63 has various areas such as a win/lose table storage area 63a, a distribution table storage area 63b, and a reach table storage area 63c. These areas will be described in detail later.
The RAM 64 is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when the control program stored in the ROM 63 is executed, and is a volatile storage means that requires an external power supply to hold the stored information. The RAM 64 has various areas such as a counter area 64a, a reserved ball storage area 64b, and an electric role reserved area 64c. These areas will be described in detail later.

The MPU 62 has an input port and an output port. The input port of the MPU 62 is connected to the power failure monitoring board 65 provided in the main control device 60, to the multiple detection sensors 40a to 40k, and to the non-electric device opening detection sensor 519. The output port of the MPU 62 is connected to the power failure monitoring board 65, the payout control device 70, and the sound and light emission control device 90. In addition, the output port of the MPU 62 is connected to an electric role drive unit 37b that opens and closes the electric role 37a of the lower operating port 37, a variable winning drive unit 38c that opens and closes the opening and closing door 38b of the variable winning device 38, a blade member drive unit 521c that opens and closes the blade member 521a, a plate drive unit 523c that opens and closes the plate 523a, a rotating body drive unit 537E that rotates the rotating body 537 at a predetermined rotational speed via a gear formed on the peripheral surface of the rotating body 537, a main display unit 45, and a role display unit 46.

The main control board 61 has a driver circuit. The MPU 62 executes drive control of various drive units through this driver circuit. Specifically, in the electric role open state, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the electric role drive unit 37b to open and close the electric role 37a. In the opening and closing execution mode, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the variable winning drive unit 38c to open and close the large winning port 38a. In addition, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the blade member drive unit 521c to open and close the blade member 521a. In the opening and closing execution mode, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to open and close the plate 523a. In addition, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the rotating body drive unit 537E to rotate the rotating body 537. In each game, the MPU 62 executes display control of the main display unit 45 to display the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning of each operation port 36, 37. Furthermore, the MPU 62 executes display control of the gambling display unit 46 to display the results of the internal lottery conducted based on winning entries at each through gate 41.

<Flow when switching to opening/closing execution mode>
Figure 38 is a diagram showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the non-electric role, and the right-side variable ball entry mechanism when the non-electric role is switched to the open/close execution mode when the non-electric role is not opened. Note that Figure 38 shows a simplified view of the non-electric role 51 at the bottom left of the display screen G.
Specifically, Fig. 38 (A) is a diagram showing a display screen G at the time of transition to the open/close execution mode. Fig. 38 (B) and (C) are diagrams showing the non-electric device 51 that is not in an open state after a ball enters the 4-round execution gate. Fig. 38 (D) and (E) are diagrams showing the non-electric device 51 that is in an open state after a ball enters the 4-round execution gate. Fig. 38 (F) is a diagram showing the display screen G when an opening announcement effect is selected as an ending effect to announce the opening of the non-electric device 51 to the player.

When the non-electric reel 51 is not opened and the mode is switched to the opening/closing execution mode, the MPU 102 displays each of the pattern columns Z1 to Z3 in a reduced size and places them in the lower left position of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, as shown in Figure 38 (A), and stops the varying display of each of the pattern columns Z1 to Z3.
Here, when the non-electric gadget 51 is not opened and the mode is switched to the open/close execution mode, the MPU 92 determines in step S1601 that it has received a non-open command, and in step S1602 executes a process for determining the non-open performance, and in step S1603 sets a command for the non-open performance determined in the process for determining the non-open performance in step S1602.Then, the MPU 102 executes the non-open performance based on the command for the non-open performance transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 suggests to the player to hit right by displaying the words of an angel present in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "Aim for the Kruun with a right hit!"

In addition, in step S1005, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting the Kroon route. In this process, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a to a closed state and set the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the Kroon route (see the arrow in the figure).

Here, the blade member 521a opens and closes intermittently at a cycle of 2 seconds, so that when the blade member drive unit 521c sets the blade member 521a to an open state, the game ball travels along the blade member 521a by utilizing the inclination of the blade member 521a and enters the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52. When the plate 523a is set to a closed state to set the Kloon route, the game ball that has entered the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 and then reached the branching position of the guide passage 522 is guided to the guide rail 525. The game ball is then guided to the Kloon 53 via the guide rail 525.
Thereafter, the game ball is guided to the crane 53 via the guide rail 525, rolls on the rolling surface 531 along the side wall 532, and then enters one of the holes 533A to 533C.

When a ball enters holes 533B and 533C (four-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines in step S1607 that it has received a four-round execution command, and in step S1608 executes a process for determining the four-round execution presentation, and in step S1609, sets a command for the four-round execution presentation related to the four-round execution presentation determined in the process for determining the four-round execution presentation in step S1608. The MPU 102 then executes the four-round execution presentation based on the command for the four-round execution presentation sent from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the player that four rounds of play will begin by displaying the words of an angel in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, "4R confirmed! Hit right!", as shown in FIG. 38(B) and FIG. 38(D).

In addition, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting the discharge route. In this process, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a to an open state and set the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure).

FIG. 39 is a perspective view showing the process by which a game ball is guided to a discharge passage after a ball enters the four-round execution gate.
When a ball enters holes 533B and 533C (four-round execution gates), the game ball passes through one of rotor passages 537C1 to 537C3 of rotor 537 and falls into receiving tray 538.
For example, when the game ball enters the hole 533C, the game ball comes to a stop by contacting the upper surface of the rotating body 537 as shown in FIG. 39(A).

Here, the rotor drive unit 537E rotates the rotor 537 at a predetermined rotational speed via a gear formed on the circumferential surface of the rotor 537 (see arrow R in the figure), so that the hole 533C is connected to one of the rotor passages 537C1 to 537C3 of the rotor 537.
For example, when a ball enters hole 533C, comes to a stop by contacting the upper surface of rotor 537, and then communicates with rotor passage 537C2, the ball rolls on rolling surface 538A of tray 538, as shown in Fig. 39(B), and is then guided to discharge passage 538D via opening 538B1 (see arrow in the figure). This discharge passage 538D discharges the ball into the play area via opening 311 (see Fig. 35).

Then, since the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that it has received an opening command, in step S1511 it determines the type of game result based on the contents of the opening command, and executes a process for determining the effect for the open/close execution mode corresponding to the type of game result determined in step S1511. Note that in the example of FIG. 38, the symbol display device 47 displays a combination of symbols having the same odd numbers (7, 7, 7) stopped on the pay line L as the stopped result, so the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "most favorable result." In addition, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of rounds of play is four, it selects effect C1 as the effect for the open/close execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes the effect for the open/close execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the open/close execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

After the performance for the open/close execution mode is completed, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that it has received an ending command, and therefore executes a process for determining whether or not to open the non-electric device in step S1515. When the game ball is discharged into the game area through the discharge passage 538D, the MPU 92 determines in step S1515 that the non-electric device 51 is not open, and therefore selects a normal performance that does not notify the player of the opening of the non-electric device 51 as the ending performance. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending performance selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending performance command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 38, the performance C1 is selected as the performance for the open/close execution mode, and the MPU 102 notifies the player of the transition to the high probability mode by displaying the words of an angel present in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, "Into the special probability mode!", as shown in FIG. 38(C).

FIG. 40 is a perspective view showing the process by which a game ball is guided into a connecting passage after a ball enters the four-round execution gate.
Also, for example, when the game ball enters the hole 533C, the game ball comes to a stop by contacting the upper surface of the rotating body 537 as shown in FIG. 40(A).

Here, the rotor drive unit 537E rotates the rotor 537 at a predetermined rotational speed via a gear formed on the circumferential surface of the rotor 537 (see arrow R in the figure), so that the hole 533C is connected to one of the rotor passages 537C1 to 537C3 of the rotor 537.
For example, when a ball enters the hole 533C, comes into contact with the upper surface of the rotor 537, stops, and then communicates with the rotor passage 537C1, the game ball is guided to the communication passage 538C via the cylindrical portion 538A1 as shown in Fig. 40 (B) (see the arrow in the figure). This communication passage 538C guides the game ball to the non-electric device 51. After that, the game ball guided to the non-electric device 51 via the communication passage 538C transitions the non-electric device 51 from a closed state to an open state.

Then, since the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that it has received an opening command, in step S1511 it determines the type of game result based on the contents of the opening command, and executes a process for determining the effect for the open/close execution mode corresponding to the type of game result determined in step S1511. Note that in the example of FIG. 38, the symbol display device 47 displays a combination of symbols having the same odd numbers (7, 7, 7) stopped on the pay line L as the stopped result, so the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "most favorable result." In addition, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of rounds of play is four, it selects effect C1 as the effect for the open/close execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes the effect for the open/close execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the open/close execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

After the performance for the open/close execution mode is completed, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that it has received an ending command, and therefore executes a process for determining whether or not to open the non-electric device in step S1515. When the game ball is guided to the non-electric device 51 in the connecting passage 538C, the MPU 92 determines in step S1515 that the non-electric device 51 is being opened, and therefore selects an opening notification performance that notifies the player of the opening of the non-electric device 51 as the ending performance. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending performance selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending performance command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 38, the performance C1 is selected as the performance for the open/close execution mode, and the MPU 102 notifies the player of the transition to the high probability mode by displaying the angel's words "Into the special mode!" that are present in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, as shown in FIG. 38 (E). After that, as shown in FIG. 38(F), the MPU 102 notifies the player that the non-electric device 51 has been opened by displaying the words of an angel in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "The next big win is confirmed as 16R with a left hit!".

In this manner, in this embodiment, when a ball enters each of the holes 533A-533C, the ball comes into contact with the upper surface of the rotor 537 and stops. The ball then waits without entering each of the holes 533A-533C until each of the holes 533A-533C communicates with the rotor passages 537C1-537C3 of the rotor 537. In other words, the ball does not enter the hole until each of the holes 533A-533C communicates with the rotor passages 537C1-537C3 of the rotor 537.

Here, when the non-electric device 51 is opened and the mode is switched to the open/close execution mode, the player can select whether to cause the ball to enter each of the holes 533A to 533C of the crane 53, or to cause the ball to enter the non-electric device 51.
Therefore, when the non-electric device 51 is opened and the mode is switched to the open/close execution mode, for example, the player can first aim for the ball to enter the 16-round execution gate of the crane 53, and if the player ends up waiting for the ball to enter the 4-round execution gate instead of the 16-round execution gate, the player can further aim for the ball to enter the non-electric device 51. If the ball enters the non-electric device 51 while waiting for the ball to enter the 4-round execution gate of the crane 53, the player can start the execution of 16 round games. This allows the player to switch which round game execution gate to aim at depending on the situation, and the player's attention to the game can be increased.

Figure 41 is a diagram showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the non-electric role, and the right-side variable ball entry mechanism when the non-electric role is switched to the open/close execution mode when the non-electric role is not opened. Note that Figure 41 shows a simplified view of the non-electric role 51 at the bottom left of the display screen G.
Specifically, Fig. 41 (A) is a diagram showing a display screen G at the time of transition to the open/close execution mode. Fig. 41 (B) and (C) are diagrams showing the non-electric device 51 that is not in an open state after a ball enters the 16-round execution gate. Fig. 41 (D) and (E) are diagrams showing the non-electric device 51 that is in an open state after a ball enters the 16-round execution gate. Fig. 41 (F) is a diagram showing the display screen G when an opening announcement effect is selected as an ending effect to announce the opening of the non-electric device 51 to the player.

When the non-electric reel 51 is not opened and the mode is switched to the opening/closing execution mode, the MPU 102 displays each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a reduced size and places them in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, as shown in FIG. 41 (A), and stops the varying display of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3.
Here, when the non-electric gadget 51 is not opened and the mode is switched to the open/close execution mode, the MPU 92 determines in step S1601 that it has received a non-open command, and in step S1602 executes a process for determining the non-open performance, and in step S1603 sets a command for the non-open performance determined in the process for determining the non-open performance in step S1602.Then, the MPU 102 executes the non-open performance based on the command for the non-open performance transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 suggests to the player to hit right by displaying the words of an angel present in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "Aim for the Kruun with a right hit!"

In addition, in step S1005, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting the Kroon route. In this process, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a to a closed state and set the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the Kroon route (see the arrow in the figure).

Here, the blade member 521a opens and closes intermittently at a cycle of 2 seconds, so that when the blade member drive unit 521c sets the blade member 521a to an open state, the game ball travels along the blade member 521a by utilizing the inclination of the blade member 521a and enters the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52. When the plate 523a is set to a closed state to set the Kloon route, the game ball that has entered the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 and then reached the branching position of the guide passage 522 is guided to the guide rail 525. The game ball is then guided to the Kloon 53 via the guide rail 525.
Thereafter, the game ball is guided to the crane 53 via the guide rail 525, rolls on the rolling surface 531 along the side wall 532, and then enters one of the holes 533A to 533C.

When a ball enters hole 533A (16-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines in step S1610 that it has received a 16-round execution command, and in step S1611 executes a process for determining the 16-round execution presentation, and in step S1612, sets a command for the 16-round execution presentation related to the 16-round execution presentation determined in the process for determining the 16-round execution presentation in step S1611. The MPU 102 then executes the 16-round execution presentation based on the command for the 16-round execution presentation sent from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 41(B) and FIG. 41(D), the MPU 102 notifies the player that 16 rounds of play will begin by displaying the words of an angel in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "16R confirmed! Hit right!".

In addition, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting the discharge route. In this process, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a to an open state and set the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure).

FIG. 42 is a perspective view showing the process by which a game ball is guided to a discharge passage after a ball enters the 16-round execution gate.
When a ball enters hole 533A (16-round execution gate), the game ball passes through one of rotor passages 537C1 to 537C3 of rotor 537 and falls into tray 538.
When the ball enters the hole 533A, the game ball comes to a stop by hitting the upper surface of the rotating body 537, as shown in FIG. 42(A).

Here, the rotor drive unit 537E rotates the rotor 537 at a predetermined rotational speed via a gear formed on the circumferential surface of the rotor 537 (see arrow R in the figure), so that the hole 533C is connected to one of the rotor passages 537C1 to 537C3 of the rotor 537.
For example, when a ball enters the hole 533A, comes into contact with the upper surface of the rotor 537, stops, and then communicates with the rotor passage 537C2, the ball rolls on the rolling surface 538A of the tray 538, as shown in Fig. 42(B), and is then guided to the discharge passage 538D via the opening 538B1 (see the arrow in the figure). This discharge passage 538D discharges the ball into the play area via the opening 311 (see Fig. 35).

Then, since the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that it has received an opening command, in step S1511 it determines the type of game result based on the contents of the opening command, and executes a process for determining the effect for the open/close execution mode corresponding to the type of game result determined in step S1511. Note that in the example of FIG. 41, the symbol display device 47 displays a combination of symbols having the same odd numbers (7, 7, 7) stopped on the pay line L as the stopped result, so the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "most favorable result." In addition, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of rounds of play is 16, it selects effect C2 as the effect for the open/close execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes the effect for the open/close execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the open/close execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

After the performance for the open/close execution mode is completed, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that it has received an ending command, and therefore executes a process for determining whether or not to open the non-electric device in step S1515. When the game ball is discharged into the game area through the discharge passage 538D, the MPU 92 determines in step S1515 that the non-electric device 51 is not open, and therefore selects a normal performance that does not notify the player of the opening of the non-electric device 51 as the ending performance. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending performance selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending performance command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 41, the performance C2 is selected as the performance for the open/close execution mode, and the MPU 102 notifies the player of the transition to the high probability mode by displaying the words of an angel present in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, "Into the special probability mode!", as shown in FIG. 41 (C).

FIG. 43 is a perspective view showing the process by which a game ball is guided into a connecting passage after a ball enters the 16-round execution gate.
Furthermore, when the game ball enters the hole 533A, the game ball comes to a stop by contacting the upper surface of the rotating body 537, as shown in FIG. 43(A).

Here, the rotor drive unit 537E rotates the rotor 537 at a predetermined rotational speed via a gear formed on the circumferential surface of the rotor 537 (see arrow R in the figure), so that the hole 533A is connected to one of the rotor passages 537C1 to 537C3 of the rotor 537.
For example, when a ball enters the hole 533A, comes into contact with the upper surface of the rotor 537, stops, and then communicates with the rotor passage 537C1, the game ball is guided to the communication passage 538C via the cylindrical portion 538A1 as shown in Fig. 43 (B) (see the arrow in the figure). This communication passage 538C guides the game ball to the non-electric device 51. After that, the game ball guided to the non-electric device 51 via the communication passage 538C transitions the non-electric device 51 from a closed state to an open state.

Then, since the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that it has received an opening command, in step S1511 it determines the type of game result based on the contents of the opening command, and executes a process for determining the effect for the open/close execution mode corresponding to the type of game result determined in step S1511. Note that in this embodiment, since the symbol display device 47 displays a combination of symbols having the same odd numbers (7, 7, 7) stopped on the pay line L as the stopped result, the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "most favorable result." In addition, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of rounds of play is 16, it selects effect C2 as the effect for the open/close execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes the effect for the open/close execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the open/close execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

After the performance for the open/close execution mode is completed, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that it has received an ending command, and therefore executes a process for determining whether or not to open the non-electric device in step S1515. When the game ball is guided to the non-electric device 51 in the connecting passage 538C, the MPU 92 determines in step S1515 that the non-electric device 51 is being opened, and therefore selects an opening notification performance that notifies the player of the opening of the non-electric device 51 as the ending performance. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending performance selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending performance command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 41, the performance C2 is selected as the performance for the open/close execution mode, so that the MPU 102 notifies the player of the transition to the high probability mode by displaying the angel's words "Into the special mode!" that are present in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, as shown in FIG. 41 (E). After that, as shown in FIG. 41(F), the MPU 102 notifies the player of the opening of the non-electric device 51 by displaying the words of an angel in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "The next big win is confirmed as 16R with a left hit!".

Thus, in this embodiment, the rotating body 537 rotates around an axis passing through the center of the rolling surface 531 as a central axis, and allows the game balls that have entered each of the holes 533A to 533C to enter. The rotating body 537 is also provided with a plurality of rotating body passages 537C1 to 537C3 that are formed at positions corresponding to each of the holes 533A to 533C and guide the game balls that have entered each of the holes 533A to 533C. The plurality of rotating body passages 537C1 to 537C3 include a rotating body passage 537C2 and a rotating body passage 537C3 (first rotating body passage) that do not transition the non-electric role device 51 from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball, and a rotating body passage 537C1 (second rotating body passage) that transitions the non-electric role device 51 from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball. Therefore, the rotating body 537 and the receiving tray 538 function as an opening/closing lottery means that performs a lottery for the non-electric device 51 based on the entry of the game ball into each of the holes 533A to 533C.

In this embodiment, the rotating body 537 and the receiving tray 538 are used as the opening/closing lottery means, but for example, a lottery using a counter may be used, similar to the internal lottery that is performed based on winning entries into the upper operating port 36 and the lower operating port 37. Also, in this embodiment, the opening/closing lottery means performs a lottery to determine whether or not the opening/closing ball entry means should be shifted from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of a game ball into the ball entry section, but it may also be configured to perform a lottery to determine whether or not the opening/closing ball entry means should be shifted from an unfavorable state in which it is easy to close to an advantageous state in which it is easy to open. In short, the opening/closing lottery means may be any type of lottery as long as it can execute a lottery regarding the opening/closing ball entry means based on the entry of a game ball into the ball entry section.

Here, in this embodiment, the starting ball entry means includes an upper operating port 36 (first starting ball entry section) and a lower operating port 37 (second starting ball entry section).
The pachinko machine 10 also has a left-hand hitting route (first path) that makes it easier for game balls to enter the upper operating port 36 and harder for game balls to enter the lower operating port 37, and a right-hand hitting route (second path) that makes it easier for game balls to enter the lower operating port 37 and harder for game balls to enter the upper operating port 36. The non-electric device 51 is disposed on the left-hand hitting route.

In addition, the main control device 60 has a low-frequency support mode (first game state) in which the probability of the ball landing in the lower operating port 37 is lower than that of the upper operating port 36, and a high-frequency support mode (second game state) in which the probability of the ball landing in the lower operating port 37 is higher than that of the upper operating port 36, and functions as a game state switching means for switching between the low-frequency support mode and the high-frequency support mode.
Specifically, the main control device 60 switches from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode after the open/close execution mode is finished. If the game result is a "high probability result with fewer rounds" or a "most favorable result," the main control device 60 continues the high-frequency support mode at least until the winning/losing lottery results in a "jackpot win." If the game result is a "low probability result," the main control device 60 switches from the high-frequency support mode to the low-frequency support mode after playing a predetermined number of times (100 times in this embodiment) (internal lottery).

Therefore, if the game result is a "high probability result with fewer rounds" or a "most favorable result," the player can continue to play a round after finishing the open/close execution mode by inserting the game ball into the lower operating port 37 via the right-hand hitting route, at least until the winning/losing lottery results in a "jackpot win." This allows the player to keep the non-electric device 51 open, at least until the winning/losing lottery results in a "jackpot win."

On the other hand, if the game result is a "low probability result," the player can execute a game round by making the game ball enter the lower operating port 37 via the right hit route until 100 game rounds are executed (until the high frequency support mode is switched to the low frequency support mode) after finishing the game in the open/close execution mode. After that, since it becomes difficult to make the game ball enter the lower operating port 37 via the right hit route, the player can execute a game round by making the game ball enter the upper operating port 36 via the left hit route. Therefore, if the non-electric device 51 is arranged on the left hit route, the player will end up making the game ball enter the non-electric device 51 via the left hit route unless the game state is shifted to the open/close execution mode after the non-electric device 51 is shifted from the closed state to the open state before 100 game rounds are executed. In this case, the non-electric device 51 will transition from an open state to a closed state, so the player can play in the hope that the game state will transition to the open/close execution mode before 100 play cycles are completed.

In this embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 creates advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player by setting a high-frequency support mode with no limit on the number of times and a high-frequency support mode with a limit of 100 times. However, advantageous and unfavorable game states may be created for the player by setting a game state other than these. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may create advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player by varying the number of times the high-frequency support mode is continued after the opening/closing execution mode is ended. Also, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player depending on whether or not to transition to the high-frequency support mode after the opening/closing execution mode is ended. Furthermore, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player by varying the number of times the high-probability mode is continued after the opening/closing execution mode is ended.

According to this embodiment, the following actions and effects can be achieved.
(1) The pachinko machine 10 is equipped with a crane 53A that allows a game ball flowing down the game area to enter the game area based on the result of an internal lottery performed based on the game ball entering the upper operating port 36 and the lower operating port 37, and the crane 53A is equipped with each of the holes 533A to 533C that start a game in the opening and closing execution mode when the game ball enters the game area. Therefore, the player can start a game in the opening and closing execution mode by transitioning the game state to the opening and closing execution mode using the main control device 60 and then entering the game ball into each of the holes 533A to 533C. In addition, since the Kluen 53A is equipped with a rotating body 537 and a receiving tray 538 that execute a lottery for the non-electric device 51 based on the entry of game balls into each of the holes 533A to 533C, for example, if a player wins the lottery executed by the rotating body 537 and the receiving tray 538 and transitions the non-electric device 51 from a closed state to an open state, the player can start playing in the open/close execution mode by entering a game ball into the non-electric device 51 after transitioning the game state to the next open/close execution mode using the main control device 60. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can expand the player's options and increase the player's interest in the game.

(2) The open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters the non-electric device 51 and the hole 533A gives the player a higher value than the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters each of the holes 533B and 533C, so when the player starts the open/close execution mode game by putting the game ball into the crown 53A, the player expects the ball to enter the hole 533A. Also, when the player wins the lottery executed by the rotating body 537 and transitions the non-electric device 51 from the closed state to the open state, the player can transition the game state to the next open/close execution mode using the main control device 60, and then, by putting the game ball into the non-electric device 51, start the open/close execution mode game that gives the player a higher value than the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters each of the holes 533B and 533C. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can expand the options available to players and increase the player's interest in the game.

(3) The entry of a game ball into each of the holes 533B and 533C can start an open/close execution mode game in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and the entry of a game ball into the non-electric device 51 and hole 533A starts an open/close execution mode game in which more than a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, thereby providing the player with a higher value than the open/close execution mode game that starts when a game ball enters each of the holes 533B and 533C. Therefore, when starting the open/close execution mode game, the player will hope for the ball to enter hole 533A. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the player's attention to the game.

(4) The game state transition process starts an open/close execution mode game in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times that the variable winning device 38 opens and closes to a predetermined number when a game ball enters each of the holes 533B and 533C, and starts an open/close execution mode game in which more than a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times that the variable winning device 38 opens and closes to a number greater than the predetermined number when a game ball enters the non-electric device 51 and hole 533A. Therefore, when starting the open/close execution mode game, the player will be expecting the ball to enter hole 533A. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the player's attention to the game.

(5) Since each of the holes 533A to 533C is provided on the rolling surface 531 of the wheel 53A, the player will pay attention to the fate of the game ball that enters the wheel 53A. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the player's attention to the game.

(6) The opening/closing lottery means includes a rotor 537 that rotates about an axis passing through the center of the rolling surface 531 and receives game balls that have entered each of the holes 533A to 533C, and this rotor 537 includes rotor passages 537C2, 537C3 that do not cause the non-electric device 51 to transition from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball, and a rotor passage 537C1 that causes the non-electric device 51 to transition from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball. In this way, the opening/closing lottery means can independently draw a lottery as to whether or not to transition the non-electric device 51 from a closed state to an open state without being influenced by the crane 53A that includes the holes 533A to 533C that start a game in the opening/closing execution mode when a game ball enters. In addition, when the non-electric device 51 is shifted from the closed state to the open state by causing the game ball that has entered each of the holes 533A to 533C to enter the rotor passage 537C1 of the rotor 537, the player can shift the game state to the next open/close execution mode using the main control device 60, and then, by causing the game ball to enter the non-electric device 51, start a game in the open/close execution mode that gives the player a higher value than the game in the open/close execution mode that starts when the game ball enters each of the holes 533B and 533C. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can expand the player's options and increase the player's interest in the game.

(7) The non-electric device 51 transitions from an open state to a closed state by receiving a game ball on each plate-shaped body 513, and transitions from a closed state to an open state by receiving a game ball on each lower blade member 515, so that the open and closed states can be transitioned using only the weight of the game ball without requiring other power sources such as electricity.

(8) After finishing the game in the open/close execution mode, the player can execute a game round by making the game ball enter the lower operating port 37 via the right hit route until 100 game rounds are executed (until the high-frequency support mode is switched to the low-frequency support mode). After that, since it becomes difficult to make the game ball enter the lower operating port 37 via the right hit route, the player can execute a game round by making the game ball enter the upper operating port 36 via the left hit route. Therefore, if the non-electric device 51 is arranged on the left hit route, the player will end up making the game ball enter the non-electric device 51 via the left hit route unless the game state is shifted to the open/close execution mode after the non-electric device 51 is shifted from the closed state to the open state before 100 game rounds are executed. In this case, the non-electric device 51 will transition from an open state to a closed state, so the player can play in the hope that the game state will transition to the open/close execution mode before 100 play cycles are completed.

Third Embodiment
A third embodiment of the present invention will now be described with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, parts that have already been described will be given the same reference numerals and their description will be omitted.

FIG. 44 is a front view of a game board according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
In the first embodiment, the game board 31 has a crane 53 provided in the area to the left of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52, and the game ball that enters the hole 533A (16-round execution gate) of the crane 53, falls downward, and is guided to the non-electric device 51 via the connecting passage 535 transitions the non-electric device 51 from a closed state to an open state. In other words, in the first embodiment, the game ball that enters the 16-round execution gate is always guided to the non-electric device 51.
In contrast, in this embodiment, the game board 31 is equipped with a crane 53B provided in the area to the left of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52, and differs from the first embodiment in that a game ball that enters the 16-round execution gate of the crane 53B is not necessarily guided to the non-electric device 51.

FIG. 45 is an exploded perspective view showing the vicinity of the crane enlarged and obliquely viewed from above.
As shown in FIG. 45, the crane 53B includes a first crane 55 connected to a guide rail 525 and a second crane 56 arranged below the first crane 55.
The first crane 55 has a disk-shaped rolling surface 551 that rolls the game ball guided to the first crane 55 via the guide rail 525, and a side wall 552 provided along the periphery of the rolling surface 551.
In addition, the guide rail 525 guides the game ball to the rolling surface 551 so as to follow the side wall 552 .

The rolling surface 551 includes two holes 553A, 553B formed at a predetermined distance from its center and equally spaced from each other, and a protrusion 554 formed at its center and having two side surfaces that slope downward toward each of the holes 553A, 553B. The rolling surface 551 is also sloped downward from the side wall 552 toward each of the holes 553A, 553B.
Therefore, the game ball guided to the first crane 55 via the guide rail 525 rolls on the rolling surface 551 along the side wall 552, and then enters either one of the holes 553A, 553B (see arrow A in the figure).

Each hole 553A, 553B is equipped with a detection sensor 40i, 40j (see FIG. 114) that detects the entry of a game ball, and the detection sensor 40i, 40j is disposed on the rear side of the game board 31. Specifically, the detection sensor 40i detects the entry of a game ball into the hole 553A, and the detection sensor 40j detects the entry of a game ball into the hole 553B. Note that, when a ball enters each of the holes 553A, 553B, the pachinko machine 10 does not pay out prize balls, unlike when a ball enters each of the various winning holes. Also, the detection sensors 40i, 40j may be any type that can detect the entry of a game ball individually, and for example, an electromagnetic induction type proximity sensor can be used.

In this way, in this embodiment, the detection sensor 40i detects the entry of a game ball into the hole 553A, so that the hole 553A functions as a 16-round execution gate. Also, the detection sensor 40j detects the entry of a game ball into the hole 553B, so that the hole 553B functions as a 4-round execution gate. Note that this embodiment differs from the first embodiment in that the detection sensor 40k is not used.

When each hole 553A, 553B wins an internal lottery to switch to the open/close execution mode and switches to the open/close execution mode, it becomes an opportunity to start a round of play. Specifically, when the pachinko machine 10 wins an internal lottery to switch to the open/close execution mode and switches to the open/close execution mode, and a ball enters each hole 553A, 553B, it sets the open/close door 38b to an open state and starts playing a predetermined number of rounds.

Specifically, when a ball enters hole 553A, pachinko machine 10 starts playing 16 rounds of games, and therefore hole 553A is displayed with a mark around it to indicate that 16 rounds of games will start.
In addition, when a ball enters hole 553B, the pachinko machine 10 starts playing four rounds of games, so no mark is displayed in hole 553B to suggest that four rounds of games will start.

The first crane 55 also has a guide rail 555A that guides the game ball that has entered the hole 553A to the second crane 56, and a guide rail 555B that guides the game ball that has entered the hole 553B to the second crane 56.

Thus, in this embodiment, the first crane 55 functions as a variable ball entry means that allows a game ball flowing down the game area to enter the game based on the results of an internal lottery performed based on the game ball's entry into the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37.
The first crane 55 also has holes 553A, 553B (a plurality of ball entry sections) for allowing game balls that have entered the first crane 55 to enter. The first crane 55 has a rolling surface 551 for rolling game balls that have entered the first crane 55, and the plurality of ball entry sections are provided on the rolling surface 551 and allow game balls rolling on the rolling surface 551 to enter. Specifically, the rolling surface 551 is formed at a predetermined distance from the center of the rolling surface 551 and has a plurality of ball entry sections that are provided at equal intervals from each other.

In this embodiment, the multiple ball entry sections are provided on the rolling surface 551 of the first crane 55, and allow game balls rolling on the rolling surface 551 to enter the ball entry sections. In contrast, the multiple ball entry sections may be provided, for example, in a distribution mechanism that distributes game balls that have entered the variable ball entry means to one of the multiple ball entry sections. In this case, the probability that the distribution mechanism will distribute the game ball to one of the multiple ball entry sections may be the same or different. In short, it is sufficient for the variable ball entry means to have multiple ball entry sections.
Further, in this embodiment, the variable ball entry means has a plurality of ball entry sections, but the variable ball entry means may have a single ball entry section.

As described above, the non-electric device 51 and hole 553A (second ball entry section) are a 16-round execution gate that starts 16 rounds of play. Also, hole 553B (first ball entry section) is a 4-round execution gate that starts 4 rounds of play. Therefore, the open/close execution mode game that starts when a game ball enters the non-electric device 51 and hole 553A provides a higher value to the player than the open/close execution mode game that starts when a game ball enters hole 553B.

Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 starts an open/close execution mode in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times the variable winning device 38 opens and closes to a predetermined number (four times in this embodiment) when a game ball enters the hole 553B, and starts an open/close execution mode in which a greater number of game balls can be paid out than the predetermined number of game balls by setting the number of times the variable winning device 38 opens and closes to a number greater than the predetermined number (16 times in this embodiment) when a game ball enters the non-electric device 51 and the hole 553A.

In this embodiment, the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters the non-electric device 51 and hole 553A is given a higher value to the player by setting the number of times the variable winning device 38 is opened and closed than the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters hole 553B. However, for example, by setting the opening time of the variable winning device 38, a higher value may be given to the player than the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters hole 553B. In short, the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters the open/close ball entry means and the second ball entry section should be given a higher value to the player than the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters the first ball entry section.

In addition, in this embodiment, hole 553A is a 16-round execution gate that starts the execution of 16 rounds of play, and hole 553B is a 4-round execution gate that starts the execution of 4 rounds of play, and the correspondence between each of holes 553A, 553B and the 16-round execution gate and the 4-round execution gate is fixed. In contrast, the correspondence between each of holes 553A, 553B and the 16-round execution gate and the 4-round execution gate does not have to be fixed, and the correspondence may be changed based on the results of an internal lottery, for example. This allows the pachinko machine 10 to expand its playability and increase the player's attention to the game.

The second crane 56 has a disc-shaped rolling surface 561 that rolls the game ball guided to the second crane 56 via guide rails 555A and 555B, and a side wall 562 provided along the periphery of the rolling surface 561.
In addition, the guide rails 555A and 555B guide the game ball to the rolling surface 561 so as to follow the side wall 562.

The rolling surface 561 includes three holes 563A to 563C formed at a predetermined distance from its center and equally spaced from one another, and a protrusion 564 formed at its center and having three side surfaces that slope downward toward each of the holes 563A to 563C. The rolling surface 561 is also sloped downward from the side wall 562 toward each of the holes 563A to 563C.
Therefore, the game ball guided to the second crane 56 via guide rails 555A and 555B rolls on the rolling surface 561 along the side wall 562, and then enters one of the holes 563A to 563C (see arrow B in the figure).

The second crane 56 is connected to a hole 563A formed on the front side (near side in the figure) of the game board 31, and is equipped with a communication passage 565 that guides the game ball that enters the hole 563A and falls downward to the non-electric device 51 as shown by arrow C in the figure, and a discharge passage 566 that is connected to two holes 563B, 563C formed on the back side (rear side in the figure) of the game board 31, and discharges the game ball that enters the holes 563B, 563C and falls downward to the game area through the opening 311 (see Figure 44) as shown by arrow D in the figure.

The connecting passage 565 guides the game ball to the non-electric device 51, similar to the connecting passage 535 in the first embodiment, so that a mark is displayed around the hole 563A to indicate that the game ball will be guided to the non-electric device 51.
The discharge passage 566 discharges game balls into the game area in the same manner as the discharge passage 536 in the first embodiment, and therefore no marks are displayed around the holes 563B, 563C to indicate that game balls will be discharged into the game area.

<Flow when switching to opening/closing execution mode>
Figure 46 is a diagram showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the non-electric role, and the right-side variable ball entry mechanism when the non-electric role is switched to the open/close execution mode when the non-electric role is not opened. Note that Figure 46 shows a simplified view of the non-electric role 51 at the bottom left of the display screen G.
Specifically, Fig. 46 (A) is a diagram showing a display screen G at the time of transition to the open/close execution mode. Fig. 46 (B) and (C) are diagrams showing the non-electric device 51 that is not in an open state after a ball enters the 4-round execution gate. Fig. 46 (D) and (E) are diagrams showing the non-electric device 51 that is in an open state after a ball enters the 4-round execution gate. Fig. 46 (F) is a diagram showing the display screen G when an opening announcement effect is selected as an ending effect to announce the opening of the non-electric device 51 to the player.

When the non-electric reel 51 is not opened and the mode is switched to the opening/closing execution mode, the MPU 102 displays each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a reduced size and places them in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, as shown in FIG. 46 (A), and stops the varying display of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3.
Here, when the non-electric gadget 51 is not opened and the mode is switched to the open/close execution mode, the MPU 92 determines in step S1601 that it has received a non-open command, and in step S1602 executes a process for determining the non-open performance, and in step S1603 sets a command for the non-open performance determined in the process for determining the non-open performance in step S1602.Then, the MPU 102 executes the non-open performance based on the command for the non-open performance transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 suggests to the player to hit right by displaying the words of an angel present in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "Aim for the Kruun with a right hit!"

In addition, in step S1005, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting the Kroon route. In this process, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a to a closed state and set the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the Kroon route (see the arrow in the figure).

Here, the blade member 521a opens and closes intermittently at a cycle of 2 seconds, so when the blade member drive unit 521c sets the blade member 521a to an open state, the game ball travels down the blade member 521a by utilizing the inclination of the blade member 521a and enters the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52. When the plate 523a is set to a closed state to set the Kloon route, the game ball that has entered the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 and then reached the branching position of the guide passage 522 is guided to the guide rail 525. The game ball is then guided to the first Kloon 55 via the guide rail 525.
Thereafter, the game ball is guided to the first crane 55 of the crane 53B via the guide rail 525, rolls on the rolling surface 551 along the side wall 552, and then enters either one of the holes 553A, 553B.

Figure 47 is a top view of the crane when the ball enters the 4th round execution gate. Specifically, Figure 47 (A) is a top view of the first crane 55, and Figures 47 (B) and (C) are top views of the second crane 56.
For example, as shown by the arrow in FIG. 47A, when a ball enters the hole 553B (four-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines in step S1607 that it has received a four-round execution command, and in step S1608 executes a process for determining the four-round execution presentation, and in step S1609, sets a command for the four-round execution presentation related to the four-round execution presentation determined in the process for determining the four-round execution presentation in step S1608. Then, the MPU 102 executes the four-round execution presentation based on the command for the four-round execution presentation transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the player that four rounds of play will start by displaying the words of an angel present in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "4R confirmed! Hit right!", as shown in FIG. 46B and FIG. 46D.

In addition, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting the discharge route. In this process, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a to an open state and set the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure).

In addition, when a ball enters the hole 553B (fourth round execution gate), the game ball is guided to the second crane 56 via the guide rail 555B. After the game ball rolls on the rolling surface 561 along the side wall 562, it enters one of the holes 563A to 563C.
For example, as shown by the arrow in FIG. 47(B), when a ball enters holes 563B and 563C, the game ball is discharged into the game area via discharge passage 566.

Then, since the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that it has received an opening command, in step S1511 it determines the type of game result based on the contents of the opening command, and executes a process for determining the effect for the open/close execution mode corresponding to the type of game result determined in step S1511. Note that in the example of FIG. 46, the symbol display device 47 displays a combination of symbols having the same odd numbers (7, 7, 7) stopped on the pay line L as the stopped result, so the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "most favorable result." In addition, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of rounds of play is four, it selects effect C1 as the effect for the open/close execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes the effect for the open/close execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the open/close execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

After the performance for the open/close execution mode is completed, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that it has received an ending command, and therefore executes a process for determining whether or not to open the non-electric device in step S1515. When the game ball is discharged into the game area through the discharge passage 566, the MPU 92 determines in step S1515 that the non-electric device 51 is not open, and therefore selects a normal performance that does not notify the player of the opening of the non-electric device 51 as the ending performance. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending performance selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending performance command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 46, the performance C1 is selected as the performance for the open/close execution mode, and the MPU 102 notifies the player of the transition to the high probability mode by displaying the words of an angel present in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, "Into the special probability mode!", as shown in FIG. 46 (C).

For example, as shown by the arrow in FIG. 47(C), when a ball enters hole 563A, the game ball is guided to non-electric device 51 via communication passage 565. After that, the game ball guided to non-electric device 51 via communication passage 565 transitions non-electric device 51 from a closed state to an open state.

Then, since the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that it has received an opening command, in step S1511 it determines the type of game result based on the contents of the opening command, and executes a process for determining the effect for the open/close execution mode corresponding to the type of game result determined in step S1511. Note that in the example of FIG. 46, the symbol display device 47 displays a combination of symbols having the same odd numbers (7, 7, 7) stopped on the pay line L as the stopped result, so the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "most favorable result." In addition, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of rounds of play is four, it selects effect C1 as the effect for the open/close execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes the effect for the open/close execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the open/close execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

After the performance for the open/close execution mode is completed, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that it has received an ending command, and therefore executes a process for determining whether or not to open the non-electric device in step S1515. When the game ball is guided to the non-electric device 51 in the connecting passage 565, the MPU 92 determines in step S1515 that the non-electric device 51 is being opened, and therefore selects an opening notification performance that notifies the player of the opening of the non-electric device 51 as the ending performance. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending performance selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending performance command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 46, the performance C1 is selected as the performance for the open/close execution mode, so that the MPU 102 notifies the player of the transition to the high probability mode by displaying the angel's words "Into the special probability mode!" that are present in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, as shown in FIG. 46 (E). After that, as shown in FIG. 46(F), the MPU 102 notifies the player that the non-electric device 51 has been opened by displaying the words of an angel in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "The next big win is confirmed as 16R with a left hit!".

Figure 48 is a diagram showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the non-electric role, and the right-side variable ball entry mechanism when the non-electric role is switched to the open/close execution mode when the non-electric role is not opened. Note that Figure 48 shows a simplified view of the non-electric role 51 at the bottom left of the display screen G.
Specifically, Fig. 48 (A) is a diagram showing a display screen G at the time of transition to the open/close execution mode. Fig. 48 (B) and (C) are diagrams showing the non-electric device 51 that is not in an open state after a ball enters the 16-round execution gate. Fig. 48 (D) and (E) are diagrams showing the non-electric device 51 that is in an open state after a ball enters the 16-round execution gate. Fig. 48 (F) is a diagram showing the display screen G when an opening announcement effect is selected as an ending effect to announce the opening of the non-electric device 51 to the player.

When the non-electric reel 51 is not opened and the mode is switched to the opening/closing execution mode, the MPU 102 displays each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a reduced size and places them in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, as shown in FIG. 48 (A), and stops the varying display of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3.
Here, when the non-electric gadget 51 is not opened and the mode is switched to the open/close execution mode, the MPU 92 determines in step S1601 that it has received a non-open command, and in step S1602 executes a process for determining the non-open performance, and in step S1603 sets a command for the non-open performance determined in the process for determining the non-open performance in step S1602.Then, the MPU 102 executes the non-open performance based on the command for the non-open performance transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 suggests to the player to hit right by displaying the words of an angel present in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "Aim for the Kruun with a right hit!"

In addition, in step S1005, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting the Kroon route. In this process, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a to a closed state and set the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the Kroon route (see the arrow in the figure).

Here, the blade member 521a opens and closes intermittently at a cycle of 2 seconds, so that when the blade member drive unit 521c sets the blade member 521a to an open state, the game ball travels along the blade member 521a by utilizing the inclination of the blade member 521a and enters the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52. When the plate 523a is set to a closed state to set the Kloon route, the game ball that has entered the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 and then reached the branching position of the guide passage 522 is guided to the guide rail 525. The game ball is then guided to the Kloon 53 via the guide rail 525.
Thereafter, the game ball is guided to the first crane 55 of the crane 53B via the guide rail 525, rolls on the rolling surface 551 along the side wall 552, and then enters either one of the holes 553A, 553B.

Figure 49 is a top view of the crane when the ball enters the 16-round execution gate. Specifically, Figure 49(A) is a top view of the first crane 55, and Figures 49(B) and (C) are top views of the second crane 56.
For example, as shown by the arrow in FIG. 49(A), when a ball enters the hole 553A (16-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines in step S1610 that it has received a 16-round execution command, and executes a process for determining the 16-round execution presentation in step S1611, and sets a command for the 16-round execution presentation related to the 16-round execution presentation determined in the process for determining the 16-round execution presentation in step S1612. Then, the MPU 102 executes the 16-round execution presentation based on the command for the 16-round execution presentation transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the player that the 16-round game will start by displaying the words of an angel present in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "16R confirmed! Hit right!", as shown in FIG. 48(B) and FIG. 48(D).

In addition, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting the discharge route. In this process, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a to an open state and set the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure).

When a ball enters the hole 553A (16-round execution gate), the ball is guided to the second crane 56 via the guide rail 555A. After the ball rolls on the rolling surface 561 along the side wall 562, it enters one of the holes 563A to 563C.
For example, as shown by the arrow in FIG. 49(B), when a ball enters holes 563B and 563C, the game ball is discharged into the game area via discharge passage 566.

Then, since the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that it has received an opening command, in step S1511 it determines the type of game result based on the contents of the opening command, and executes a process for determining the effect for the open/close execution mode corresponding to the type of game result determined in step S1511. Note that in the example of FIG. 48, the symbol display device 47 displays a combination of symbols having the same odd numbers (7, 7, 7) stopped on the pay line L as the stopped result, so the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "most favorable result." In addition, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of rounds of play is 16, it selects effect C2 as the effect for the open/close execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes the effect for the open/close execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the open/close execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

After the performance for the open/close execution mode is completed, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that it has received an ending command, and therefore executes a process for determining whether or not to open the non-electric device in step S1515. When the game ball is discharged into the game area through the discharge passage 566, the MPU 92 determines in step S1515 that the non-electric device 51 is not open, and therefore selects a normal performance that does not notify the player of the opening of the non-electric device 51 as the ending performance. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending performance selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending performance command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 48, the performance C2 is selected as the performance for the open/close execution mode, and the MPU 102 notifies the player of the transition to the high probability mode by displaying the words of an angel present in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, "Into the special probability mode!", as shown in FIG. 48 (C).

For example, as shown by the arrow in FIG. 49(C), when a ball enters hole 563A, the game ball is guided to non-electric device 51 via communication passage 565. After that, the game ball guided to non-electric device 51 via communication passage 565 transitions non-electric device 51 from a closed state to an open state.

Then, since the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that it has received an opening command, in step S1511 it determines the type of game result based on the contents of the opening command, and executes a process for determining the effect for the open/close execution mode corresponding to the type of game result determined in step S1511. Note that in the example of FIG. 48, the symbol display device 47 displays a combination of symbols having the same odd numbers (7, 7, 7) stopped on the pay line L as the stopped result, so the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "most favorable result." In addition, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of rounds of play is 16, it selects effect C2 as the effect for the open/close execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes the effect for the open/close execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the open/close execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

After the performance for the open/close execution mode is completed, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that it has received an ending command, and therefore executes a process for determining whether or not to open the non-electric device in step S1515. When the game ball is guided to the non-electric device 51 in the connecting passage 565, the MPU 92 determines in step S1515 that the non-electric device 51 is being opened, and therefore selects an opening notification performance that notifies the player of the opening of the non-electric device 51 as the ending performance. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending performance selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending performance command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 48, the performance C2 is selected as the performance for the open/close execution mode, and the MPU 102 notifies the player of the transition to the high probability mode by displaying the angel's words "Into the special mode!" that are present in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, as shown in FIG. 48 (E). After that, as shown in FIG. 48(F), the MPU 102 notifies the player of the opening of the non-electric device 51 by displaying the words of an angel in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "The next big win is confirmed as 16R with a left hit!".

Thus, in this embodiment, the second crane 56 functions as a lottery crane having a rolling surface 561 (lottery rolling surface) that rolls the game balls that enter the holes 553A and 553B. The second crane 56 is also provided with holes 563A to 563C (plurality of lottery ball entry sections) that are provided on the rolling surface 561 and that allow the game balls rolling on the rolling surface 561 to enter. The plural lottery ball entry sections include holes 563B and 563C (first lottery ball entry sections) that do not transition the non-electric device 51 from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball, and hole 563A (second lottery ball entry section) that transitions the non-electric device 51 from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball. Therefore, the second crane 56 functions as an opening and closing lottery means that performs a lottery for the non-electric device 51 based on the entry of game balls into each hole 553A, 553B.

In this embodiment, the second crane 56 is used as the opening/closing lottery means, but for example, a lottery using a counter may be used, similar to the internal lottery that is performed based on winning entries into the upper operating port 36 and the lower operating port 37. Also, in this embodiment, the opening/closing lottery means performs a lottery to determine whether or not the opening/closing ball entry means should be switched from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of a game ball into the ball entry section, but it may also be configured to perform a lottery to determine whether or not the opening/closing ball entry means should be switched from an unfavorable state in which it is easy to close to an advantageous state in which it is easy to open. In short, the opening/closing lottery means may be any type of lottery as long as it can execute a lottery regarding the opening/closing ball entry means based on the entry of a game ball into the ball entry section.

Here, in this embodiment, the starting ball entry means includes an upper operating port 36 (first starting ball entry section) and a lower operating port 37 (second starting ball entry section).
The pachinko machine 10 also has a left-hand hitting route (first path) that makes it easier for game balls to enter the upper operating port 36 and harder for game balls to enter the lower operating port 37, and a right-hand hitting route (second path) that makes it easier for game balls to enter the lower operating port 37 and harder for game balls to enter the upper operating port 36. The non-electric device 51 is disposed on the left-hand hitting route.

In addition, the main control device 60 has a low-frequency support mode (first game state) in which the probability of the ball landing in the lower operating port 37 is lower than that of the upper operating port 36, and a high-frequency support mode (second game state) in which the probability of the ball landing in the lower operating port 37 is higher than that of the upper operating port 36, and functions as a game state switching means for switching between the low-frequency support mode and the high-frequency support mode.
Specifically, the main control device 60 switches from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode after the open/close execution mode is finished. If the game result is a "high probability result with fewer rounds" or a "most favorable result," the main control device 60 continues the high-frequency support mode at least until the winning/losing lottery results in a "jackpot win." If the game result is a "low probability result," the main control device 60 switches from the high-frequency support mode to the low-frequency support mode after playing a predetermined number of times (100 times in this embodiment) (internal lottery).

Therefore, if the game result is a "high probability result with fewer rounds" or a "most favorable result," the player can continue to play a round after finishing the open/close execution mode by inserting the game ball into the lower operating port 37 via the right-hand hitting route, at least until the winning/losing lottery results in a "jackpot win." This allows the player to keep the non-electric device 51 open, at least until the winning/losing lottery results in a "jackpot win."

On the other hand, if the game result is a "low probability result," the player can execute a game round by making the game ball enter the lower operating port 37 via the right hit route until 100 game rounds are executed (until the high frequency support mode is switched to the low frequency support mode) after finishing the game in the open/close execution mode. After that, since it becomes difficult to make the game ball enter the lower operating port 37 via the right hit route, the player can execute a game round by making the game ball enter the upper operating port 36 via the left hit route. Therefore, if the non-electric device 51 is arranged on the left hit route, the player will end up making the game ball enter the non-electric device 51 via the left hit route unless the game state is shifted to the open/close execution mode after the non-electric device 51 is shifted from the closed state to the open state before 100 game rounds are executed. In this case, the non-electric device 51 will transition from an open state to a closed state, so the player can play in the hope that the game state will transition to the open/close execution mode before 100 play cycles are completed.

In this embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 creates advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player by setting a high-frequency support mode with no limit on the number of times and a high-frequency support mode with a limit of 100 times. However, advantageous and unfavorable game states may be created for the player by setting a game state other than these. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may create advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player by varying the number of times the high-frequency support mode is continued after the opening/closing execution mode is ended. Also, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player depending on whether or not to transition to the high-frequency support mode after the opening/closing execution mode is ended. Furthermore, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player by varying the number of times the high-probability mode is continued after the opening/closing execution mode is ended.

According to this embodiment, the following actions and effects can be achieved.
(1) The pachinko machine 10 is equipped with a first crane 55 that allows a game ball flowing down the game area to enter the game area based on the result of an internal lottery performed based on the game ball entering the upper operating port 36 and the lower operating port 37, and the first crane 55 is equipped with each hole 553A, 553B that starts a game in the opening and closing execution mode when a game ball enters the first crane 55. Therefore, the player can start a game in the opening and closing execution mode by transferring the game state to the opening and closing execution mode using the main control device 60 and then entering a game ball into each hole 553A, 553B. In addition, the first roulette 55 is equipped with the second roulette 56 that executes a lottery for the non-electric device 51 based on the entry of game balls into each hole 553A, 553B, so that, for example, if a player wins the lottery executed by the second roulette 56 and transitions the non-electric device 51 from a closed state to an open state, the player can start playing in the open/close execution mode by entering a game ball into the non-electric device 51 after transitioning the game state to the next open/close execution mode using the main control device 60. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can expand the player's options and increase the player's interest in the game.

(2) The open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters the non-electric device 51 and hole 553A gives the player a higher value than the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters hole 553B, so when the player starts the open/close execution mode game by entering the game ball into the first crane 55, he or she will expect the ball to enter hole 553A. Also, when the player wins the lottery executed by the second crane 56 and transitions the non-electric device 51 from a closed state to an open state, the player can transition the game state to the next open/close execution mode using the main control device 60, and then, by entering the game ball into the non-electric device 51, start the open/close execution mode game that gives the player a higher value than the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters hole 553B. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can expand the options available to players and increase the player's interest in the game.

(3) The entry of a game ball into hole 553B can start an open/close execution mode game in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and the entry of a game ball into non-electric device 51 and hole 553A starts an open/close execution mode game in which more than a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, which gives the player a higher value than the open/close execution mode game that starts when a game ball enters hole 553B. Therefore, when starting the open/close execution mode game, the player will hope for the ball to enter hole 553A. Therefore, pachinko machine 10 can increase the player's attention to the game.

(4) The game state transition process starts an open/close execution mode game in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times that the variable winning device 38 opens and closes to a predetermined number when a game ball enters the hole 553B, and starts an open/close execution mode game in which more than a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times that the variable winning device 38 opens and closes to a number greater than the predetermined number when a game ball enters the non-electric device 51 and the hole 553A. Therefore, when starting the open/close execution mode game, the player will be expecting the ball to enter the hole 553A. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the player's attention to the game.

(5) Since the holes 553A and 553B are provided on the rolling surface 551 of the first wheel 55, the player will pay attention to the fate of the game ball that enters the first wheel 55. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the player's attention to the game.

(6) The opening/closing lottery means includes a second crane 56 having holes 563B, 563C that do not cause the non-electric device 51 to transition from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of a game ball, and a hole 563A that causes the non-electric device 51 to transition from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of a game ball. In this way, the opening/closing lottery means can independently draw a lottery as to whether or not to transition the non-electric device 51 from a closed state to an open state without being influenced by the first crane 55 having holes 553A, 553B that start a game in the opening/closing execution mode when a game ball enters. Furthermore, when the non-electric device 51 is shifted from the closed state to the open state by causing the game ball that has entered the holes 553A and 553B to enter the hole 563A, the player can shift the game state to the next open/close execution mode using the main control device 60, and then, by causing the game ball to enter the non-electric device 51, start a game in the open/close execution mode that gives the player a higher value than the game in the open/close execution mode that starts when the game ball enters the hole 553B. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can expand the player's options and increase the player's interest in the game.

(7) The non-electric device 51 transitions from an open state to a closed state by receiving a game ball on each plate-shaped body 513, and transitions from a closed state to an open state by receiving a game ball on each lower blade member 515, so that the open and closed states can be transitioned using only the weight of the game ball without requiring other power sources such as electricity.

(8) After finishing the game in the open/close execution mode, the player can execute a game round by making the game ball enter the lower operating port 37 via the right hit route until 100 game rounds have been executed (until the high-frequency support mode is switched to the low-frequency support mode). After that, since it becomes difficult to make the game ball enter the lower operating port 37 via the right hit route, the player can execute a game round by making the game ball enter the upper operating port 36 via the left hit route. Therefore, if the non-electric device 51 is arranged on the left hit route, the player will end up making the game ball enter the non-electric device 51 via the left hit route unless the game state is shifted to the open/close execution mode after the non-electric device 51 is shifted from the closed state to the open state before 100 game rounds have been executed. In this case, the non-electric device 51 will transition from an open state to a closed state, so the player can play in the hope that the game state will transition to the open/close execution mode before 100 play cycles are completed.

Fourth Embodiment
A fourth embodiment of the present invention will now be described with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, parts that have already been described will be given the same reference numerals and their description will be omitted.

FIG. 50 is a front view of a game board according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
In the first embodiment, the game board 31 was provided with a cranes 53 provided in the area to the left of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52. A game ball that entered the hole 533A of the cranes 53, fell downward, and was guided to the non-electric device 51 through the connecting passage 535 caused the non-electric device 51 to transition from a closed state to an open state. A game ball that entered the holes 533B and 533C of the cranes 53 and fell downward was discharged to the game area through the discharge passage 536.
In contrast, in this embodiment, the game board 31 is provided with a cranes 53C provided in the area to the left of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52, as shown in Fig. 50. All game balls that enter any of the holes 533A to 533C (see Fig. 51) of the cranes 53C cause the non-electric device 51 to transition from a closed state to an open state, which is different from the first embodiment.

FIG. 51 is an enlarged view of the vicinity of the crane as seen from above.
As shown in Figure 51, the crane 53C has a disk-shaped rolling surface 531 that rolls the game ball guided to the crane 53 via the guide rail 525, and a side wall 532 provided along the periphery of the rolling surface 531.
In addition, the guide rail 525 guides the game ball to the rolling surface 531 so as to follow the side wall 532 .

The rolling surface 531 includes three holes 533A to 533C formed at a predetermined distance from its center and equally spaced from one another, and a protrusion 534 formed at its center and having three side surfaces that slope downward toward each of the holes 533A to 533C. The rolling surface 531 is also sloped downward from the side wall 532 toward each of the holes 533A to 533C (see FIG. 4).
Therefore, the game ball guided to the crane 53 via the guide rail 525 rolls on the rolling surface 531 along the side wall 532, and then enters one of the holes 533A to 533C (see arrow A in the figure).

Each of the holes 533A to 533C is equipped with a detection sensor 40i to 40k (see FIG. 11) that detects the entry of a game ball, and the detection sensors 40i to 40k are arranged on the back side of the game board 31. Specifically, the detection sensor 40i detects the entry of a game ball into the hole 533A, the detection sensor 40j detects the entry of a game ball into the hole 533B, and the detection sensor 40k detects the entry of a game ball into the hole 533C. Note that, unlike when a ball enters one of the holes 533A to 533C, the pachinko machine 10 does not pay out prize balls when a ball enters one of the various winning holes. Also, the detection sensors 40i to 40k may be any type that can detect the entry of a game ball individually, and for example, an electromagnetic induction type proximity sensor can be used.

When each of the holes 533A-533C wins an internal lottery to switch to the open/close execution mode and switches to the open/close execution mode, it becomes an opportunity to start a round of play. Specifically, when the pachinko machine 10 wins an internal lottery to switch to the open/close execution mode and switches to the open/close execution mode, and a ball enters each of the holes 533A-533C, it sets the open/close door 38b to an open state and starts playing a predetermined number of rounds.

Specifically, when a ball enters hole 533A, pachinko machine 10 starts playing 16 rounds of play, and therefore hole 533A is displayed with a mark around it to indicate that 16 rounds of play will start.
In addition, when a ball lands in holes 533B and 533C, the pachinko machine 10 starts playing four rounds of games, so no marks are displayed in holes 533B and 533C to suggest that four rounds of games will start.

The crane 53C also includes a connecting passage 535 that guides the game balls to the non-electric device 51, and a guide path 539 that guides the game balls that enter the holes 533A to 533C and fall downward to the connecting passage 535.
The taxiway 539 includes three upstream taxiways 539A connected to each of the holes 533A to 533C, and a downstream taxiway 539B connected to each of the upstream taxiways 539A and also connected to the connecting passage 535.

In this way, in this embodiment, the crane 53C functions as a variable ball entry means that allows game balls flowing down the game area to enter the game area based on the results of an internal lottery performed based on the game ball entering the upper operating port 36 and the lower operating port 37, and transitions the non-electric device 51 from a closed state to an open state based on the game ball entering the game area.

The crane 53C also has holes 533B, 533C (first ball entry section) and hole 533A (second ball entry section) for allowing game balls that have entered the crane 53C to enter. The crane 53C has a rolling surface 531 for rolling game balls that have entered the crane 53C, and the first ball entry section and the second ball entry section are provided on the rolling surface 531 and allow game balls rolling on the rolling surface 531 to enter.

In this embodiment, the first and second ball entry sections are provided on the rolling surface 531 of the crane 53, and allow game balls rolling on the rolling surface 531 to enter the ball entry section. In contrast, the first and second ball entry sections may be provided, for example, in a distribution mechanism that distributes game balls that have entered the variable ball entry means to the first and second ball entry sections. In this case, the probability that the distribution mechanism distributes game balls to the first and second ball entry sections may be the same or different. In short, the variable ball entry means only needs to be equipped with a first ball entry section and a second ball entry section.

As described above, the non-electric device 51 and hole 533A are 16-round execution gates that start the execution of 16 rounds of play. Also, each of the holes 533B and 533C is a 4-round execution gate that starts the execution of four rounds of play. Therefore, the open/close execution mode game that starts when a game ball enters the non-electric device 51 and hole 533A provides a higher value to the player than the open/close execution mode game that starts when a game ball enters each of the holes 533B and 533C.

Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 starts an open/close execution mode in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times the variable winning device 38 opens and closes to a predetermined number (four times in this embodiment) when a game ball enters each of the holes 533B and 533C, and starts an open/close execution mode in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times the variable winning device 38 opens and closes to a number greater than the predetermined number (16 times in this embodiment) when a game ball enters the non-electric device 51 and hole 533A.

In this embodiment, the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters the non-electric device 51 and the hole 533A is given a higher value to the player than the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters each hole 533B, 533C by setting the number of times the variable winning device 38 is opened and closed. However, for example, by setting the opening time of the variable winning device 38, a higher value may be given to the player than the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters each hole 533B, 533C. In short, the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters the open/close ball entry means and the second ball entry section may be given a higher value to the player than the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters the first ball entry section.

In addition, in this embodiment, hole 533A is a 16-round execution gate that starts the execution of 16 rounds of play, and each of holes 533B and 533C is a 4-round execution gate that starts the execution of 4 rounds of play, and the correspondence between each of holes 533A to 533C and the 16-round execution gate and the 4-round execution gate is fixed. In contrast, the correspondence between each of holes 533A to 533C and the 16-round execution gate and the 4-round execution gate does not have to be fixed, and the correspondence may be changed based on the results of an internal lottery, for example. This allows the pachinko machine 10 to expand its playability and increase the player's attention to the game.

Here, in this embodiment, the starting ball entry means includes an upper operating port 36 (first starting ball entry section) and a lower operating port 37 (second starting ball entry section).
The pachinko machine 10 also has a left-hand hitting route (first path) that makes it easier for game balls to enter the upper operating port 36 and harder for game balls to enter the lower operating port 37, and a right-hand hitting route (second path) that makes it easier for game balls to enter the lower operating port 37 and harder for game balls to enter the upper operating port 36. The non-electric device 51 is disposed on the left-hand hitting route.

In addition, the main control device 60 has a low-frequency support mode (first game state) in which the probability of the ball landing in the lower operating port 37 is lower than that of the upper operating port 36, and a high-frequency support mode (second game state) in which the probability of the ball landing in the lower operating port 37 is higher than that of the upper operating port 36, and functions as a game state switching means for switching between the low-frequency support mode and the high-frequency support mode.
Specifically, the main control device 60 switches from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode after the open/close execution mode is finished. If the game result is a "high probability result with fewer rounds" or a "most favorable result," the main control device 60 continues the high-frequency support mode at least until the winning/losing lottery results in a "jackpot win." If the game result is a "low probability result," the main control device 60 switches from the high-frequency support mode to the low-frequency support mode after playing a predetermined number of times (100 times in this embodiment) (internal lottery).

Therefore, if the game result is a "high probability result with fewer rounds" or a "most favorable result," the player can continue to play a round after finishing the open/close execution mode by inserting the game ball into the lower operating port 37 via the right-hand hitting route, at least until the winning/losing lottery results in a "jackpot win." This allows the player to keep the non-electric device 51 open, at least until the winning/losing lottery results in a "jackpot win."

On the other hand, if the game result is a "low probability result," the player can execute a game round by making the game ball enter the lower operating port 37 via the right hit route until 100 game rounds are executed (until the high frequency support mode is switched to the low frequency support mode) after finishing the game in the open/close execution mode. After that, since it becomes difficult to make the game ball enter the lower operating port 37 via the right hit route, the player can execute a game round by making the game ball enter the upper operating port 36 via the left hit route. Therefore, if the non-electric device 51 is arranged on the left hit route, the player will end up making the game ball enter the non-electric device 51 via the left hit route unless the game state is shifted to the open/close execution mode after the non-electric device 51 is shifted from the closed state to the open state before 100 game rounds are executed. In this case, the non-electric device 51 will transition from an open state to a closed state, so the player can play in the hope that the game state will transition to the open/close execution mode before 100 play cycles are completed.

In this embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 creates advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player by setting a high-frequency support mode with no limit on the number of times and a high-frequency support mode with a limit of 100 times. However, advantageous and unfavorable game states may be created for the player by setting a game state other than these. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may create advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player by varying the number of times the high-frequency support mode is continued after the opening/closing execution mode is ended. Also, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player depending on whether or not to transition to the high-frequency support mode after the opening/closing execution mode is ended. Furthermore, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player by varying the number of times the high-probability mode is continued after the opening/closing execution mode is ended.

According to this embodiment, the following actions and effects can be achieved.
(1) The pachinko machine 10 is provided with a crane 53C that allows a game ball flowing down the game area to enter the crane 53C based on the result of an internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball into the upper operating port 36 and the lower operating port 37, and the crane 53C starts a game in the open/close execution mode when the game ball enters the crane 53C. Therefore, the player can start a game in the open/close execution mode by entering a game ball into the crane 53C after shifting the game state to the open/close execution mode with the main control device 60. In addition, when the non-electric device 51 is shifted from the closed state to the open state by entering the game ball into the crane 53C, the player can start a game in the open/close execution mode by entering a game ball into the non-electric device 51 after shifting the game state to the next open/close execution mode with the main control device 60. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can expand the player's options and increase the player's attention to the game.

(2) The open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters the non-electric device 51 and the hole 533A gives the player a higher value than the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters each hole 533B, 533C, so when the player starts the open/close execution mode game by having the game ball enter the crown 53C, he/she will expect the ball to enter the hole 533A. Also, when the non-electric device 51 is shifted from the closed state to the open state by having the game ball enter the crown 53C, the player can shift the game state to the next open/close execution mode with the main control device 60, and then, by having the game ball enter the non-electric device 51, start the open/close execution mode game that gives the player a higher value than the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters each hole 533B, 533C. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can expand the options available to players and increase the player's interest in the game.

(3) The entry of a game ball into each of the holes 533B and 533C can start an open/close execution mode game in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and the entry of a game ball into the non-electric device 51 and hole 533A starts an open/close execution mode game in which more than a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, thereby providing the player with a higher value than the open/close execution mode game that starts when a game ball enters each of the holes 533B and 533C. Therefore, when starting the open/close execution mode game, the player will hope for the ball to enter hole 533A. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the player's attention to the game.

(4) The game state transition process starts an open/close execution mode game in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times that the variable winning device 38 opens and closes to a predetermined number when a game ball enters each of the holes 533B and 533C, and starts an open/close execution mode game in which more than a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times that the variable winning device 38 opens and closes to a number greater than the predetermined number when a game ball enters the non-electric device 51 and hole 533A. Therefore, when starting the open/close execution mode game, the player will hope for the ball to enter hole 533A. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the player's attention to the game.

(5) Since each of the holes 533A to 533C is provided on the rolling surface 531 of the ball 53C, the player pays attention to the direction of the ball that enters the ball 53C. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the player's attention to the game.
(6) The non-electric device 51 transitions from an open state to a closed state by receiving a game ball on each plate-shaped body 513, and transitions from a closed state to an open state by receiving a game ball on each lower wing member 515, so that the opening and closing states can be transitioned using only the weight of the game ball without requiring any other power source such as electricity.

(7) After finishing the game in the open/close execution mode, the player can execute a game round by making the game ball enter the lower operating port 37 via the right hit route until 100 game rounds are executed (until the high-frequency support mode is switched to the low-frequency support mode). After that, since it becomes difficult to make the game ball enter the lower operating port 37 via the right hit route, the player can execute a game round by making the game ball enter the upper operating port 36 via the left hit route. Therefore, if the non-electric device 51 is arranged on the left hit route, the player will end up making the game ball enter the non-electric device 51 via the left hit route unless the game state is shifted to the open/close execution mode after the non-electric device 51 is shifted from the closed state to the open state before 100 game rounds are executed. In this case, the non-electric device 51 will transition from an open state to a closed state, so the player can play in the hope that the game state will transition to the open/close execution mode before 100 play cycles are completed.

Fifth Embodiment
Hereinafter, a fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, parts that have already been described will be given the same reference numerals and their description will be omitted.

FIG. 52 is a front view of a game board according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention.
In the first embodiment, the game board 31 has a non-electric device 51, which is provided on the lower right side of the general winning opening 35. In addition, the game ball that entered the hole 533A of the crane 53 and fell downward was guided to the non-electric device 51 through the connecting passage 535.
In contrast, in this embodiment, as shown in Fig. 52, the game board 31 has a crane 53D and a non-electric device 57, and this non-electric device 57 is different from the first embodiment in that it is provided above the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52. Also, the game ball that enters the hole 533A of the crane 53D and falls downward is guided to the non-electric device 57 through a connecting passage 535D, which is different from the first embodiment.

The game board 31 has a plurality of large and small openings in the game area, which are formed by router processing so as to penetrate in the front-rear direction. The game board 31 also has a general winning opening 35, an upper operating opening (first starting ball entry section) 36, a lower operating opening (second starting ball entry section) 37, a variable winning device 38, an outlet 39, and a non-electric device 57, which are provided in each opening. This non-electric device 57 is provided above the right variable ball entry mechanism 52. The game board 31 also has an opening 313 provided on the lower right side of the general winning opening 35. The game board 31 also has through gates 41 provided on the left and right sides of the center, a main display device 42 provided on the upper right side, and a variable display unit 43 provided in the center. Furthermore, the game board 31 has a large number of nails 44 planted in the game area to appropriately disperse or adjust the direction in which the game balls fall, as well as various components (gimmicks) such as windmills.

The non-electric device 57 is provided on the right side of the play area of the game board 31. The non-electric device 57 also has a detection sensor 40f (see FIG. 11) that detects the entry of a game ball, and this detection sensor 40f is disposed on the rear side of the game board 31. When a ball enters the non-electric device 57, the pachinko machine 10 does not pay out prize balls, unlike when a ball enters one of the various winning holes. This non-electric device 57 will be described in detail later.

The variable display unit 43 is equipped with a pattern display device 47 that variably displays (variably displays or switches between) patterns, which are a type of picture. The variable display unit 43 also has a center frame 48 arranged to surround the pattern display device 47. The upper part of this center frame 48 is arranged to bulge toward the window panel 22 provided on the front side. This prevents game balls from falling in front of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, and is configured to prevent inconvenience such as reduced visibility of the display screen G due to falling game balls.

The center frame 48 has four first hold lamp sections 49a provided in the upper area of the pattern display device 47, four second hold lamp sections 49b provided in the area to the right of the first hold lamp section 49a, and four third hold lamp sections 49c provided in the upper area of the first hold lamp section 49a.
The center frame 48 also has a right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 provided in the lower right area of the pattern display device 47, a crane 53D provided in the left area of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52, and a guide mechanism 58 provided in the upper right area of the pattern display device 47.

The right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 has the function of guiding a game ball flowing down the game area into the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the Krun route or the discharge route by switching between a Krun route that guides the game ball to the Krun 53D and a discharge route that discharges the game ball to the outside of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52, after the game ball enters the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52.
Furthermore, the player can hit the game ball to the right by rotating the launch handle 27 to the maximum extent, thereby shifting the arrival position of the game ball at the top of the game area from the side where the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is formed to the opposite side, thereby avoiding the variable display unit 43, etc., and guiding the game ball to the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 (right-hand hit route).

The crew 53D has a configuration substantially similar to that of the first embodiment, except for the communication passage 535.
Specifically, the crane 53D is connected to a hole 533A formed on the front side (near side) of the game board 31, and is provided with a connecting passage 535D that guides a game ball that enters the hole 533A and falls downward to the non-electric device 57.

The guide mechanism 58 has a function of guiding game balls flowing down the play area to the non-electric device 57. Specifically, the guide mechanism 58 has a passage divided by two guide rails curved so as to reach the non-electric device 57 from the upper part of the play area, and the passage is formed to a width such that multiple game balls cannot pass through at the same time.
Furthermore, the player can hit the game ball to the right by rotating the launch handle 27 slightly less than maximum, thereby shifting the position at the top of the play area where the game ball reaches from the side where the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is formed to the opposite side, thereby making it reach the entrance 58A of the guide mechanism 58 and guiding it into the inside of the guide mechanism 58 (weak hit route).

Fig. 53 is a diagram showing the internal structure of a non-electric accessory 57. Specifically, Fig. 53(A) is a diagram showing the internal structure of a non-electric accessory 57 as seen from the front side, and Fig. 53(B) is a diagram showing the internal structure of a non-electric accessory 57 as seen from the side.
As shown in Figure 53, the non-electric device 57 comprises a pair of blade members 571 arranged horizontally opposite each other, a pair of rotating shafts 572 fixed to the lower ends of each blade member 571 and arranged so as to be freely rotatable around an axis perpendicular to the surface of the game board 31, and a pair of fan-shaped gears 573 fixed concentrically to each rotating shaft 572.

As shown in Fig. 53(A), each of the blade members 571 has an opposing surface 571A that faces horizontally and is arranged along the vertical direction when the non-electric device 57 is in a closed state. Also, as shown in Fig. 53(B), each of the blade members 571 is provided in the play area (the front side of the play board 31).
Each blade member 571 is provided so that the passage 571B formed between each opposing surface 571A is narrow enough that multiple game balls cannot pass through at the same time. The non-electric device 57 also has a baffle plate 57A provided above the entrance of the passage 571B. The distance between the upper end of each blade member 571 and the baffle plate 57A is narrower than the width of one game ball. Therefore, when the non-electric device 57 is in a closed state, the game ball cannot enter the non-electric device 57 through the entrance of the passage 571B.

Of the blade members 571 , the left blade member 571 when viewed from the front side has a shaft body 571 C formed so as to have a central axis perpendicular to the surface of the game board 31 .
In addition, the non-electric device 57 is provided with a cover 574 provided in the play area so as to cover and conceal each blade member 571 and the passage 571B.

In addition, the non-electric device 57 includes a cylindrical first arm 575A that abuts the shaft body 571C from above, a pair of rotating shafts 575B that support this first arm 575A and are freely rotatable around an axis perpendicular to the surface of the game board 31, and a sector-shaped gear 575C fixed to the rotating shafts 575B.
Furthermore, the non-electric device 57 includes a fan-shaped gear 576A arranged to mesh with the gear 575C, a pair of pivot shafts 576B which support the gear 576A and are arranged to be freely rotatable about an axis perpendicular to the surface of the game board 31, and a second arm 576C fixed to the pivot shafts 576B.

The second arm 576C is positioned to receive the game ball that enters the hole 533A of the crane 53D, falls downward, and is discharged from an outlet formed below the communication passage 535D.
Therefore, the game ball that enters the hole 533A of the crane 53D falls downward and is guided to the non-electric device 57 via the connecting passage 535D falls toward the second arm 576C as shown in Figure 53 (A).

Fig. 54 is a diagram showing the internal structure of the non-electric role when a ball enters the 16-round execution gate. Specifically, Fig. 54(A) is a diagram showing the internal structure of the non-electric role 57 as seen from the front side, and Fig. 54(B) is a diagram showing the internal structure of the non-electric role 57 as seen from the side.
The game ball falling toward the second arm 576C rotates the gear 576A and the second arm 576C around the rotation shaft 576B, as shown by the arrow in FIG.
The game ball that has fallen toward the second arm 576C rotates the second arm 576C, and then travels down the second arm 576C by utilizing the inclination of the second arm 576C and enters the discharge passage 577. This discharge passage 577 discharges the game ball into the game area through the opening 313 (see FIG. 52).

In addition, the rotating shaft 575B and the gear 575C rotate in conjunction with the rotation of the gear 576A, and the first arm 575A rotates in conjunction with the rotation of the gear 575C. The first arm 575A then pushes the shaft body 571C downward. By pushing the shaft body 571C downward with the first arm 575A, each blade member 571 rotates around the pair of rotating shafts 572 as the central axis via the pair of gears 573. This causes the non-electric device 57 to transition from a closed state to an open state.

Here, the non-electric role 57 is provided with a non-electric role open detection sensor 519 that detects a transition from a closed state to an open state, similar to the non-electric role 51 in the first embodiment. The non-electric role open detection sensor 519 may be any type that can detect the opening of the non-electric role 57, and for example, a contact type sensor or the like can be used.
The distance between the upper end of each blade member 571 and the baffle plate 57A is wider than one game ball when the non-electric device 57 is in the open state. Therefore, when the non-electric device 57 is in the open state, the game ball can enter the non-electric device 57 through the entrance of the passage 571B.

Figure 55 is a diagram showing the internal structure of a non-electric role when a ball enters the non-electric role. Specifically, Figure 55(A) is a diagram showing the internal structure of a non-electric role 57 as seen from the front side, and Figure 55(B) is a diagram showing the internal structure of a non-electric role 57 as seen from the side.
The game ball that falls toward the non-electric device 57 through the guide mechanism 58 travels along the right-hand opposing surface 571A when viewed from the front side, as shown by the arrow in Figure 55, and reaches the center position of each opposing surface 571A.

Fig. 56 is a diagram showing the internal structure of the non-electric role after the ball enters the non-electric role. Specifically, Fig. 56(A) is a diagram showing the internal structure of the non-electric role 57 as seen from the front side, and Fig. 56(B) is a diagram showing the internal structure of the non-electric role 57 as seen from the side.
The game ball that reaches the center position of the opposing surface 571A falls downward as shown by the arrow in Fig. 56 while rotating each of the blade members 571. Specifically, each of the blade members 571 rotates around a pair of rotation shafts 572 as central axes via a pair of gears 573.
The game ball that falls downward while rotating each of the blade members 571 enters the discharge passage 578. This discharge passage 578 guides the game ball to the above-mentioned discharge passage 577, and the discharge passage 577 discharges the game ball into the game area through the opening 313 (see FIG. 52).

Of the blade members 571, the left blade member 571 when viewed from the front side pushes the shaft body 571C upward and also pushes the first arm portion 575A upward. The rotating shaft 575B and the gear 575C rotate in conjunction with the rotation of the first arm portion 575A.

In addition, because gear 576A and pivot shaft 576B rotate in conjunction with the rotation of gear 575C, second arm 576C rotates in conjunction with the rotation of gear 576A. Then, second arm 576C rises and returns to its original position. This causes non-electric device 57 to transition from the open state to the closed state.

When the non-electric device 57 wins an internal lottery to switch to the open/close execution mode and switches to the open/close execution mode, it becomes an opportunity to start a round of play. Specifically, when the pachinko machine 10 wins an internal lottery to switch to the open/close execution mode and switches to the open/close execution mode, and a ball enters the non-electric device 57, the pachinko machine 10 sets the open/close door 38b to an open state and starts playing a predetermined number of rounds.

Here, the entry of the ball into the non-electric device 57 is determined by detecting whether the game ball has passed through the discharge passage 577 using the detection sensor 40f. In other words, when the non-electric device 57 is in an open state, a game ball that has entered the non-electric device 57 through the entrance of the passage 571B, and when the non-electric device 57 is in a closed state, a game ball that has been guided to the non-electric device 57 through the connecting passage 535D, are both determined to have entered the non-electric device 57.

Specifically, when a ball enters the non-electric device 57, the pachinko machine 10 starts playing 16 rounds of play, and therefore the non-electric device 57 displays the letters "16R" indicating that 16 rounds of play are about to start (see FIG. 52).
In this embodiment, the non-electric device 57 and hole 533A that start the execution of 16 rounds of play are referred to as a 16-round execution gate, and each of the holes 533B, 533C that start the execution of four rounds of play are referred to as a 4-round execution gate, and the 16-round execution gate and the 4-round execution gate are collectively referred to as round play execution gates.

In this way, the non-electric device 57 has an open state in which game balls flowing down the play area can enter the device, and a closed state in which game balls flowing down the play area cannot enter the device, and functions as an opening/closing ball entry means that transitions from the open state to the closed state based on the entry of a game ball into the device.
The non-electric device 57 is equipped with each wing member 571 (first receiving portion) that receives a game ball that enters the non-electric device 57, and a second arm portion 576C (second receiving portion) that receives a game ball that enters the hole 533A, and by receiving a game ball with each wing member 571, it transitions from an open state to a closed state, and by receiving a game ball with the second arm portion 576C, it transitions from the closed state to the open state.

In this embodiment, the opening and closing ball entry means transitions from an open state to a closed state by receiving a game ball at the first receiving section, and transitions from a closed state to an open state by receiving a game ball at the second receiving section. In contrast, the opening and closing ball entry means may, for example, include a drive unit that sets the opening and closing ball entry means to either a closed state or an open state, and a sensor that detects the entry of a game ball, and the drive unit may transition the opening and closing ball entry means from the open state to the closed state based on the sensor detecting the entry of a game ball. In short, the opening and closing ball entry means has an open state that allows game balls flowing down the game area to enter, and a closed state that does not allow game balls flowing down the game area to enter, and transitions from the open state to the closed state based on the entry of a game ball.

The Krun 53D also has holes 533B, 533C (first ball entry section) that allow a game ball that has entered the Krun 53D to enter and does not cause the non-electric device 57 to transition from a closed state to an open state based on the game ball entering, and a hole 533A (second ball entry section) that allows a game ball that has entered the Krun 53D to enter and causes the non-electric device 57 to transition from a closed state to an open state based on the game ball entering. The Krun 53D also has a rolling surface 531 that rolls the game ball that has entered the Krun 53D, and the first ball entry section and the second ball entry section are provided on the rolling surface 531 and allow the game ball rolling on the rolling surface 531 to enter.

In this embodiment, the first and second ball entry sections are provided on the rolling surface 531 of the crane 53D, and allow game balls rolling on the rolling surface 531 to enter the ball entry section. In contrast, the first and second ball entry sections may be provided, for example, in a distribution mechanism that distributes game balls that have entered the variable ball entry means to the first and second ball entry sections. In this case, the probability that the distribution mechanism distributes game balls to the first and second ball entry sections may be the same or different. In short, the variable ball entry means only needs to be equipped with a first ball entry section and a second ball entry section.

As described above, the non-electric device 57 and hole 533A are 16-round execution gates that start the execution of 16 rounds of play. Also, each of the holes 533B and 533C is a 4-round execution gate that starts the execution of four rounds of play. Therefore, the open/close execution mode game that starts when a game ball enters the non-electric device 57 and hole 533A provides a higher value to the player than the open/close execution mode game that starts when a game ball enters each of the holes 533B and 533C.

Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 starts an open/close execution mode in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times the variable winning device 38 opens and closes to a predetermined number (four times in this embodiment) when a game ball enters each of the holes 533B and 533C, and starts an open/close execution mode in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times the variable winning device 38 opens and closes to a number greater than the predetermined number (16 times in this embodiment) when a game ball enters the non-electric device 57 and hole 533A.

In this embodiment, the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters the non-electric device 57 and the hole 533A is given a higher value to the player than the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters each hole 533B, 533C by setting the number of times the variable winning device 38 is opened and closed. However, for example, by setting the opening time of the variable winning device 38, a higher value may be given to the player than the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters each hole 533B, 533C. In short, the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters the open/close ball entry means and the second ball entry section may be given a higher value to the player than the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters the first ball entry section.

In addition, in this embodiment, hole 533A is a 16-round execution gate that starts the execution of 16 rounds of play, and each of holes 533B and 533C is a 4-round execution gate that starts the execution of 4 rounds of play, and the correspondence between each of holes 533A to 533C and the 16-round execution gate and the 4-round execution gate is fixed. In contrast, the correspondence between each of holes 533A to 533C and the 16-round execution gate and the 4-round execution gate does not have to be fixed, and the correspondence may be changed based on the results of an internal lottery, for example. This allows the pachinko machine 10 to expand its playability and increase the player's attention to the game.

Here, in this embodiment, the starting ball entry means includes an upper operating port 36 (first starting ball entry section) and a lower operating port 37 (second starting ball entry section).
The pachinko machine 10 also has a left-hand hitting route (first path) that makes it easier for game balls to enter the upper operating port 36 and harder for game balls to enter the lower operating port 37, and a right-hand hitting route (second path) that makes it easier for game balls to enter the lower operating port 37 and harder for game balls to enter the upper operating port 36. The non-electric device 57 is disposed on a weak hitting route (third path) that is different from the left-hand hitting route and the right-hand hitting route.

In addition, the main control device 60 has a low-frequency support mode (first game state) in which the probability of the ball landing in the lower operating port 37 is lower than that of the upper operating port 36, and a high-frequency support mode (second game state) in which the probability of the ball landing in the lower operating port 37 is higher than that of the upper operating port 36, and functions as a game state switching means for switching between the low-frequency support mode and the high-frequency support mode.
Specifically, the main control device 60 switches from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode after the open/close execution mode is finished. If the game result is a "high probability result with fewer rounds" or a "most favorable result," the main control device 60 continues the high-frequency support mode at least until the winning/losing lottery results in a "jackpot win." If the game result is a "low probability result," the main control device 60 switches from the high-frequency support mode to the low-frequency support mode after playing a predetermined number of times (100 times in this embodiment) (internal lottery).

Therefore, if the game result is a "high probability result with fewer rounds" or a "most favorable result," the player can continue to play a round after finishing the open/close execution mode by inserting the game ball into the lower operating port 37 via the right-hand hitting route, at least until the winning/losing lottery results in a "jackpot win." This allows the player to keep the non-electric device 51 open, at least until the winning/losing lottery results in a "jackpot win."

On the other hand, if the game result is a "low probability result," the player can execute a game round by making the game ball enter the lower operating port 37 via the right hit route until 100 game rounds have been executed (until the high frequency support mode is switched to the low frequency support mode) after finishing the game in the open/close execution mode. After that, since it becomes difficult to make the game ball enter the lower operating port 37 via the right hit route, the player can execute a game round by making the game ball enter the upper operating port 36 via the left hit route. In addition, since the non-electric device 57 is arranged on the weak hit route, the player can make the game ball enter the non-electric device 57 by firing the game ball along a route different from the case where the game ball enters the upper operating port 36 and the lower operating port 37. Therefore, if the non-electric device 57 is placed on the weak shot route, the player will not allow the game ball to enter the non-electric device 57 even if the game state is not changed to the open/close execution mode before 100 game turns have been played after the non-electric device 57 has been changed from the closed state to the open state. In this case, the non-electric device 57 will not change from the open state to the closed state, so the player can play with peace of mind.

In this embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 creates advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player by setting a high-frequency support mode with no limit on the number of times and a high-frequency support mode with a limit of 100 times. However, advantageous and unfavorable game states may be created for the player by setting a game state other than these. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may create advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player by varying the number of times the high-frequency support mode is continued after the opening/closing execution mode is ended. Also, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player depending on whether or not to transition to the high-frequency support mode after the opening/closing execution mode is ended. Furthermore, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player by varying the number of times the high-probability mode is continued after the opening/closing execution mode is ended.

According to this embodiment, the following actions and effects can be achieved.
(1) The pachinko machine 10 is provided with a crane 53D that allows a game ball flowing down the game area to enter the crane 53D based on the result of an internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball into the upper operating port 36 and the lower operating port 37, and the crane 53D starts a game in the open/close execution mode when the game ball enters the crane 53D. Therefore, the player can start a game in the open/close execution mode by entering a game ball into the crane 53D after shifting the game state to the open/close execution mode with the main control device 60. In addition, when the non-electric device 57 is shifted from the closed state to the open state by entering the game ball into the crane 53D, the player can start a game in the open/close execution mode by entering a game ball into the non-electric device 57 after shifting the game state to the next open/close execution mode with the main control device 60. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can expand the player's options and increase the player's attention to the game. In addition, since the non-electric device 57 is disposed on the weak shot route, the player can make the game ball enter the non-electric device 57 by shooting the game ball along a route different from the route in which the game ball enters the upper actuation port 36 and the lower actuation port 37. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can reliably reflect the player's intention, and allows the player to play comfortably.

(2) After the player finishes playing in the open/close execution mode, he or she can play a game round by making the game ball enter the lower operating port 37 via the right-hand hitting route until 100 game rounds have been played (until the high-frequency support mode is switched to the low-frequency support mode). After that, it becomes difficult to make the game ball enter the lower operating port 37 via the right-hand hitting route, so the player can play a game round by making the game ball enter the upper operating port 36 via the left-hand hitting route. In addition, since the non-electric device 57 is disposed on the weak hitting route, the player will not make the game ball enter the non-electric device 57 even if the game state is not changed to the open/close execution mode after the non-electric device 57 has been changed from the closed state to the open state until 100 game rounds have been played. Therefore, the non-electric device 57 will not change from the open state to the closed state, so the player can play with peace of mind.

(3) The open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters the non-electric device 57 and the hole 533A gives the player a higher value than the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters each of the holes 533B and 533C, so when the player starts the open/close execution mode game by having the game ball enter the crown 53D, the player will expect the ball to enter the hole 533A. Also, when the non-electric device 57 is shifted from the closed state to the open state by having the game ball enter the crown 53D, the player can shift the game state to the next open/close execution mode using the main control device 60, and then, by having the game ball enter the non-electric device 57, start the open/close execution mode game that gives the player a higher value than the open/close execution mode game that starts when the game ball enters each of the holes 533B and 533C. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can expand the options available to players and increase the player's interest in the game.

(4) The entry of a game ball into each of the holes 533B and 533C can start an open/close execution mode game in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and the entry of a game ball into the non-electric device 57 and hole 533A starts an open/close execution mode game in which more than a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, thereby providing the player with a higher value than the open/close execution mode game that starts when a game ball enters each of the holes 533B and 533C. Therefore, when starting the open/close execution mode game, the player will hope for the ball to enter hole 533A. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the player's attention to the game.

(5) The game state transition process starts an open/close execution mode game in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times that the variable winning device 38 opens and closes to a predetermined number when a game ball enters each of the holes 533B and 533C, and starts an open/close execution mode game in which more than a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times that the variable winning device 38 opens and closes to a number greater than the predetermined number when a game ball enters the non-electric device 57 and the hole 533A. Therefore, when starting the open/close execution mode game, the player will be expecting the ball to enter the hole 533A. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the player's attention to the game.

(6) Since the holes 533A to 533C are provided on the rolling surface 531 of the ball 53D, the player pays attention to the direction of the ball that enters the ball 53D. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the player's attention to the game.
(7) The non-electric device 57 transitions from an open state to a closed state by receiving a game ball on each blade member 571, and transitions from the closed state to the open state by receiving a game ball on the second arm 576C, so that the opening and closing states can be transitioned using only the weight of the game ball without requiring any other power source such as electricity.

Sixth Embodiment
A sixth embodiment of the present invention will now be described with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, parts that have already been described will be given the same reference numerals and their description will be omitted.

FIG. 57 is an enlarged view of the crane according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention as viewed from above.
In the first embodiment, the game board 31 includes a cranes 53, and when a ball lands in the hole 533A of the cranes 53, 16 rounds of games are started, and when a ball lands in the holes 533B and 533C of the cranes 53, 4 rounds of games are started. In other words, the number of times the rounds are started is associated with each of the holes 533A to 533C of the cranes 53.
In contrast, in this embodiment, the game board 31 is equipped with a crown 53E, and differs from the first embodiment in that the number of times a round game is played is not associated with each of the holes 533A to 533C of the crown 53E.

As shown in Figure 57, the crane 53E has a disk-shaped rolling surface 531 that rolls the game ball guided to the crane 53E via the guide rail 525, and a side wall 532 provided along the periphery of the rolling surface 531.
In addition, the guide rail 525 guides the game ball to the rolling surface 531 so as to follow the side wall 532 .

The rolling surface 531 includes three holes 533A to 533C formed at a predetermined distance from the center and equally spaced from each other, and a protrusion 534 formed at the center and having three side surfaces 534A to 534C that are inclined downward toward the holes 533A to 533C. The hole 533A is formed at the boundary between the rolling surface 531 and the side surface 534A of the protrusion 534. The hole 533B is formed at the boundary between the rolling surface 531 and the side surface 534B of the protrusion 534. The hole 533C is formed at the boundary between the rolling surface 531 and the side surface 534C of the protrusion 534. The rolling surface 531 is also inclined downward from the side wall 532 toward the holes 533A to 533C (see FIG. 4).
Therefore, the game ball guided to the crane 53E via the guide rail 525 rolls on the rolling surface 531 along the side wall 532, and then enters one of the holes 533A to 533C.

Each of the holes 533A to 533C is equipped with a detection sensor 40i to 40k (see FIG. 11) that detects the entry of a game ball, and the detection sensors 40i to 40k are arranged on the back side of the game board 31. Specifically, the detection sensor 40i detects the entry of a game ball into the hole 533A, the detection sensor 40j detects the entry of a game ball into the hole 533B, and the detection sensor 40k detects the entry of a game ball into the hole 533C. Note that, unlike when a ball enters one of the holes 533A to 533C, the pachinko machine 10 does not pay out prize balls when a ball enters one of the various winning holes. Also, the detection sensors 40i to 40k may be any type that can detect the entry of a game ball individually, and for example, an electromagnetic induction type proximity sensor can be used.

When each of the holes 533A-533C wins an internal lottery to switch to the open/close execution mode and switches to the open/close execution mode, it becomes an opportunity to start a round of play. Specifically, when the pachinko machine 10 wins an internal lottery to switch to the open/close execution mode and switches to the open/close execution mode, and a ball enters each of the holes 533A-533C, it sets the open/close door 38b to the open state and starts playing a predetermined number of rounds.

The crane 53E is connected to a hole 533A formed on the front side (near side) of the game board 31, and as shown by arrow B in the figure, has a communication passage 535 that guides the game ball that enters the hole 533A and falls downward to the non-electric device 51 (see FIG. 5), and is connected to two holes 533B, 533C formed on the back side (rear side) of the game board 31, and as shown by arrow C in the figure, has a discharge passage 536 that discharges the game ball that enters the holes 533B, 533C and falls downward to the game area through the opening 311 (see FIG. 2).

The side surfaces 534A to 534C of the protrusion 534 are formed from a translucent resin. The protrusion 534 also includes three two-color LEDs 534A1 to 534C1 provided vertically below each of the side surfaces 534A to 534C, and an LED driver 534D that independently drives each of the two-color LEDs 534A1 to 534C1. The LED driver 534D drives each of the two-color LEDs 534A1 to 534C1 to cause each of the two-color LEDs 534A1 to 534C1 to emit red or blue light, and thus causes each of the side surfaces 534A to 534C to emit red or blue light.

<Electrical configuration of the audio and light emission control device 90 and the display control device 100>
FIG. 58 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the audio and light emission control device and the display control device.
58, the audio and light emission control device 90 includes an audio and light emission control board 91, an MPU 92 mounted on the audio and light emission control board 91, and a ROM 93 and a RAM 94 constituting the MPU 92. Here, the MPU 92 is an element in which, in addition to the ROM 93 and RAM 94, a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input/output circuit, and the like are integrated into a single chip.

The ROM 93 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is a non-volatile storage means that does not require an external power supply to hold the stored information.
The RAM 94 is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when executing the control programs stored in the ROM 93, and is a volatile storage means that requires an external power supply to hold the stored information. This RAM 94 has various areas such as a command list storage area 94a.

The MPU 92 has an input port and an output port. As described above, the input port of the MPU 92 is connected to the main control device 60. The output port of the MPU 92 is connected to the various lamp units 23, 49a to 49c, the two-color LEDs 534A1 to 534C1, the speaker unit 24, and the display control device 100.
The MPU 92 executes drive control of the various lamp units 23 and 49 a to 49 c, the two-color LEDs 534 A 1 to 534 C 1 , and the speaker unit 24 based on commands sent from the main control device 60 .
Furthermore, the MPU 92 transmits commands resulting from the analysis of these commands to the display control device 100. The sound and light emission control device 90 is electrically connected to the display control device 100 via a connector unit (connection unit) having connectors on both ends of a signal line.

The display control device 100 comprises a display control board 101, an MPU 102, a program ROM 103 and a work RAM 104 that constitute the MPU 102, a video display processor (VDP) 105, a character ROM 106, and a video RAM 107. Here, the MPU 102 is an element that combines the program ROM 103 and the work RAM 104 as well as a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data input/output circuit on a chip. The MPU 102, VDP 105, character ROM 106, and video RAM 107 are mounted on the display control board 101.

The MPU 102 analyzes the command sent from the audio/light emission control device 90 and performs a predetermined calculation process based on the command to control the VDP 105. Specifically, the MPU 102 controls the VDP 105 by generating a command for the VDP 105.

The program ROM 103 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is a non-volatile storage means that does not require an external power supply to hold the stored information.
The work RAM 104 is a memory for temporarily storing various data, etc. when executing the control program stored in the program ROM 103, and is a volatile storage means that requires an external power supply to retain the stored information.

The VDP 105 is a type of drawing circuit that directly operates an image processing device that serves as a liquid crystal display driver built into the pattern display device 47. The VDP 105 is also called a "drawing chip" because it is made into an IC chip, and its actual form can be described as a microcomputer chip with built-in firmware dedicated to drawing processing. Based on the contents of the command generated by the MPU 102, the VDP 105 reads image data from the character ROM 106 and stores this image data in the video RAM 107.

The character ROM 106 functions as an image data library for storing character data such as designs to be displayed on the design display device 47. The character ROM 106 holds bitmap format image data of various designs, a color palette table to be referenced when determining the color to be displayed at each dot of the bitmap image, and the like.
The video RAM 107 is a memory for storing display data to be displayed on the pattern display device 47 , and the display contents of the pattern display device 47 can be changed by rewriting the contents of this video RAM 107 .

In addition, in this embodiment, the main control device 60 executes processing different from that in the first embodiment. Specifically, in this embodiment, the winning processing for the round game execution gate and the processing for setting the number of rounds are different from those in the first embodiment. The contents of the winning processing for the round game execution gate and the processing for setting the number of rounds in this embodiment are described below.

<Winning process for round game execution gate>
FIG. 59 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the winning process for the round game execution gate.
In the winning process for the round game execution gate, the MPU 62 executes steps S201E to S204 as shown in FIG.

In step S201E, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a game ball has entered the 16-round execution gate. In this embodiment, the non-electric device 51 and each of the holes 533A-533C that are set as the 16-round execution gate are referred to as the 16-round execution gate (round game execution gate), and the MPU 62 determines whether or not a game ball has entered the 16-round execution gate by determining whether or not each of the detection sensors 40i-40k corresponding to the 16-round execution gate has detected a game ball entering the gate. Note that the MPU 62 sets each of the detection sensors 40i-40k corresponding to each of the holes 533A-533C as the 16-round execution gate in the process of setting the number of rounds, which will be described later.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S201E that a game ball has entered the 16-round execution gate, it sets a 16-round execution flag in the RAM 64 in step S202. This 16-round execution flag is a flag for identifying that a ball has entered the 16-round execution gate. The MPU 62 then ends the winning process for the round game execution gate.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S201E that the game ball has not entered the 16-round execution gate, it determines in step S203E whether or not the game ball has entered the 4-round execution gate. In this embodiment, the holes 533A to 533C that are set as the 4-round execution gate among the holes 533A to 533C are called 4-round execution gates (round game execution gates), and the MPU 62 determines whether or not the detection sensors 40i to 40k corresponding to the 4-round execution gates have detected the entry of a game ball, thereby determining whether or not the game ball has entered the 4-round execution gate. Note that the MPU 62 sets the detection sensors 40i to 40k corresponding to the holes 533A to 533C as the 4-round execution gate in the process of setting the number of rounds, which will be described later.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S203E that the game ball has entered the 4-round execution gate, in step S204, it sets a 4-round execution flag in the RAM 64. This 4-round execution flag is a flag for specifying that the ball has entered the 4-round execution gate. After that, the MPU 62 ends the winning process for the round game execution gate.

In contrast, if the MPU 62 determines in step S203E that no game ball has entered the 4-round game execution gate, it ends the winning process for the round game execution gate without executing the processes in and after step S204.

FIG. 60 is a flowchart showing the process of setting the number of rounds.
In the process of setting the number of rounds, the MPU 62 executes steps S1001 to S1012 in a manner similar to that of the first embodiment. Note that, in this embodiment, the MPU 62 differs from the first embodiment in that, after executing step S1001, the MPU 62 executes step S1013E before executing step S1002, as shown in FIG.
In step S1013E, the MPU 62 executes setting processing for the round game execution gate.
The setting process for the round play execution gate will be explained in detail below.

FIG. 61 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the setting process for the round play execution gate.
In the setting process for the round game execution gate, the MPU 62 executes steps S1701E to S1703E as shown in FIG.
In step S1701E, the MPU 62 executes a lottery process for the round game execution gate. Specifically, in the lottery process for the round game execution gate, the MPU 62 executes a lottery for setting each of the holes 533A to 533C as a 16-round execution gate with a predetermined probability (50% in this embodiment).

In this embodiment, the MPU 62 sets the probability of setting each of the holes 533A-533C as the 16-round execution gate to 50%, but it may be greater or less than 50%. In addition, the MPU 62 may lower the probability of setting each of the holes 533A-533C as the 16-round execution gate when the game result is a "low probability result," and may increase the probability of setting each of the holes 533A-533C as the 16-round execution gate when the game result is a "most favorable result," or may vary the probability of setting each of the holes 533A-533C as the 16-round execution gate depending on other game conditions.

In step S1702E, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting the round game execution gate. Specifically, in the process for setting the round game execution gate, the MPU 62 sets the holes 533A-533C that won the lottery process for the round game execution gate as a 16-round execution gate, and sets the holes 533A-533C that did not win the lottery process for the round game execution gate as a 4-round execution gate.

When the MPU 62 sets each of the holes 533A to 533C as a 16-round execution gate, it sets each of the detection sensors 40i to 40k corresponding to each of the holes 533A to 533C as a 16-round execution gate.
When the MPU 62 sets each of the holes 533A to 533C as a four-round execution gate, it sets each of the detection sensors 40i to 40k corresponding to each of the holes 533A to 533C as a four-round execution gate.

The MPU 62 stores in the RAM 64 execution gate information relating to the relationship between the detection sensors 40i-40k corresponding to the holes 533A-533C and the 16-round execution gate and the 4-round execution gate. Based on the execution gate information stored in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 determines in step S201E whether a game ball has entered the 16-round execution gate, and in step S203E whether a game ball has entered the 4-round execution gate.

In step S1703E, the MPU 62 sets a command for the round game execution gate. In step S401 of the normal process, the MPU 62 transmits the command for the round game execution gate set in step S1703E to the sound and light emission control device 90. This command for the round game execution gate includes execution gate information relating to the relationship between each of the detection sensors 40i to 40k corresponding to each of the holes 533A to 533C and the 16-round execution gate and the 4-round execution gate.
The sound and light emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process based on a round game execution gate command transmitted from the MPU 62. This process will be described in detail later.

In this embodiment, the round game includes a first specific game (four rounds) and a second specific game (16 rounds) that provides a player with a higher value than the first specific game. The round game that starts when the game ball enters the non-electric device 51 is the second specific game.
In this embodiment, the second specific game provides a higher value to the player than the first specific game by making the number of times the round game is executed different, but the second specific game may provide a higher value to the player than the first specific game by paying out more game balls than the first specific game without making the number of times the round game is executed different. In short, the second specific game may provide a higher value to the player than the first specific game.

In addition, in this embodiment, the MPU 62 executes a lottery for determining whether or not to set each of the holes 533A to 533C as a 16-round execution gate in the lottery process for the round game execution gate with a predetermined probability (50% in this embodiment). In the setting process for the round game execution gate, the MPU 62 sets the holes 533A to 533C that have won the lottery process for the round game execution gate as a 16-round execution gate, and sets the holes 533A to 533C that have not won the lottery process for the round game execution gate as a 4-round execution gate. In other words, the MPU 62 executes a lottery to select the first specific game and the second specific game, thereby setting the first specific game and the second specific game that are to be started when a game ball enters each of the holes 533A to 533C. The game state transition process then starts either the first specific game or the second specific game when a game ball enters each of the holes 533A to 533C.

In this embodiment, in the lottery process for the round play execution gate, the MPU 62 performs a lottery to determine whether or not to set each hole 533A to 533C as a 16-round execution gate with a predetermined probability (50% in this embodiment), so that of the holes 533A to 533C, the number of holes 533A to 533C set as 16-round execution gates is 0 to 3.
In response to this, the MPU 62 may determine the number of holes 533A to 533C to be set in the 16-round execution gate among the holes 533A to 533C, and then determine the number of holes 533A to 533C to be set in the 16-round execution gate. In this case, for example, when the game result is a "low probability result", the number of holes 533A to 533C to be set in the 16-round execution gate among the holes 533A to 533C may be reduced, and when the game result is a "most favorable result", the number of holes 533A to 533C to be set in the 16-round execution gate among the holes 533A to 533C may be increased, or the number of holes 533A to 533C to be set in the 16-round execution gate among the holes 533A to 533C may be changed according to other game situations.

In this embodiment, the game state transition process in the first embodiment is configured so that either a first specific game or a second specific game is started when a game ball enters each of the holes 533A to 533C.
In contrast to this, for example, the game state transition processing in the second, fourth and fifth embodiments may be configured to start either a first specific game or a second specific game when a game ball enters each of the holes 533A to 533C, and the game state transition processing in the third embodiment may be configured to start either a first specific game or a second specific game when a game ball enters each of the holes 553A, 553B.

In addition, in this embodiment, the audio and light emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 execute processing different from that in the first embodiment. Specifically, in this embodiment, the performance determination processing differs from that in the first embodiment. The content of the performance determination processing in this embodiment will be described below.

<Regarding the performance determination process executed by the audio and light emission control device 90>
FIG. 62 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the effect determination process.
The MPU 92 of the sound and light emission control device 90 executes a presentation determination process to execute presentations for game times and presentations for the open/close execution mode. In this presentation determination process, the MPU 92 executes steps S1501 to S1518 in a manner similar to that of the first embodiment. Note that in this embodiment, the MPU 92 executes step S1519E after executing the process of step S1508, or before executing step S1509 if it is determined in step S1501 that the variation command and the type command have not been received, as shown in FIG. 62, which is different from the first embodiment.
In step S1519E, the MPU 92 executes a process for determining a round game execution gate.
The process of determining the round game execution gate will be described in detail below.

FIG. 63 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the process of determining the round game execution gate.
In the process of determining the round game execution gate, the MPU 92 executes steps S1801E to S1803E as shown in FIG.
In step S1801E, the MPU 92 determines whether or not a command for a round game execution gate transmitted from the MPU 62 has been received.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1801E that it has received a round game execution gate command, it executes a process of determining an execution gate determination effect in step S1802E. In the process of determining an execution gate determination effect, the MPU 92 selects the content of the effect corresponding to the round game execution gate command by referring to a table for effects stored in the ROM 93 in advance.

Furthermore, the MPU 92 controls the illumination of the display lamp unit 23 and controls the sound of the speaker unit 24 in the performance execution process of step S1403 described above, based on the content of the selected performance.
Furthermore, based on the execution gate information of the round play execution gate command, the MPU 92 causes each of the two-color LEDs 534A1 to 534C1 corresponding to each of the holes 533A to 533C set in the 16-round execution gate to emit red light, thereby causing each of the side surfaces 534A to 534C to emit red light, and causes each of the two-color LEDs 534A1 to 534C1 corresponding to each of the holes 533A to 533C set in the 4-round execution gate to emit blue light, thereby causing each of the side surfaces 534A to 534C to emit blue light.

In step S1803E, the MPU 92 sets a command for the execution gate confirmation performance related to the execution gate confirmation performance determined in the determination process of the execution gate confirmation performance in step S1802E. The MPU 92 then stores the command for the execution gate confirmation performance in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94. This command for the execution gate confirmation performance is sent to the display control device 100 in the command sending process of step S1405 described above. In addition, this command for the execution gate confirmation performance includes execution gate information relating to the relationship between each of the detection sensors 40i-40k corresponding to each of the holes 533A-533C and the 16-round execution gate and the 4-round execution gate.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out a data table from the program ROM 103 for executing the execution gate confirmation performance on the pattern display device 47 based on the command for the execution gate confirmation performance sent from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (e.g., every 20 msec) occurs. This causes the pattern display device 47 to execute the execution gate confirmation performance.

<Flow when switching to opening/closing execution mode>
Fig. 64 is a diagram showing an example of the determination process of the execution gate determination performance and the execution gate determination performance. Specifically, Fig. 64(A) is a diagram showing the display screen G of the pattern display device 47. Fig. 64(B) is an enlarged view of the crane 53E seen from above.
When the opening/closing execution mode is entered, the MPU 102 displays each of the pattern columns Z1 to Z3 in a reduced size and places them in the lower left position of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, as shown in Figure 64 (A), and stops the varying display of each of the pattern columns Z1 to Z3.

When the open/close execution mode is entered, the MPU 92 determines in step S1801E that it has received a round play execution gate command, and therefore executes a determination process for the execution gate confirmation effect in step S1802E, and sets a command for the execution gate confirmation effect related to the execution gate confirmation effect determined in the determination process for the execution gate confirmation effect in step S1802E. The MPU 102 then executes the execution gate confirmation effect based on the command for the execution gate confirmation effect sent from the MPU 92.

In the process of determining the execution gate confirmation presentation, as shown in FIG. 64(B), the MPU 92 causes the two-color LEDs 534A1-534C1 corresponding to the holes 533A-533C set in the 16-round execution gate to emit red light, thereby causing each side 534A-534C to emit red light, based on the execution gate information of the round play execution gate command, and causes the two-color LEDs 534A1-534C1 corresponding to the holes 533A-533C set in the 4-round execution gate to emit blue light, thereby causing each side 534A-534C to emit blue light.

In the example of FIG. 64, the MPU 62 sets the hole 533A as a 16-round execution gate, and the holes 533B and 533C as 4-round execution gates. Therefore, the MPU 92 causes the two-color LED 534A1 corresponding to the hole 533A set in the 16-round execution gate to emit red light, thereby causing the side 534A to emit red light, and causes the two-color LEDs 534B1 and 534C1 corresponding to the holes 533B and 533C set in the 4-round execution gate to emit blue light, thereby causing the sides 534B and 534C to emit blue light.

In the execution gate determination performance, the MPU 102 displays a schematic diagram SD of the crown 53E seen from above in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, as shown in Fig. 64 (A). Then, based on the execution gate information of the execution gate determination performance command, the MPU 102 displays in red the areas of the schematic diagram SD corresponding to each side 534A-534C of the crown 53E corresponding to each hole 533A-533C set in the 16-round execution gate, and displays in blue the areas of the schematic diagram SD corresponding to each side 534A-534C of the crown 53E corresponding to each hole 533A-533C set in the 4-round execution gate. In addition, the MPU 102 displays the words of an angel in the bottom right of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "Red is 16R, blue is 4R!", suggesting to the player that the holes 533A-533C corresponding to the red area are 16-round execution gates, and the holes 533A-533C corresponding to the blue area are 4-round execution gates.

The following is a detailed explanation of the flow when the non-electric device 51 is not opened and the opening/closing execution mode is entered, and then hole 533A is set to a 16-round execution gate and each of holes 533B and 533C is set to a 4-round execution gate by MPU 62, as shown in FIG. 64.

Figure 65 is a diagram showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the non-electric role, and the right-side variable ball entry mechanism when the non-electric role is switched to the open/close execution mode when the non-electric role is not opened. Note that Figure 65 shows a simplified view of the non-electric role 51 at the bottom left of the display screen G.
Specifically, Fig. 65(A) is a diagram showing the display screen G after the execution gate determination effect has been executed. Fig. 65(B) and (C) are diagrams showing the display screen G when a ball enters the 4-round execution gate. Fig. 65(D) and (E) are diagrams showing the display screen G when a ball enters the 16-round execution gate. Fig. 65(F) is a diagram showing the display screen G when an opening announcement effect is selected as the ending effect, which notifies the player of the opening of the non-electric role object 51.

After executing the execution gate determination performance, the MPU 92 determines in step S1601 that it has received a closed gate command, and therefore executes a process for determining the closed gate performance in step S1602, and in step S1603 sets the command for the closed gate performance determined in the process for determining the closed gate performance in step S1602. The MPU 102 then executes the closed gate performance based on the command for the closed gate performance sent from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 suggests to the player to hit to the right by displaying the words of an angel in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, "Aim for the Kruun with a right hit!", as shown in FIG. 65(A).

In addition, in step S1005, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting the Kroon route. In this process, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a to a closed state and set the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the Kroon route (see the arrow in the figure).

Here, the blade member 521a opens and closes intermittently at a cycle of 2 seconds, so when the blade member drive unit 521c sets the blade member 521a to an open state, the game ball travels along the blade member 521a by utilizing the inclination of the blade member 521a and enters the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52. When the plate 523a is set to a closed state to set the Kloon route, the game ball that enters the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 and then reaches the branching position of the guide passage 522 is guided to the guide rail 525. The game ball is then guided to the Kloon 53E via the guide rail 525.
Thereafter, the game ball is guided to the crane 53E via the guide rail 525, rolls on the rolling surface 531 along the side wall 532, and then enters one of the holes 533A to 533C.

When a ball enters holes 533B and 533C (four-round execution gates), the MPU 92 determines in step S1607 that it has received a four-round execution command, and in step S1608 executes a process for determining the four-round execution presentation, and in step S1609, sets a command for the four-round execution presentation related to the four-round execution presentation determined in the process for determining the four-round execution presentation in step S1608. The MPU 102 then executes the four-round execution presentation based on the command for the four-round execution presentation sent from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the player that four rounds of play will begin by displaying the words of an angel in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "4R confirmed! Hit right!", as shown in FIG. 65(B).

In addition, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting the discharge route. In this process, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a to an open state and set the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure).

Then, since the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that it has received an opening command, in step S1511 it determines the type of game result based on the contents of the opening command, and executes a process for determining the effect for the open/close execution mode corresponding to the type of game result determined in step S1511. Note that in the example of FIG. 65, the symbol display device 47 displays a combination of symbols having the same odd numbers (7, 7, 7) stopped on the pay line L as the stopped result, so the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "most favorable result." In addition, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of rounds of play is four, it selects effect C1 as the effect for the open/close execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes the effect for the open/close execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the open/close execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

After the performance for the open/close execution mode is finished, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that it has received an ending command, and therefore executes a process for determining whether or not to open the non-electric device in step S1515. When a ball enters each of the holes 533B and 533C (four-round execution gates), the MPU 92 determines in step S1515 that the non-electric device 51 is not open, and therefore selects a normal performance that does not notify the player of the opening of the non-electric device 51 as the ending performance. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending performance selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending performance command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 65, the performance C1 is selected as the performance for the open/close execution mode, and the MPU 102 notifies the player of the transition to the high probability mode by displaying the words of an angel present in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, "Into the special probability mode!", as shown in FIG. 65(C).

On the other hand, if a ball enters hole 533A (16-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines in step S1610 that it has received a 16-round execution command, and executes a process for determining the 16-round execution presentation in step S1611, and in step S1612, sets a command for the 16-round execution presentation related to the 16-round execution presentation determined in the process for determining the 16-round execution presentation in step S1611. The MPU 102 then executes the 16-round execution presentation based on the command for the 16-round execution presentation sent from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the player that 16 rounds of play will begin by displaying the words of an angel in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "16R confirmed! Hit right!", as shown in FIG. 65(D). In addition, a game ball that enters the hole 533A of the crane 53E, falls downward, and is guided to the non-electric device 51 via the connecting passage 535 causes the non-electric device 51 to transition from a closed state to an open state.

In addition, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting the discharge route. In this process, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a to an open state and set the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure).

Then, since the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that it has received an opening command, in step S1511 it determines the type of game result based on the contents of the opening command, and executes a process for determining the effect for the open/close execution mode corresponding to the type of game result determined in step S1511. Note that in the example of FIG. 65, the symbol display device 47 displays a combination of symbols having the same odd numbers (7, 7, 7) stopped on the pay line L as the stopped result, so the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "most favorable result." In addition, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of rounds of play is 16, it selects effect C2 as the effect for the open/close execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes the effect for the open/close execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the open/close execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

After the performance for the open/close execution mode is completed, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that it has received an ending command, and therefore executes a process for determining whether or not to open the non-electric device in step S1515. When a ball enters the hole 533A (16-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines in step S1515 that the non-electric device 51 is open, and therefore selects an opening notification performance that notifies the player of the opening of the non-electric device 51 as the ending performance. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending performance selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending performance command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 65, the performance C2 is selected as the performance for the open/close execution mode, and the MPU 102 notifies the player of the transition to the high probability mode by displaying the angel's words "Into the special mode!" that are present in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, as shown in FIG. 65 (E). After that, as shown in FIG. 65(F), the MPU 102 notifies the player that the non-electric device 51 has been opened by displaying the words of an angel in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "The next big win is confirmed as 16R with a left hit!".

Fig. 66 is a diagram showing another example of the determination process of the execution gate determination performance and the execution gate determination performance. Specifically, Fig. 66(A) is a diagram showing the display screen G of the pattern display device 47. Fig. 66(B) is an enlarged view of the crane 53E seen from above.
When transitioning to the opening and closing execution mode, the MPU 102 displays each of the pattern columns Z1 to Z3 in a reduced size and places them in the lower left position of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, as shown in Figure 66 (A), and stops the varying display of each of the pattern columns Z1 to Z3.

When the open/close execution mode is entered, the MPU 92 determines in step S1801E that it has received a round play execution gate command, and therefore executes a determination process for the execution gate confirmation effect in step S1802E, and sets a command for the execution gate confirmation effect related to the execution gate confirmation effect determined in the determination process for the execution gate confirmation effect in step S1802E. The MPU 102 then executes the execution gate confirmation effect based on the command for the execution gate confirmation effect sent from the MPU 92.

In the process of determining the execution gate confirmation presentation, as shown in FIG. 66(B), the MPU 92 causes the two-color LEDs 534A1-534C1 corresponding to the holes 533A-533C set in the 16-round execution gate to emit red light, thereby causing each side 534A-534C to emit red light, based on the execution gate information of the round play execution gate command, and causes the two-color LEDs 534A1-534C1 corresponding to the holes 533A-533C set in the 4-round execution gate to emit blue light, thereby causing each side 534A-534C to emit blue light.

In the example of FIG. 66, the MPU 62 sets the hole 533A as a 4-round execution gate, and the holes 533B and 533C as 16-round execution gates. Therefore, the MPU 92 causes the two-color LED 534A1 corresponding to the hole 533A set in the 4-round execution gate to emit blue light, thereby causing the side 534A to emit blue light, and causes the two-color LEDs 534B1 and 534C1 corresponding to the holes 533B and 533C set in the 16-round execution gate to emit red light, thereby causing the sides 534B and 534C to emit red light.

In the execution gate determination performance, the MPU 102 displays a schematic diagram SD of the crown 53E seen from above in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, as shown in Fig. 66 (A). Then, based on the execution gate information of the execution gate determination performance command, the MPU 102 displays in red the areas of the schematic diagram SD corresponding to the sides 534A-534C of the crown 53E corresponding to the holes 533A-533C set in the 16-round execution gate, and displays in blue the areas of the schematic diagram SD corresponding to the sides 534A-534C of the crown 53E corresponding to the holes 533A-533C set in the 4-round execution gate. In addition, the MPU 102 displays the words of an angel in the bottom right of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "Red is 16R, blue is 4R!", suggesting to the player that the holes 533A-533C corresponding to the red area are 16-round execution gates, and the holes 533A-533C corresponding to the blue area are 4-round execution gates.

The following is a detailed explanation of the flow when the non-electric device 51 is not opened and the opening/closing execution mode is entered, and then hole 533A is set to a 4-round execution gate by MPU 62, and each of holes 533B and 533C is set to a 16-round execution gate, as shown in FIG. 66.

Figure 67 is a diagram showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the non-electric role, and the right-side variable ball entry mechanism when the non-electric role is switched to the open/close execution mode when the non-electric role is not opened. Note that Figure 67 shows a simplified view of the non-electric role 51 at the bottom left of the display screen G.
Specifically, Fig. 67(A) is a diagram showing a display screen G after the execution gate determination effect is executed. Fig. 67(B) and (C) are diagrams showing a display screen G when a ball enters the 16-round execution gate. Fig. 67(D) and (E) are diagrams showing a display screen G when a ball enters the 4-round execution gate. Fig. 67(F) is a diagram showing a display screen G when an opening announcement effect is selected as the ending effect to notify the player of the opening of the non-electric role object 51.

After executing the execution gate determination performance, the MPU 92 determines in step S1601 that it has received a closed gate command, and therefore executes a process for determining the closed gate performance in step S1602, and in step S1603 sets the command for the closed gate performance determined in the process for determining the closed gate performance in step S1602. The MPU 102 then executes the closed gate performance based on the command for the closed gate performance sent from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 suggests to the player to hit to the right by displaying the words of an angel in the lower right corner of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, "Aim for the Kruun with a right hit!", as shown in FIG. 67(A).

In addition, in step S1005, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting the Kroon route. In this process, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a to a closed state and set the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the Kroon route (see the arrow in the figure).

Here, the blade member 521a opens and closes intermittently at a cycle of 2 seconds, so when the blade member drive unit 521c sets the blade member 521a to an open state, the game ball travels along the blade member 521a by utilizing the inclination of the blade member 521a and enters the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52. When the plate 523a is set to a closed state to set the Kloon route, the game ball that enters the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 and then reaches the branching position of the guide passage 522 is guided to the guide rail 525. The game ball is then guided to the Kloon 53E via the guide rail 525.
Thereafter, the game ball is guided to the crane 53E via the guide rail 525, rolls on the rolling surface 531 along the side wall 532, and then enters one of the holes 533A to 533C.

When a ball enters holes 533B and 533C (16-round execution gates), the MPU 92 determines in step S1610 that it has received a 16-round execution command, and in step S1611 executes a process for determining the 16-round execution presentation, and in step S1612 sets a command for the 16-round execution presentation related to the 16-round execution presentation determined in the process for determining the 16-round execution presentation in step S1611. The MPU 102 then executes the 16-round execution presentation based on the command for the 16-round execution presentation sent from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the player that 16 rounds of play will begin by displaying the words of an angel in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "16R confirmed! Hit right!", as shown in FIG. 67(B).

In addition, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting the discharge route. In this process, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a to an open state and set the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure).

Then, since the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that it has received an opening command, in step S1511 it determines the type of game result based on the contents of the opening command, and executes a process for determining the effect for the open/close execution mode corresponding to the type of game result determined in step S1511. Note that in the example of FIG. 67, the symbol display device 47 displays a combination of symbols having the same odd numbers (7, 7, 7) stopped on the pay line L as the stopped result, so the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "most favorable result." In addition, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of rounds of play is 16, it selects effect C2 as the effect for the open/close execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes the effect for the open/close execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the open/close execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

After the performance for the open/close execution mode is finished, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that it has received an ending command, and therefore executes a process for determining whether or not to open the non-electric device in step S1515. If a ball enters the holes 533B and 533C (16-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines in step S1515 that the non-electric device 51 is not open, and therefore selects a normal performance that does not notify the player of the opening of the non-electric device 51 as the ending performance. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending performance selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending performance command sent from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 67, the performance C2 is selected as the performance for the open/close execution mode, and the MPU 102 notifies the player of the transition to the high probability mode by displaying the words of an angel present in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, "Into the special probability mode!", as shown in FIG. 67(C).

On the other hand, if a ball enters hole 533A (four-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines in step S1607 that it has received a four-round execution command, and in step S1608 executes a process for determining the four-round execution presentation, and in step S1609 sets a command for the four-round execution presentation related to the four-round execution presentation determined in the process for determining the four-round execution presentation in step S1608. The MPU 102 then executes the four-round execution presentation based on the command for the four-round execution presentation sent from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the player that four rounds of play will begin by displaying the words of an angel in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, "4R confirmed! Hit right!", as shown in FIG. 67(D). In addition, a game ball that enters the hole 533A of the crane 53E, falls downward, and is guided to the non-electric device 51 via the connecting passage 535 causes the non-electric device 51 to transition from a closed state to an open state.

In addition, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting the discharge route. In this process, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a to an open state and set the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure).

Then, since the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that it has received an opening command, in step S1511 it determines the type of game result based on the contents of the opening command, and executes a process for determining the effect for the open/close execution mode corresponding to the type of game result determined in step S1511. Note that in the example of FIG. 67, the symbol display device 47 displays a combination of symbols having the same odd numbers (7, 7, 7) stopped on the pay line L as the stopped result, so the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "most favorable result." In addition, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of rounds of play is four, it selects effect C1 as the effect for the open/close execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes the effect for the open/close execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the open/close execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

After the performance for the open/close execution mode is completed, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that it has received an ending command, and therefore executes a process for determining whether or not to open the non-electric device in step S1515. When a ball enters the hole 533A (4-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines in step S1515 that the non-electric device 51 is open, and therefore selects an opening notification performance that notifies the player of the opening of the non-electric device 51 as the ending performance. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending performance selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending performance command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 67, the performance C1 is selected as the performance for the open/close execution mode, and the MPU 102 notifies the player of the transition to the high probability mode by displaying the angel's words "Into the special mode!" in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, as shown in FIG. 67 (E). After that, as shown in FIG. 67(F), the MPU 102 notifies the player that the non-electric device 51 has been opened by displaying the words of an angel in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "The next big win is confirmed as 16R with a left hit!".

In this manner, in this embodiment, hole 533A is set as a four-round execution gate in the round play execution gate setting process of step S1013E, and when a ball enters hole 533A, the execution of four rounds of play can be started and the non-electric device 51 can be transitioned from a closed state to an open state.
In response to this, in the round play execution gate setting process of step S1013E, hole 533A is set as a 16-round execution gate, and when a ball enters hole 533A, the execution of 16 rounds of play can be started and the non-electric device 51 can be transitioned from a closed state to an open state.
Therefore, when a player starts a round of play by having a game ball enter the cranes 53E, the player hopes that the game ball will enter the hole 533A and the start of 16 rounds of play.

Furthermore, in this embodiment, in the round play execution gate setting process of step S1013E, each hole 533B, 533C is set as a four-round execution gate, and when a ball enters each hole 533B, 533C, the execution of four rounds of play can be started.
In response to this, in the round play execution gate setting process of step S1013E, each hole 533B, 533C is set as a 16-round execution gate, and when a ball enters each hole 533B, 533C, the execution of 16 rounds of play can be started.
Therefore, when a player starts a round of play by causing a game ball to enter each of the holes 533B and 533C, the player can expect the start of 16 rounds of play.

The following is a detailed explanation of the process that takes place when the non-electric device 51 is opened and the opening/closing execution mode is entered.

Figure 68 is a diagram showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the non-electric role, and the right-side variable ball entry mechanism when the opening and closing execution mode is switched to when the non-electric role is opened. Note that Figure 68 shows a simplified view of the non-electric role 51 at the bottom left of the display screen G.
Specifically, Fig. 68(A) is a diagram showing a display screen G after the execution gate determination performance is executed. Fig. 68(B) and (C) are diagrams showing a display screen G when a ball enters the non-electric role object 51.

After executing the execution gate determination effect, the MPU 92 determines in step S1604 that it has received an opening command, and therefore executes a process to determine the opening effect in step S1605, and in step S1606 sets the opening effect command related to the opening effect determined in the opening effect determination process in step S1605. The MPU 102 then executes the opening effect based on the opening effect command sent from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 suggests to the player to hit left by displaying the words of an angel in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, "Hit left to confirm 16R!".

In addition, in step S1005, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting the Kroon route. In this process, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a to a closed state and set the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the Kroon route (see the arrow in the figure).

Here, the blade member 521a opens and closes intermittently at a cycle of 2 seconds, so that when the blade member drive unit 521c sets the blade member 521a to an open state, the game ball travels along the blade member 521a by utilizing the inclination of the blade member 521a and enters the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52. When the plate 523a is set to a closed state to set the Kloon route, the game ball that enters the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 and then reaches the branching position of the guide passage 522 is guided to the guide rail 525. The game ball is then guided to the Kloon 53E via the guide rail 525.
Thereafter, the game ball is guided to the crane 53E via the guide rail 525, rolls on the rolling surface 531 along the side wall 532, and then enters one of the holes 533A to 533C.
In addition, when a ball enters each of the holes 533A to 533C, the pachinko machine 10 executes the same processing as when it transitions to the opening and closing execution mode when the non-electric device 51 is not opened.

When a ball enters the non-electric device 51 (16-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines in step S1610 that it has received a 16-round execution command, and in step S1611 executes a process for determining the 16-round execution presentation, and in step S1612, sets a command for the 16-round execution presentation related to the 16-round execution presentation determined in the process for determining the 16-round execution presentation in step S1611. The MPU 102 then executes the 16-round execution presentation based on the command for the 16-round execution presentation sent from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 68(B), the MPU 102 notifies the player that 16 rounds of play will begin by displaying the words of an angel in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, "16R confirmed! Hit right!". In addition, the game ball that enters the non-electric device 51 through the entrance of the passage 511B transitions the non-electric device 51 from an open state to a closed state.

In addition, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting the discharge route. In this process, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a to an open state and set the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure).

Then, since the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that it has received an opening command, in step S1511 it determines the type of game result based on the contents of the opening command, and executes a process for determining the effect for the open/close execution mode corresponding to the type of game result determined in step S1511. Note that in the example of FIG. 68, the symbol display device 47 displays a combination of symbols having the same odd numbers (7, 7, 7) stopped on the pay line L as the stopped result, so the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "most favorable result." In addition, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of rounds of play is 16, it selects effect C2 as the effect for the open/close execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes the effect for the open/close execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the open/close execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

After the performance for the open/close execution mode is completed, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that it has received an ending command, and therefore executes a process for determining whether or not to open the non-electric device in step S1515. If a ball enters the non-electric device 51 (16-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines in step S1515 that the non-electric device 51 is not open, and therefore selects a normal performance that does not notify the player of the opening of the non-electric device 51 as the ending performance. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending performance selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending performance command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 68, the performance C2 is selected as the performance for the open/close execution mode, and the MPU 102 notifies the player of the transition to the high probability mode by displaying the words of an angel present in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, "Into the special probability mode!", as shown in FIG. 68 (C).

Here, in this embodiment, the starting ball entry means includes an upper operating port 36 (first starting ball entry section) and a lower operating port 37 (second starting ball entry section).
The pachinko machine 10 also has a left-hand hitting route (first path) that makes it easier for game balls to enter the upper operating port 36 and harder for game balls to enter the lower operating port 37, and a right-hand hitting route (second path) that makes it easier for game balls to enter the lower operating port 37 and harder for game balls to enter the upper operating port 36. The non-electric device 51 is disposed on the left-hand hitting route.

In addition, the main control device 60 has a low-frequency support mode (first game state) in which the probability of the ball landing in the lower operating port 37 is lower than that of the upper operating port 36, and a high-frequency support mode (second game state) in which the probability of the ball landing in the lower operating port 37 is higher than that of the upper operating port 36, and functions as a game state switching means for switching between the low-frequency support mode and the high-frequency support mode.
Specifically, the main control device 60 switches from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode after the open/close execution mode is finished. If the game result is a "high probability result with fewer rounds" or a "most favorable result," the main control device 60 continues the high-frequency support mode at least until the winning/losing lottery results in a "jackpot win." If the game result is a "low probability result," the main control device 60 switches from the high-frequency support mode to the low-frequency support mode after playing a predetermined number of times (100 times in this embodiment) (internal lottery).

Therefore, if the game result is a "high probability result with fewer rounds" or a "most favorable result," the player can continue to play a round after finishing the open/close execution mode by inserting the game ball into the lower operating port 37 via the right-hand hitting route, at least until the winning/losing lottery results in a "jackpot win." This allows the player to keep the non-electric device 51 open, at least until the winning/losing lottery results in a "jackpot win."

On the other hand, if the game result is a "low probability result," the player can execute a game round by making the game ball enter the lower operating port 37 via the right hit route until 100 game rounds are executed (until the high frequency support mode is switched to the low frequency support mode) after finishing the game in the open/close execution mode. After that, since it becomes difficult to make the game ball enter the lower operating port 37 via the right hit route, the player can execute a game round by making the game ball enter the upper operating port 36 via the left hit route. Therefore, if the non-electric device 51 is arranged on the left hit route, the player will end up making the game ball enter the non-electric device 51 via the left hit route unless the game state is shifted to the open/close execution mode after the non-electric device 51 is shifted from the closed state to the open state before 100 game rounds are executed. In this case, the non-electric device 51 will transition from an open state to a closed state, so the player can play in the hope that the game state will transition to the open/close execution mode before 100 play cycles are completed.

In this embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 creates advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player by setting a high-frequency support mode with no limit on the number of times and a high-frequency support mode with a limit of 100 times. However, advantageous and unfavorable game states may be created for the player by setting a game state other than these. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may create advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player by varying the number of times the high-frequency support mode is continued after the opening/closing execution mode is ended. Also, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player depending on whether or not to transition to the high-frequency support mode after the opening/closing execution mode is ended. Furthermore, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player by varying the number of times the high-probability mode is continued after the opening/closing execution mode is ended.

Here, when the non-electric device 51 is opened and the mode is switched to the open/close execution mode, the player can select whether to cause the ball to enter each of the holes 533A to 533C of the crane 53E or to cause the ball to enter the non-electric device 51.
Therefore, for example, when the non-electric device 51 is opened, the player shifts to the open/close execution mode, and if the game result is a "high probability result with fewer rounds" or a "most favorable result," the player can continue the high probability mode while maintaining the open state of the non-electric device 51 by aiming for a ball to enter the 16-round execution gate or the 4-round execution gate of the crane 53E. After that, the player shifts to the open/close execution mode when the non-electric device 51 is opened, and if the game result is a "low probability result," the non-electric device 51 can be shifted from the open state to the closed state by aiming for a ball to enter the non-electric device 51. Therefore, if the player does not shift the game state to the open/close execution mode before executing 100 game times after shifting the non-electric device 51 from the closed state to the open state, the player can avoid a situation in which the game ball enters the non-electric device 51 via the left-hitting route. As a result, the pachinko machine 10 can expand the options available to the player and increase the player's interest in the game.

In addition, when the non-electric device 51 is opened and the mode is switched to the open/close execution mode, the player can select whether to cause the ball to enter each of the holes 533A to 533C of the crane 53E or the non-electric device 51, based on the result of the execution gate determination performance.
For example, when the number of 16-round execution gates is compared with the number of 4-round execution gates, and the number of 16-round execution gates is greater (see FIG. 66 for example), the player can aim for the ball to enter the 16-round execution gate of the Kluen 53E while maintaining the open state of the non-electric gadget 51 by aiming for the ball to enter the 16-round execution gate or the 4-round execution gate of the Kluen 53E. In particular, when the number of 16-round execution gates is three, that is, when all of the holes 533A to 533C are set as 16-round execution gates in the round game execution gate setting process of step S1013E, the player can reliably aim for the ball to enter the 16-round execution gate of the Kluen 53E while maintaining the open state of the non-electric gadget 51. This allows the pachinko machine 10 to expand the player's options and increase the player's interest in the game.

In this embodiment, the opening/closing ball entry means transitions from an open state to a closed state based on the entry of one game ball, but it may also transition from the open state to a closed state based on the entry of two or more game balls.
When the opening and closing ball entry means is configured in this way, for example, the player can keep the opening and closing ball entry means open even after the first game ball enters the opening and closing ball entry means, so that the order in which the player aims at the round game execution gate can be diversified. In this way, the pachinko machine 10 can further expand the options of the player and further increase the player's interest in the game.

According to the present embodiment, in addition to the same functions and advantages as those (6) and (7) in the first embodiment, the following functions and advantages can be achieved.
(1) The pachinko machine 10 is provided with a cranes 53E that allows game balls flowing down the game area to enter the cranes based on the results of an internal lottery performed based on the entry of game balls into the upper operating port 36 and the lower operating port 37, and the cranes 53E are provided with holes 533A-533C that start a game in the open/close execution mode when a game ball enters the cranes 53E. Therefore, the player can start a game in the open/close execution mode by entering a game ball into each of the holes 533A-533C after shifting the game state to the open/close execution mode with the main control device 60. In addition, the hole 533A shifts the non-electric device 51 from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball, so that the player can start a game in the open/close execution mode by entering a game ball into the non-electric device 51 after shifting the game state to the next open/close execution mode with the main control device 60. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can expand the options available to the player and increase the player's interest in the game.

(2) The game in the open/close execution mode includes a first specific game and a second specific game that provides the player with a higher value than the first specific game, and the game state transition process starts either the first specific game or the second specific game when a game ball enters each of the holes 533A to 533C, so that the player can expect the second specific game to start when the game in the open/close execution mode is started by having a game ball enter the crown 53E. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can further increase the player's attention to the game.
(3) The main control device 60 executes a lottery for selecting the first and second specific games, thereby setting the first and second specific games to be started when the game ball enters each of the holes 533A to 533C, so that the player pays attention to the result of the lottery for selecting the first and second specific games. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the player's attention to the games.

(4) The game state transition process starts a first specific game in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and starts a second specific game in which more than the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, so that when a game in the open/close execution mode is started, the player will look forward to the start of the second specific game. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the player's attention to the game.
(5) The game state transition process starts a first specific game in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times the variable winning device 38 is opened and closed to a predetermined number, and starts a second specific game in which more than the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times the variable winning device 38 is opened and closed to a number greater than the predetermined number, so that when a game in the open/close execution mode is started, the player will look forward to the start of the second specific game. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the player's interest in the game.
(6) Since the holes 533A to 533C are provided on the rolling surface 531 of the ball 53E, the player pays attention to the direction of the ball that enters the ball 53E. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the player's attention to the game.

Seventh Embodiment
A seventh embodiment of the present invention will now be described with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, parts that have already been described will be given the same reference numerals and their description will be omitted.

In the sixth embodiment, the game board 31 includes a cranes 53E, and the game ball guided to the cranes 53E enters one of the holes 533A to 533C. When the ball enters one of the holes 533A to 533C of the cranes 53E, the game board 31 starts the execution of 16 round games or 4 round games. In other words, the game ball guided to the cranes 53E starts the execution of the round game without exception.
In contrast, this embodiment differs from the sixth embodiment in that the game ball guided to the crane 53E does not necessarily start the execution of a round game.

In addition, in this embodiment, the main control device 60 executes processing different from that in the sixth embodiment. Specifically, in this embodiment, the setting processing for the round game execution gate is different from that in the sixth embodiment. The contents of the setting processing for the round game execution gate in this embodiment are described below.

Figure 69 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the setting process for a round game execution gate according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention.
In the setting process for the round game execution gate, the MPU 62 executes steps S1704F to S1703F. Note that in this embodiment, the MPU 92 executes steps S1701F and S1703F instead of steps S1701E and S1703E as shown in FIG. 69, and is different from the sixth embodiment in that it executes step S1704F before executing step S1701F.

In step S1704F, the MPU 62 executes a replay gate selection process. Specifically, in the replay gate selection process, the MPU 62 selects one of the holes 533A-533C and sets it as the replay gate. Note that in this embodiment, the MPU 62 selects one of the holes 533A-533C and sets it as the replay gate, but it may select multiple holes and set them as the replay gate. Also, in this embodiment, the selection probability for each of the holes 533A-533C is the same, but it may be different.

When the MPU 62 sets each of the holes 533A to 533C as a replay gate, it sets each of the detection sensors 40i to 40k corresponding to each of the holes 533A to 533C as a replay gate.
Specifically, when a ball lands in any of the holes 533A to 533C set in the replay gate, the pachinko machine 10 pays out prize balls (three in this embodiment) in the same manner as when a ball lands in any of the winning holes. For example, the pachinko machine 10 sets the hole 533A as the replay gate in the replay gate selection process in step S1704F, and pays out three prize balls when a ball lands in the hole 533A, but does not pay out prize balls when balls lands in the holes 533B and 533C.

In step S1701F, the MPU 62 executes a lottery process for the round play execution gate. Specifically, in the lottery process for the round play execution gate, the MPU 62 executes a lottery with a predetermined probability (50% in this embodiment) to determine whether or not to set each of the holes 533A-533C that was not set as a replay gate as a 16-round execution gate.

In step S1702E, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting the round game execution gate. Specifically, in the process for setting the round game execution gate, the MPU 62 sets the holes 533A-533C that won the lottery process for the round game execution gate as a 16-round execution gate, and sets the holes 533A-533C that did not win the lottery process for the round game execution gate as a 4-round execution gate.

When the MPU 62 sets each of the holes 533A to 533C as a 16-round execution gate, it sets each of the detection sensors 40i to 40k corresponding to each of the holes 533A to 533C as a 16-round execution gate.
When the MPU 62 sets each of the holes 533A to 533C as a four-round execution gate, it sets each of the detection sensors 40i to 40k corresponding to each of the holes 533A to 533C as a four-round execution gate.

The MPU 62 stores in the RAM 64 execution gate information relating to the relationship between each of the detection sensors 40i-40k corresponding to each of the holes 533A-533C and the replay gate, the 16-round execution gate, and the 4-round execution gate. Based on the execution gate information stored in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 determines in step S201E whether a game ball has entered the 16-round execution gate, and in step S203E whether a game ball has entered the 4-round execution gate.

In step S1703F, the MPU 62 sets a command for the round game execution gate. In step S401 of the normal process, the MPU 62 transmits the command for the round game execution gate set in step S1703F to the sound and light emission control device 90. This command for the round game execution gate includes execution gate information relating to the relationship between each of the detection sensors 40i to 40k corresponding to each of the holes 533A to 533C and the replay gate, the 16-round execution gate, and the 4-round execution gate.
The sound and light emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process based on a round game execution gate command transmitted from the MPU 62. This process will be described in detail later.

In this embodiment, the round game includes a first specific game (four rounds) and a second specific game (16 rounds) that provides a player with a higher value than the first specific game. The round game that starts when the game ball enters the non-electric device 51 is the second specific game.
In this embodiment, the second specific game provides a higher value to the player than the first specific game by making the number of times the round game is executed different, but the second specific game may provide a higher value to the player than the first specific game by paying out more game balls than the first specific game without making the number of times the round game is executed different. In short, the second specific game may provide a higher value to the player than the first specific game.

In addition, in this embodiment, the MPU 62 executes a lottery for determining whether or not to set each of the holes 533A to 533C as a 16-round execution gate in the lottery process for the round game execution gate with a predetermined probability (50% in this embodiment). In the setting process for the round game execution gate, the MPU 62 sets the holes 533A to 533C that have won the lottery process for the round game execution gate as a 16-round execution gate, and sets the holes 533A to 533C that have not won the lottery process for the round game execution gate as a 4-round execution gate. In other words, the MPU 62 executes a lottery to select the first specific game and the second specific game, thereby setting the first specific game and the second specific game that are to be started when a game ball enters each of the holes 533A to 533C. The game state transition process then starts either the first specific game or the second specific game when a game ball enters each of the holes 533A to 533C.

In this embodiment, in the lottery process for the round play execution gate, the MPU 62 performs a lottery with a predetermined probability (50% in this embodiment) to determine whether or not to set each hole 533A to 533C as a 16-round execution gate, and therefore, of the holes 533A to 533C, the number of holes 533A to 533C set as 16-round execution gates is 0 to 2.
In response to this, the MPU 62 may determine the number of holes 533A to 533C to be set in the 16-round execution gate among the holes 533A to 533C, and then determine the number of holes 533A to 533C to be set in the 16-round execution gate. In this case, for example, when the game result is a "low probability result", the number of holes 533A to 533C to be set in the 16-round execution gate among the holes 533A to 533C may be reduced, and when the game result is a "most favorable result", the number of holes 533A to 533C to be set in the 16-round execution gate among the holes 533A to 533C may be increased, or the number of holes 533A to 533C to be set in the 16-round execution gate among the holes 533A to 533C may be changed according to other game situations.

In addition, in this embodiment, the audio and light emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 execute processing different from that in the sixth embodiment. Specifically, in this embodiment, the process of determining the round game execution gate differs from that in the sixth embodiment. The contents of the process of determining the round game execution gate in this embodiment are described below.

FIG. 70 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the process of determining the round game execution gate.
In the process of determining the round game execution gate, the MPU 92 executes steps S1801E to S1803F. Note that, in this embodiment, the MPU 92 differs from the sixth embodiment in that it executes steps S1802F and S1803F instead of steps S1802E and S1803E, as shown in FIG.

In step S1801E, the MPU 92 determines whether or not a command for a round game execution gate transmitted from the MPU 62 has been received.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S1801E that it has received a round game execution gate command, it executes a process for determining an execution gate determination effect in step S1802F. In this process, the MPU 92 selects the content of the effect corresponding to the round game execution gate command by referring to a table for effects stored in advance in the ROM 93.

Furthermore, the MPU 92 controls the illumination of the display lamp unit 23 and controls the sound of the speaker unit 24 in the performance execution process of step S1403 described above, based on the content of the selected performance.
Furthermore, the MPU 92 causes the two-color LEDs 534A1 to 534C1 corresponding to the holes 533A to 533C set in the 16-round execution gate to emit red light, and causes the two-color LEDs 534A1 to 534C1 corresponding to the holes 533A to 533C set in the 4-round execution gate to emit blue light, so that the sides 534A to 534C emit blue light. And, the MPU 92 causes the two-color LEDs 534A1 to 534C1 corresponding to the holes 533A to 533C set in the replay gate not to emit light, so that the sides 534A to 534C do not emit light, based on the execution gate information of the round game execution gate command.

In step S1803F, the MPU 92 sets an execution gate confirmation effect command for the execution gate confirmation effect determined in the execution gate confirmation effect determination process in step S1802F. The MPU 92 then stores the execution gate confirmation effect command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94. This execution gate confirmation effect command is sent to the display control device 100 in the command sending process in step S1405 described above. In addition, this execution gate confirmation effect command includes execution gate information relating to the relationship between each of the detection sensors 40i-40k corresponding to each of the holes 533A-533C and the replay gate, the 16-round execution gate, and the 4-round execution gate.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out a data table from the program ROM 103 for executing the execution gate confirmation performance on the pattern display device 47 based on the command for the execution gate confirmation performance sent from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (e.g., every 20 msec) occurs. This causes the pattern display device 47 to execute the execution gate confirmation performance.

<Flow when switching to opening/closing execution mode>
Fig. 71 is a diagram showing an example of the determination process of the execution gate determination performance and the execution gate determination performance. Specifically, Fig. 71(A) is a diagram showing the display screen G of the pattern display device 47. Fig. 71(B) is an enlarged view of the crane 53E seen from above.
When the opening/closing execution mode is entered, the MPU 102 displays each of the pattern columns Z1 to Z3 in a reduced size and places them in the lower left position of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, as shown in Figure 71 (A), and stops the varying display of each of the pattern columns Z1 to Z3.

When the open/close execution mode is entered, the MPU 92 determines in step S1801E that it has received a round play execution gate command, and therefore executes a determination process for the execution gate determination effect in step S1802F, and sets an execution gate determination effect command for the execution gate determination effect determined in the execution gate determination effect determination process in step S1802F in step S1803F. The MPU 102 then executes the execution gate determination effect based on the execution gate determination effect command sent from the MPU 92.

In the determination process of the execution gate confirmation performance, as shown in FIG. 71(B), the MPU 92 causes the two-color LEDs 534A1-534C1 corresponding to the holes 533A-533C set in the 16-round execution gate to emit red light, thereby causing each side 534A-534C to emit red light, and causes the two-color LEDs 534A1-534C1 corresponding to the holes 533A-533C set in the 4-round execution gate to emit blue light, thereby causing each side 534A-534C to emit blue light, based on the execution gate information of the round play execution gate command. Then, the MPU 92 causes the two-color LEDs 534A1-534C1 corresponding to the holes 533A-533C set in the replay gate not to emit light, thereby preventing each side 534A-534C from emitting light, based on the execution gate information of the round play execution gate command.

71, the MPU 62 sets the hole 533A to the 16-round execution gate and the hole 533B to the 4-round execution gate. Therefore, the MPU 92 causes the two-color LED 534A1 corresponding to the hole 533A set to the 16-round execution gate to emit red light, thereby causing the side surface 534A to emit red light, and causes the two-color LED 534B1 corresponding to the hole 533B set to the 4-round execution gate to emit blue light, thereby causing the side surface 534B to emit blue light.
71, the MPU 62 sets the hole 533C in the replay gate. Therefore, the MPU 92 prevents the two-color LED 534C1 corresponding to the hole 533C set in the replay gate from emitting light, thereby preventing the side surface 534C from emitting light.

In the execution gate determination performance, the MPU 102 displays a schematic diagram SD of the crown 53E seen from above in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, as shown in FIG. 71 (A). Then, based on the execution gate information of the execution gate determination performance command, the MPU 102 displays in red the areas of the schematic diagram SD corresponding to the respective sides 534A-534C of the crown 53E corresponding to the respective holes 533A-533C set in the 16 round execution gate, and displays in blue the areas of the schematic diagram SD corresponding to the respective sides 534A-534C of the crown 53E corresponding to the respective holes 533A-533C set in the 4 round execution gate. Also, based on the execution gate information of the execution gate determination performance command, the MPU 102 displays in white the areas of the schematic diagram SD corresponding to the respective sides 534A-534C of the crown 53E corresponding to the respective holes 533A-533C set in the replay gate. In addition, the MPU 102 displays the words of an angel in the bottom right of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "Red is 16R, blue is 4R!", suggesting to the player that the holes 533A-533C corresponding to the red area are 16-round execution gates, and the holes 533A-533C corresponding to the blue area are 4-round execution gates.

Below, we will explain in detail with reference to FIG. 65 the flow when the MPU 62 sets hole 533A as the 16-round execution gate, hole 533B as the 4-round execution gate, and hole 533C as the replay gate as shown in FIG. 71 after switching to the open/close execution mode when the non-electric device 51 is not open. Note that the flow when a ball enters the replay gate is the same regardless of the setting status of the round game execution gate or the opening status of the non-electric device 51, so we will omit the explanation according to the setting status of the round game execution gate and the opening status of the non-electric device 51.

After executing the execution gate determination performance, the MPU 92 determines in step S1601 that it has received a closed gate command, and therefore executes a process for determining the closed gate performance in step S1602, and in step S1603 sets the command for the closed gate performance determined in the process for determining the closed gate performance in step S1602. The MPU 102 then executes the closed gate performance based on the command for the closed gate performance sent from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 suggests to the player to hit to the right by displaying the words of an angel in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, "Aim for the Kruun with a right hit!", as shown in FIG. 65(A).

In addition, in step S1005, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting the Kroon route. In this process, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a to a closed state and set the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the Kroon route (see the arrow in the figure).

Here, the blade member 521a opens and closes intermittently at a cycle of 2 seconds, so when the blade member drive unit 521c sets the blade member 521a to an open state, the game ball travels along the blade member 521a by utilizing the inclination of the blade member 521a and enters the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52. When the plate 523a is set to a closed state to set the Kloon route, the game ball that enters the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 and then reaches the branching position of the guide passage 522 is guided to the guide rail 525. The game ball is then guided to the Kloon 53E via the guide rail 525.
Thereafter, the game ball is guided to the crane 53E via the guide rail 525, rolls on the rolling surface 531 along the side wall 532, and then enters one of the holes 533A to 533C.

When a ball enters hole 533B (four-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines in step S1607 that it has received a four-round execution command, and in step S1608 executes a process for determining the four-round execution effect, and in step S1609 sets a command for the four-round execution effect related to the four-round execution effect determined in the process for determining the four-round execution effect in step S1608. The MPU 102 then executes the four-round execution effect based on the command for the four-round execution effect sent from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the player that four rounds of play will begin by displaying the words of an angel in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "4R confirmed! Hit right!", as shown in FIG. 65(B).

In addition, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting the discharge route. In this process, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a to an open state and set the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure).

Then, since the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that it has received an opening command, in step S1511 it determines the type of game result based on the contents of the opening command, and executes a process for determining the effect for the open/close execution mode corresponding to the type of game result determined in step S1511. Note that in the example of FIG. 65, the symbol display device 47 displays a combination of symbols having the same odd numbers (7, 7, 7) stopped on the pay line L as the stopped result, so the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "most favorable result." In addition, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of rounds of play is four, it selects effect C1 as the effect for the open/close execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes the effect for the open/close execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the open/close execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

After the performance for the open/close execution mode is completed, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that it has received an ending command, and therefore executes a process for determining whether or not to open the non-electric device in step S1515. If a ball enters the hole 533B (4-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines in step S1515 that the non-electric device 51 is not open, and therefore selects a normal performance that does not notify the player of the opening of the non-electric device 51 as the ending performance. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending performance selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending performance command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 65, the performance C1 is selected as the performance for the open/close execution mode, and the MPU 102 notifies the player of the transition to the high probability mode by displaying the words of an angel present in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, "Into the special probability mode!", as shown in FIG. 65(C).

On the other hand, if a ball enters hole 533A (16-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines in step S1610 that it has received a 16-round execution command, and executes a process for determining the 16-round execution presentation in step S1611, and in step S1612, sets a command for the 16-round execution presentation related to the 16-round execution presentation determined in the process for determining the 16-round execution presentation in step S1611. The MPU 102 then executes the 16-round execution presentation based on the command for the 16-round execution presentation sent from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the player that 16 rounds of play will begin by displaying the words of an angel in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "16R confirmed! Hit right!", as shown in FIG. 65(D). In addition, a game ball that enters the hole 533A of the crane 53E, falls downward, and is guided to the non-electric device 51 via the connecting passage 535 causes the non-electric device 51 to transition from a closed state to an open state.

In addition, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting the discharge route. In this process, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a to an open state and set the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure).

Then, since the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that it has received an opening command, in step S1511 it determines the type of game result based on the contents of the opening command, and executes a process for determining the effect for the open/close execution mode corresponding to the type of game result determined in step S1511. Note that in the example of FIG. 65, the symbol display device 47 displays a combination of symbols having the same odd numbers (7, 7, 7) stopped on the pay line L as the stopped result, so the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "most favorable result." In addition, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of rounds of play is 16, it selects effect C2 as the effect for the open/close execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes the effect for the open/close execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the open/close execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

After the performance for the open/close execution mode is completed, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that it has received an ending command, and therefore executes a process for determining whether or not to open the non-electric device in step S1515. When a ball enters the hole 533A (16-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines in step S1515 that the non-electric device 51 is open, and therefore selects an opening notification performance that notifies the player of the opening of the non-electric device 51 as the ending performance. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending performance selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending performance command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 65, the performance C2 is selected as the performance for the open/close execution mode, and the MPU 102 notifies the player of the transition to the high probability mode by displaying the angel's words "Into the special mode!" in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, as shown in FIG. 65 (E). After that, as shown in FIG. 65(F), the MPU 102 notifies the player of the opening of the non-electric device 51 by displaying the words of an angel in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "The next big win is confirmed as 16R with a left hit!".

When a ball lands in hole 533C (replay gate), the MPU 62 pays out three winning balls.
Also, since the MPU 62 determines in step S1006 that the round game execution flag is not set in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 does not execute the setting process of the discharge route in step S1012. Therefore, the MPU 62 sets the plate 523a to the closed state, and maintains the state in which the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 is set to the crown route. In other words, the game ball will enter the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 by running along the blade member 521a using the inclination of the blade member 521a, so the player can receive the prize balls unless the ball enters the 16-round execution gate or the 4-round execution gate.

Thus, in this embodiment, the holes 533A to 533C set in the 16-round execution gate and the holes 533A to 533C set in the 4-round execution gate function as specific ball entry sections that allow game balls that have entered the crown 53E to enter and control the round game based on the game balls entering the crown 53E. Also, the holes 533A to 533C set in the replay gate function as non-specific ball entry sections that allow game balls that have entered the crown 53E to enter and do not control the round game based on the game balls entering the crown 53E.
In this embodiment, the specific ball entry section controls the round game by starting the round game based on the entry of the game ball, and the non-specific ball entry section does not control the round game by not starting the round game based on the entry of the game ball. In contrast, for example, the game state transition means may start the round game regardless of the entry of the game ball into the specific ball entry section and the non-specific ball entry section, the specific ball entry section controls the round game by transitioning to the high probability mode based on the entry of the game ball, and the non-specific ball entry section does not control the round game by not transitioning to the high probability mode based on the entry of the game ball. In short, it is sufficient that the specific ball entry section controls the round game based on the entry of the game ball, and the non-specific ball entry section does not control the round game based on the entry of the game ball.

In addition, in this embodiment, the non-specific ball entry section is set so as not to transition the non-electric device 51 from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball, and the specific ball entry section is set so as to transition the non-electric device 51 from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball.
In this embodiment, each of the holes 533A to 533C set in the replay gate executes the payout of game balls based on the entry of the game ball. Note that, in this embodiment, each of the holes 533A to 533C set in the replay gate executes the payout of game balls based on the entry of the game ball, but it is not necessary to execute the payout of game balls.

According to the present embodiment, in addition to being able to achieve the same actions and effects as (6) and (7) in the first embodiment and (4) to (6) in the sixth embodiment, the following actions and effects can be achieved.
(1) The pachinko machine 10 is provided with a crown 53E that allows a game ball flowing down the game area to enter the crown 53E based on the result of an internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball into the upper actuation port 36 and the lower actuation port 37, and the crown 53E is provided with a specific ball entry section that controls the game in the open/close execution mode when the game ball enters the crown 53E. Therefore, the player can control the game in the open/close execution mode by entering the game ball into the specific ball entry section after shifting the game state to the open/close execution mode with the main control device 60. In addition, since the non-specific ball entry section does not control the game in the specific control state based on the entry of the game ball, the player can enter the crown 53E again. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the player's attention to the game.

(2) Since the non-specific ball entry section executes the payout of game balls based on the entry of game balls, the player can increase the number of game balls without starting the open/close execution mode game by having the game ball enter the non-specific ball entry section after shifting the game state to the open/close execution mode with the main control device 60. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the player's attention to the game.
(3) The specific ball entry section transitions the non-electric device 51 from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of a game ball, so that the player can start playing in the open/close execution mode by entering a game ball into the non-electric device 51 after transitioning the game state to the next specific control state using the main control device 60. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can broaden the player's options and increase the player's interest in the game.

(4) The game in the open/close execution mode includes a first specific game and a second specific game that provides a player with a higher value than the first specific game, and the game state transition process starts either the first specific game or the second specific game when a game ball enters the specific ball entry section, so that the player can expect the second specific game to start when the round game is started by having the game ball enter the specific ball entry section. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can further increase the player's attention to the game.
(5) The main control device 60 executes a lottery for selecting the first and second specific games, thereby setting the first and second specific games to be started when the game ball enters the specific ball entry section, so that the player pays attention to the result of the lottery for selecting the first and second specific games. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the player's attention to the game.

In this embodiment, the non-specific ball entry section is set so as not to cause the non-electric device 51 to transition from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball, and the specific ball entry section is set so as to cause the non-electric device 51 to transition from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball, but the opposite relationship may also be set. Specifically, the specific ball entry section is set so as not to cause the non-electric device 51 to transition from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball, and the non-specific ball entry section may be set so as to cause the non-electric device 51 to transition from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball.
According to this, the non-specific ball entry section transitions the non-electric device 51 from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball, so that the player can then start a round of play by having the game ball enter the non-electric device 51 without having the game ball enter the specific ball entry section. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can broaden the player's options and increase the player's interest in the game.

Eighth embodiment
An eighth embodiment of the present invention will now be described with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, parts that have already been described will be given the same reference numerals and their description will be omitted.

In the seventh embodiment, the crane 53E has a hole 533C set in the replay gate, and when a ball lands in the hole 533C, the MPU 62 pays out three winning balls.
In contrast, in this embodiment, when a ball enters hole 533C (replay gate), the MPU 62 re-executes the replay gate selection process, the round play execution gate lottery process, and the round play execution gate setting process, which differs from the seventh embodiment.

In addition, in this embodiment, the main control device 60 executes processing different from that of the seventh embodiment. Specifically, in this embodiment, the winning processing for the round game execution gate and the processing for setting the number of rounds are different from those of the seventh embodiment. The contents of the winning processing for the round game execution gate and the processing for setting the number of rounds in this embodiment are described below.

<Winning process for round game execution gate>
FIG. 72 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the winning process for the round game execution gate according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention.
In the winning process for the round game execution gate, the MPU 62 executes steps S201E to S206G. Note that, in this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 72, when the MPU 62 determines in step S203E that the game ball has not entered the 4-round game execution gate, it executes the process from step S205G onward, which is different from the seventh embodiment.

In step S205G, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a game ball has entered the replay gate. Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a game ball has entered the replay gate by determining whether or not each of the detection sensors 40i to 40k corresponding to the replay gate has detected the entry of a game ball.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S205G that the game ball has entered the replay gate, it sets a replay flag in the RAM 64 in step S206G. This replay flag is a flag for identifying the occurrence of a ball entering the replay gate. The MPU 62 then ends the winning process for the round game execution gate.

In contrast, if the MPU 62 determines in step S205G that the game ball has not entered the replay gate, it ends the winning process for the round game execution gate without executing the processes in and after step S206G.

FIG. 73 is a flowchart showing the process of setting the number of rounds.
In the process of setting the number of rounds, the MPU 62 executes steps S1001 to S1012 in the same manner as in the seventh embodiment. Note that, in this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 73, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1006 that the round game execution flag is not set in the RAM 64, the MPU 92 executes the process from step S1014G onward, which is different from the seventh embodiment.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1006 that the round game execution flag is not set in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 determines in step S1014G whether or not a replay flag is set in the RAM 64. In other words, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a game ball has entered the replay gate after executing the setting process of the crown route.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1014G that the replay flag has not been set in the RAM 64, it executes step S1006 again.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1014G that the replay flag is set in the RAM 64, it executes a setting process for the round game execution gate in step S1015G. The setting process for the round game execution gate in step S1015G is the same as the setting process for the round game execution gate in step S1013E.

In step S1016G, the MPU 62 clears the replay flag stored in the RAM 64.
In step S1017G, the MPU 62 sets a gate reset command, and then executes step S1006 again. In step S401 of the normal process, the MPU 62 transmits the gate reset command set in step S1017G to the audio and light emission control device 90.
The audio and light emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process based on a gate reset command transmitted from the MPU 62. This process will be described in detail later.

In addition, in this embodiment, the audio and light emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 execute processing different from that of the seventh embodiment. Specifically, in this embodiment, the process of determining the round game execution gate differs from that of the seventh embodiment. The contents of the process of determining the round game execution gate in this embodiment are described below.

FIG. 74 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the process of determining the round game execution gate.
In the process of determining the round game execution gate, the MPU 92 executes steps S1801E to S1803F. Note that, in this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 74, when the MPU 92 determines that it has received a command for the round game execution gate in step S1801E, it executes the process from step S1804G onward, which is different from the seventh embodiment.

In step S1804G, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the gate reset command transmitted from the MPU 62 has been received.
If the MPU 92 determines in step S1804G that the gate reset command has not been received, it executes the processes from step S1802F onwards, as in the seventh embodiment.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1804G that it has received a gate reset command, it executes a gate reset performance determination process in step S1805G. In this gate reset performance determination process, the MPU 92 selects the content of the performance corresponding to the gate reset command by referring to a performance table stored in advance in the ROM 93.

In addition, the MPU 92 performs light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the performance execution process of step S1403 described above based on the content of the selected performance.

In step S1806G, the MPU 92 sets a gate reset performance command related to the gate reset performance determined in the gate reset performance determination process in step S1805G. The MPU 92 then stores the gate reset performance command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94. This gate reset performance command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission process in step S1405 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out a data table from the program ROM 103 for executing the gate resetting performance on the pattern display device 47 based on the gate resetting performance command sent from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (e.g., every 20 msec) occurs. This causes the pattern display device 47 to execute the gate resetting performance.

<Flow when switching to opening/closing execution mode>
Hereinafter, the flow when the MPU 62 sets the hole 533A as the 16 round execution gate, the hole 533B as the 4 round execution gate, and the hole 533C as the replay gate as shown in Fig. 71 after the non-electric device 51 is not opened and the mode is switched to the open/close execution mode will be described in detail with reference to Fig. 65. Note that, regardless of the setting status of the round game execution gate or the opening status of the non-electric device 51, the flow when a ball enters the replay gate is the same, so the explanation according to the setting status of the round game execution gate and the opening status of the non-electric device 51 will be omitted.

After executing the execution gate determination performance, the MPU 92 determines in step S1601 that it has received a closed gate command, and therefore executes a process for determining the closed gate performance in step S1602, and in step S1603 sets the command for the closed gate performance determined in the process for determining the closed gate performance in step S1602. The MPU 102 then executes the closed gate performance based on the command for the closed gate performance sent from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 suggests to the player to hit to the right by displaying the words of an angel in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, "Aim for the Kruun with a right hit!", as shown in FIG. 65(A).

In addition, in step S1005, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting the Kroon route. In this process, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a to a closed state and set the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the Kroon route (see the arrow in the figure).

Here, the blade member 521a opens and closes intermittently at a cycle of 2 seconds, so that when the blade member drive unit 521c sets the blade member 521a to an open state, the game ball travels along the blade member 521a by utilizing the inclination of the blade member 521a and enters the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52. When the plate 523a is set to a closed state to set the Kloon route, the game ball that enters the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 and then reaches the branching position of the guide passage 522 is guided to the guide rail 525. The game ball is then guided to the Kloon 53E via the guide rail 525.
Thereafter, the game ball is guided to the crane 53E via the guide rail 525, rolls on the rolling surface 531 along the side wall 532, and then enters one of the holes 533A to 533C.

When a ball enters hole 533B (four-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines in step S1607 that it has received a four-round execution command, and in step S1608 executes a process for determining the four-round execution effect, and in step S1609 sets a command for the four-round execution effect related to the four-round execution effect determined in the process for determining the four-round execution effect in step S1608. The MPU 102 then executes the four-round execution effect based on the command for the four-round execution effect sent from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the player that four rounds of play will begin by displaying the words of an angel in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "4R confirmed! Hit right!", as shown in FIG. 65(B).

In addition, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting the discharge route. In this process, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a to an open state and set the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure).

Then, since the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that it has received an opening command, in step S1511 it determines the type of game result based on the contents of the opening command, and executes a process for determining the effect for the open/close execution mode corresponding to the type of game result determined in step S1511. Note that in the example of FIG. 65, the symbol display device 47 displays a combination of symbols having the same odd numbers (7, 7, 7) stopped on the pay line L as the stopped result, so the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "most favorable result." In addition, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of rounds of play is four, it selects effect C1 as the effect for the open/close execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes the effect for the open/close execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the open/close execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

After the performance for the open/close execution mode is completed, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that it has received an ending command, and therefore executes a process for determining whether or not to open the non-electric device in step S1515. If a ball enters the hole 533B (4-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines in step S1515 that the non-electric device 51 is not open, and therefore selects a normal performance that does not notify the player of the opening of the non-electric device 51 as the ending performance. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending performance selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending performance command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 65, the performance C1 is selected as the performance for the open/close execution mode, and the MPU 102 notifies the player of the transition to the high probability mode by displaying the words of an angel present in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, "Into the special probability mode!", as shown in FIG. 65(C).

On the other hand, if a ball enters hole 533A (16-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines in step S1610 that it has received a 16-round execution command, and executes a process for determining the 16-round execution presentation in step S1611, and in step S1612, sets a command for the 16-round execution presentation related to the 16-round execution presentation determined in the process for determining the 16-round execution presentation in step S1611. The MPU 102 then executes the 16-round execution presentation based on the command for the 16-round execution presentation sent from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 notifies the player that 16 rounds of play will begin by displaying the words of an angel in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "16R confirmed! Hit right!", as shown in FIG. 65(D). In addition, a game ball that enters the hole 533A of the crane 53E, falls downward, and is guided to the non-electric device 51 via the connecting passage 535 causes the non-electric device 51 to transition from a closed state to an open state.

In addition, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes a process for setting the discharge route. In this process, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a to an open state and set the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure).

Then, since the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that it has received an opening command, in step S1511 it determines the type of game result based on the contents of the opening command, and executes a process for determining the effect for the open/close execution mode corresponding to the type of game result determined in step S1511. Note that in the example of FIG. 65, the symbol display device 47 displays a combination of symbols having the same odd numbers (7, 7, 7) stopped on the pay line L as the stopped result, so the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "most favorable result." In addition, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of rounds of play is 16, it selects effect C2 as the effect for the open/close execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes the effect for the open/close execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the open/close execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

After the performance for the open/close execution mode is completed, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that it has received an ending command, and therefore executes a process for determining whether or not to open the non-electric device in step S1515. When a ball enters the hole 533A (16-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines in step S1515 that the non-electric device 51 is open, and therefore selects an opening notification performance that notifies the player of the opening of the non-electric device 51 as the ending performance. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending performance selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending performance command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 65, the performance C2 is selected as the performance for the open/close execution mode, and the MPU 102 notifies the player of the transition to the high probability mode by displaying the angel's words "Into the special mode!" in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, as shown in FIG. 65 (E). After that, as shown in FIG. 65(F), the MPU 102 notifies the player of the opening of the non-electric device 51 by displaying the words of an angel in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "The next big win is confirmed as 16R with a left hit!".

When a ball lands in hole 533C (replay gate), the MPU 62 pays out three winning balls.
Also, since the MPU 62 determines in step S1006 that the round game execution flag is not set in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 does not execute the setting process of the discharge route in step S1012. Therefore, the MPU 62 sets the plate 523a to the closed state, and maintains the state in which the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 is set to the crown route. In other words, the game ball will enter the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 by running along the blade member 521a using the inclination of the blade member 521a, so the player can receive the prize balls unless the ball enters the 16-round execution gate or the 4-round execution gate.

In addition, if a ball enters hole 533C (replay gate), MPU92 determines in step S1804G that it has received a gate reset command, and in step S1805G executes a gate reset effect determination process, and in step S1806G sets a gate reset effect command related to the gate reset effect determined in the gate reset effect determination process in step S1805G. MPU102 then executes the gate reset effect based on the gate reset effect command sent from MPU92.

Fig. 75 is a diagram showing the gate resetting effect. Specifically, Fig. 75 is a diagram showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 47.
In the gate resetting performance, the MPU 102 suggests to the player that the round play execution gate and the replay gate will be reset by displaying the words of the devil on the left side of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, "I'm going to shuffle the gates!", as shown in FIG. 75.

Then, in step S1802F, the MPU 92 executes a process for determining the execution gate determination effect, and in step S1803F, sets a command for the execution gate determination effect related to the execution gate determination effect determined in the process for determining the execution gate determination effect in step S1802F. The MPU 102 then executes the execution gate determination effect based on the command for the execution gate determination effect sent from the MPU 92.

Figure 76 shows an example of the determination process for the execution gate determination effect after the gate reset effect is executed, and the execution gate determination effect. Specifically, Figure 76 (A) shows the display screen G of the pattern display device 47. Figure 76 (B) shows an enlarged view of the crane 53E from above.

In the determination process of the execution gate confirmation performance, as shown in FIG. 76(B), the MPU 92 causes the two-color LEDs 534A1-534C1 corresponding to the holes 533A-533C set in the 16-round execution gate to emit red light, thereby causing each side 534A-534C to emit red light, and causes the two-color LEDs 534A1-534C1 corresponding to the holes 533A-533C set in the 4-round execution gate to emit blue light, thereby causing each side 534A-534C to emit blue light, based on the execution gate information of the round play execution gate command. Then, the MPU 92 causes the two-color LEDs 534A1-534C1 corresponding to the holes 533A-533C set in the replay gate not to emit light, thereby preventing each side 534A-534C from emitting light, based on the execution gate information of the round play execution gate command.

76, the MPU 62 sets the hole 533A as the 4-round execution gate, and the hole 533C as the 16-round execution gate. Therefore, the MPU 92 causes the two-color LED 534A1 corresponding to the hole 533A set in the 4-round execution gate to emit blue light, thereby causing the side surface 534A to emit blue light, and causes the two-color LED 534C1 corresponding to the hole 533C set in the 16-round execution gate to emit red light, thereby causing the side surface 534C to emit red light.
76, the MPU 62 sets the hole 533B in the replay gate. Therefore, the MPU 92 prevents the two-color LED 534B1 corresponding to the hole 533B set in the replay gate from emitting light, thereby preventing the side surface 534B from emitting light.

In the execution gate determination performance, the MPU 102 displays a schematic diagram SD of the crown 53E seen from above in the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, as shown in FIG. 76 (A). Then, based on the execution gate information of the execution gate determination performance command, the MPU 102 displays in red the areas of the schematic diagram SD corresponding to the respective sides 534A-534C of the crown 53E corresponding to the respective holes 533A-533C set in the 16 round execution gate, and displays in blue the areas of the schematic diagram SD corresponding to the respective sides 534A-534C of the crown 53E corresponding to the respective holes 533A-533C set in the 4 round execution gate. Also, based on the execution gate information of the execution gate determination performance command, the MPU 102 displays in white the areas of the schematic diagram SD corresponding to the respective sides 534A-534C of the crown 53E corresponding to the respective holes 533A-533C set in the replay gate. In addition, the MPU 102 displays the words of an angel in the bottom right of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "Red is 16R, blue is 4R!", suggesting to the player that the holes 533A-533C corresponding to the red area are 16-round execution gates, and the holes 533A-533C corresponding to the blue area are 4-round execution gates.

In this embodiment, the holes 533A-533C set in the 16-round execution gate and the holes 533A-533C set in the 4-round execution gate function as specific ball entry sections that allow game balls that have entered the crown 53E to enter and control the round game based on the game balls entering the crown. Also, the holes 533A-533C set in the replay gate function as non-specific ball entry sections that allow game balls that have entered the crown 53E to enter and control the round game based on the game balls entering the crown, different from the control of the round game by the specific ball entry sections.

In addition, in this embodiment, the non-specific ball entry section is set so as not to transition the non-electric device 51 from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball, and the specific ball entry section is set so as to transition the non-electric device 51 from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball.
In this embodiment, each of the holes 533A to 533C set in the replay gate executes the payout of game balls based on the entry of the game ball. Note that, in this embodiment, each of the holes 533A to 533C set in the replay gate executes the payout of game balls based on the entry of the game ball, but it is not necessary to execute the payout of game balls.

In addition, in this embodiment, the main control unit 60 resets the four rounds of play and the sixteen rounds of play that begin when the game ball enters a specific entry area by performing a re-draw to select four rounds of play and sixteen rounds of play when the game ball enters a non-specific entry area.
In this embodiment, the main control device 60 executes a re-lottery to select 4 rounds and 16 rounds when a game ball enters the non-specific ball entry section, so that the non-specific ball entry section controls the round game based on the game ball entering the section in a manner different from the control of the round game by the specific ball entry section, but a control different from the re-lottery may be executed, for example, a special presentation may be executed during the round game. In short, the non-specific ball entry section may control the round game based on the game ball entering the section in a manner different from the control of the round game by the specific ball entry section.

According to this embodiment, in addition to being able to achieve the same functions and effects as those of the seventh embodiment, the following functions and effects can be achieved.
(1) The main control device 60 resets the first and second specific games that are to be started when a game ball enters the specific ball entry section by executing a re-lottery to select the first and second specific games when a game ball enters the non-specific ball entry section, so that a player can change the result of the lottery to select the first and second specific games by having a game ball enter the non-specific ball entry section. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the player's attention to the game.

In this embodiment, the non-specific ball entry section is set so as not to cause the non-electric device 51 to transition from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball, and the specific ball entry section is set so as to cause the non-electric device 51 to transition from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball, but the opposite relationship may also be set. Specifically, the specific ball entry section is set so as not to cause the non-electric device 51 to transition from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball, and the non-specific ball entry section may be set so as to cause the non-electric device 51 to transition from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball.
According to this, the non-specific ball entry section transitions the non-electric device 51 from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball, so that the player can then start a round of play by having the game ball enter the non-electric device 51 without having the game ball enter the specific ball entry section. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can broaden the player's options and increase the player's interest in the game.

[Modifications of each embodiment]
It should be noted that the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments, and modifications and improvements within the scope of the present invention that can achieve the object of the present invention are included in the present invention.
(1) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 opens and closes the big prize opening 38a once per round of play. However, the pachinko machine 10 may open and close the big prize opening 38a multiple times per round of play.
(2) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 sets the door 38b to the open state again when a predetermined upper limit duration (upper limit duration) has elapsed or when the total number of winning game balls in the big prize opening 38a has reached a predetermined upper limit. In contrast, for example, the upper limit number may be varied according to the upper limit duration, and the condition for setting the door 38b to the closed state again is arbitrary.

(3) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 sets the opening/closing door 38b to an open state, and then sets the opening/closing door 38b to a closed state again when the total number of winning game balls entering the large winning opening 38a reaches a predetermined upper limit of eight balls. In contrast, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may set the upper limit to any number other than eight. Also, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may set the upper limit to be different depending on the allocation result. Furthermore, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may set the upper limit to be different for each round during one opening/closing execution mode.

(4) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 sets the opening/closing door 38b to an open state, and then sets the opening/closing door 38b to a closed state again when the total number of winning game balls in the big prize opening 38a reaches a predetermined upper limit. In contrast, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may be configured to have an end trigger opening that sets the opening/closing door 38b to a closed state when a game ball enters the opening, and to allow a ball to enter the end trigger opening when a predetermined time has passed.
(5) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 sets the door 38b to the open state again when a predetermined upper limit duration (upper limit duration period) has elapsed after the door 38b is set to the open state. In contrast, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may set the door 38b to the closed state again when a predetermined time has elapsed since a prize was won in the special prize opening 38a after the door 38b is set to the open state.

(6) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 sets the door 38b to the open state and then sets the door 38b to the closed state again. In contrast, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may be configured to move to the next round of play without setting the door 38b to the closed state again after setting the door 38b to the open state.
(7) In each of the above embodiments, the upper limit duration of the short-time mode is set to be shorter than the launch cycle of the game ball. In contrast, for example, the upper limit duration of the short-time mode may be set to be longer than the launch cycle of the game ball and shorter than n times (n=1, 2, or 3) the launch cycle of the game ball.

(8) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of opening and closing execution modes. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has an opening and closing execution mode in which a round game is executed two times with a short-time upper limit duration, and an opening and closing execution mode in which a round game is executed four or sixteen times with a long-time upper limit duration. In contrast, the pachinko machine 10 may have an opening and closing execution mode that differs from these in terms of the upper limit duration mode and the number of times round games are executed. In addition, instead of a configuration in which multiple types of opening and closing execution modes are set by differentiating the upper limit duration mode, the pachinko machine 10 may be configured to set multiple types of opening and closing execution modes by differentiating the degree of opening of the opening and closing door 38b, such as half open or fully open. Furthermore, the upper limit duration mode may be set so that the exact upper limit duration is different, even though it appears to be the same mode from the player.

(9) In each of the above embodiments, the game results and the effects for the opening and closing execution mode were preset to correspond one-to-one. In contrast, for example, the effects for the opening and closing execution mode may be set by randomly selecting from multiple types of effects without corresponding to the game results, or may be set by selecting from multiple types of effects by lottery or the like, with the selection rate being varied depending on the game results.

(10) In each of the above embodiments, when the game result is any of the "special losing result," "non-explicit few-round high-probability result," and "explicit few-round high-probability result," the MPU 92 determines information related to a special combination of symbols as the final stop result to be displayed on the pay line L, and this special combination of symbols is the same regardless of the type of game result. In contrast, the MPU 92 may randomly determine the information related to the stop result, making it difficult for the player to know which game result it is.

(11) In each of the above embodiments, the MPU 62 uses the jackpot random number counter C1 to select the jackpot occurrence, and uses the jackpot type counter C2 to select the type of jackpot when a jackpot occurs. In contrast, the MPU 62 may use the jackpot random number counter C1 to select the type of jackpot when a jackpot occurs. In this case, the jackpot type counter C2 does not need to be provided in the various counter area 64a of the RAM 64.

(12) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of losing results, a "special losing result" and a "normal losing result", and the MPU 62 executes the lottery for the occurrence of a jackpot by comparing a winning/losing table that stores the value of the random number that will win the jackpot with the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b. In other words, the MPU 62 executes the lottery for the "special losing result" by using the value of the jackpot random number counter C1. In contrast, the MPU 62 may execute the lottery for the "special losing result" by using a new counter different from the jackpot random number counter C1 provided in the various counter area 64a of the RAM 64 to execute the lottery for the "special losing result".

(13) In each of the above embodiments, in a game state in which the hit/miss table for the low probability mode is referenced when drawing the lottery for the occurrence of a jackpot, the random number value that results in a "special miss result" is two, and in a game state in which the hit/miss table for the high probability mode is referenced when drawing the lottery for the occurrence of a jackpot, the random number value that results in a "special miss result" is one. In other words, the probability of a "special miss result" is set to be higher in the low probability mode than in the high probability mode. In contrast, the probability of a "special miss result" may be set to be lower in the low probability mode than in the high probability mode, or may be set to be the same in the low probability mode and the high probability mode. In addition, the probability of a "special miss result" may be set to be 0 in at least one of the low probability mode and the high probability mode.

(14) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 creates advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player by setting the win/lose lottery mode and the support mode. However, it may create advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player by setting game states other than these. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may create advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player by varying the number of game times for which the high-frequency support mode continues after the opening/closing execution mode ends. Also, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player by whether or not to transition to the high-frequency support mode after the opening/closing execution mode ends. Furthermore, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player by varying the number of game times for which the high-probability mode continues after the opening/closing execution mode ends.

(15) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 stores the reserved information related to the upper actuation port 36 in the first result display unit reserved area Ra and stores the reserved information related to the lower actuation port 37 in the second result display unit reserved area Rb, thereby separately storing the reserved information related to the upper actuation port 36 and the reserved information related to the lower actuation port 37. In contrast, the pachinko machine 10 may store the reserved information related to the upper actuation port 36 and the reserved information related to the lower actuation port 37 together.
(16) In each of the above embodiments, the MPU 62 preferentially sets reserved information related to the lower actuation port 37 for use in playing an episode, regardless of whether there is reserved information related to the upper actuation port 36. In contrast, the MPU 62 may set reserved information related to the upper actuation port 36 and reserved information related to the lower actuation port 37 for use in playing an episode in the order in which the reserved information is won.

(17) In each of the above embodiments, the main control device 60 transmits a command to the audio and light emission control device 90, and the audio and light emission control device 90 transmits the command resulting from analyzing the command to the display control device 100, thereby controlling the display control device 100. In contrast, the main control device 60 may transmit a command to the display control device 100, and the display control device 100 may transmit the command resulting from analyzing the command to the audio and light emission control device 90, thereby controlling the audio and light emission control device 90. Note that the commands transmitted from the main control device 60 to the audio and light emission control device 90 and the commands transmitted from the audio and light emission control device 90 to the display control device 100 are not limited to the commands described in each of the above embodiments, and may be any commands.
(18) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 includes the main control device 60, the sound and light emission control device 90, and the display control device 100 as separate control devices. In contrast, for example, the sound and light emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 may be included as the same control device, or at least one of the sound and light emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 may be included as the same control device as the main control device 60.

(19) In each of the above embodiments, the symbol display device 47 executes a performance for a game round on the display screen G by periodically scrolling the symbols in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction based on winning the upper actuation port 36 or the lower actuation port 37, thereby starting a variable display of the symbols. In contrast, the performance for a game round is not limited to the performance described in each of the above embodiments, and is optional. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute a performance for a game round by combining and operating a movable decorative member provided on the game board 31 with the symbol display device 47. Also, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute a performance for a game round by combining and operating a light-emitting means provided on the game board 31 with the symbol display device 47. Furthermore, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute a performance for a game round by combining and operating these decorative members and light-emitting means with the symbol display device 47.

(20) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 executes an internal lottery (win/lose lottery and allocation lottery) based on winning at the upper actuation port 36 or the lower actuation port 37, and then the main display unit 45 and the pattern display unit 47 execute a variable display and display the result of the internal lottery executed based on winning at the upper actuation port 36 or the lower actuation port 37 as a result of stopping the variable display. In contrast, for example, the main display unit 45 and the pattern display unit 47 may start the variable display before executing the internal lottery, and display the result of the internal lottery executed after starting the variable display as a result of stopping the variable display. In this case, after starting the variable display, the internal lottery is executed and the setting of the stop result, etc. is executed before stopping the variable display.

(21) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 is equipped with a main display unit 45, which executes the varying display of the images and displays the result of the internal lottery as the stopping result of the varying display. In contrast, for example, the main display unit 45 may display the same stopping result as the stopping result of the varying display regardless of the result of the internal lottery, or may display the stopping results randomly so that the result of the internal lottery cannot be identified. Also, for example, the pachinko machine 10 does not need to be equipped with a main display unit 45.

(22) In each of the above embodiments, the symbol display device 47 executes a presentation for a game round on the display screen G by periodically scrolling the symbols in each symbol row Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction based on the winning of the upper actuation port 36 or the lower actuation port 37, thereby starting a changing display of the symbols. In contrast, the symbol display device 47 may execute a presentation for a game round on the display screen G by displaying a symbol (picture) that clearly indicates the result of an internal lottery.

For example, the pattern display device 47 may set a predetermined area in at least one of an area narrower than the area displaying the patterns of each of the pattern columns Z1 to Z3 and an area on the periphery of the area displaying the patterns of each of the pattern columns Z1 to Z3, and when the varying display of the patterns of each of the pattern columns Z1 to Z3 is stopped, a pattern indicating the result of the internal lottery may be displayed in this predetermined area. The pattern displayed in this predetermined area may be in the variable display state or may be hidden during the varying display of the patterns of each of the pattern columns Z1 to Z3.

The symbols displayed in the specified area may be characters, colors, or patterns that are difficult for players to distinguish, or a combination of these may be used. Also, even if the characters, colors, or patterns are not difficult for players to distinguish, similar symbols or combinations of these may be used to make them difficult for players to distinguish. In this way, the manager of the gaming facility, for example, can easily check whether or not fraudulent activity is occurring by visually checking the symbol display device 47 without visually checking the main display unit 45 at the end of a round of play, in order to make the pachinko machine 10 behave in the same way as if it had won a lottery to generate a jackpot.

(23) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 is configured to operate independently, but it may be configured to transmit and receive information by linking with an external device such as a mobile phone. For example, the gaming machine may be configured so that an optical code can be output by a player operating a button or the like provided on the gaming machine, and the information of this optical code can be captured and read by a camera provided on a mobile phone or the like, and the gaming machine can be configured so that information of the gaming machine can be transmitted to a web server by accessing a website. Also, the gaming machine may be configured so that information from the web server can be received by a player operating a button or the like provided on the gaming machine to input a password issued by accessing a website into the gaming machine.

(24) In each of the above embodiments, a pachinko machine 10 has been described as an example of the gaming machine of the present invention. However, the gaming machine of the present invention may be a type of pachinko machine different from the pachinko machine 10. For example, the gaming machine of the present invention may be a pachinko machine that opens an electric device a predetermined number of times when a gaming ball enters a specific area, or a pachinko machine that generates the right to a jackpot when a gaming ball enters a specific area. In addition, the gaming machine of the present invention may be another type of gaming machine, such as an arrange ball machine or a mahjong ball machine.

(25) In each of the above embodiments, the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 has the function of guiding a game ball that has entered the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the Krun route or the discharge route by switching between a Krun route that guides the game ball flowing down the game area to the Krun 53 and a discharge route that discharges the game ball to the outside of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 after the game ball has entered the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52. In contrast, for example, the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 may have an execution gate route instead of a discharge route that guides a game ball flowing down the game area to a 4-round execution gate after the game ball has entered the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52.

FIG. 77 is a front view of a game board according to a modified example of the present invention.
In the first embodiment, the game board 31 is equipped with a right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52, which has a crane route that guides the game ball flowing down the game area into the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 and then into the crane 53, and a discharge route that discharges the game ball to the outside of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52.
In contrast, in this modified example, the game board 31 is equipped with a right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52H, as shown in Figure 77, which differs from the first embodiment in that it has a crane route that guides the game ball flowing down the game area to the crane 53 after it enters the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52H, and an execution gate route that guides the game ball to the four-round execution gate 524H.

Figure 78 is an enlarged view of the area around the right-side variable ball entry mechanism.
The right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52H has a configuration substantially similar to that of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 in the first embodiment, and includes, as shown in Fig. 78, an introduction section 521 that allows game balls flowing down the game area to enter the inside of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52H, a guide passage 522 that guides the game balls guided to the entrance of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52H by the introduction section 521, a switching section 523 that switches the destination of the game balls guided by the guide passage 522, and a 4-round execution gate 524H and a guide rail 525 (see Fig. 4) provided at the guide destination of the guide passage 522. The right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52H also includes an opening/closing valve 526 provided in the guide passage 522.

The introduction section 521 includes a blade member 521a that is attached to the game board 31 so as to close the entrance formed on the right side of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52H, a pin 521b that supports the blade member 521a so that it can rotate freely around an axis perpendicular to the surface of the game board 31, and a blade member drive section 521c that drives the blade member 521a.

The blade member 521a has a closed state (dashed line in the figure) in which it closes the entrance of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52H by rotating counterclockwise around the pin 521b, and an open state (solid line in the figure) in which it opens the entrance of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52H by rotating clockwise around the pin 521b (see arrow in the figure). In the open state, the blade member 521a is inclined downward as it approaches the entrance side of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52H.
The blade member driving unit 521c drives the blade members 521a to set the blade members 521a to either a closed state or an open state.

In this modified example, the blade member 521a allows a game ball flowing down the game area to enter the game area based on the result of an internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball into each of the actuation ports 36, 37. Specifically, the blade member 521a is set to an open state if the internal lottery results in a win for a transition to the open/close execution mode. On the other hand, the blade member 521a is set to a closed state if the internal lottery results in a win for a transition to the open/close execution mode.
In addition, the introduction section 521 only needs to be configured so that it can allow the game ball flowing down the game area to enter the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52H, and the timing of opening and closing of the blade member 521a and the period of opening and closing can be set arbitrarily.

Therefore, when the blade member 521a is set to the open state by the blade member drive unit 521c, the game ball travels along the blade member 521a by utilizing the inclination of the blade member 521a and enters the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52H (solid line in the figure).
In contrast, when the blade member drive unit 521c sets the blade member 521a to a closed state, the game ball does not enter the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52H (dotted line in the figure).

Thus, in this modified example, each operating port 36, 37 allows a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area to enter, and functions as a lottery ball entry means that executes an internal lottery when a gaming ball enters the gaming area.
In addition, in this modified example, the right side variable ball entry mechanism 52H functions as a variable ball entry means that allows a game ball flowing down the game area to enter the game based on the results of an internal lottery performed based on the entry of the game ball into the lottery ball entry means.
In this modification, the actuation ports 36 and 37 are used as the lottery ball entry means, but the through gate 41 may be used as the lottery ball entry means, or other ball entry means may be used. In short, the lottery ball entry means may be any means capable of allowing a game ball flowing down the game area to enter the lottery ball and executing an internal lottery when the game ball enters the lottery ball.

The guide passage 522 is formed to have a width such that multiple game balls cannot pass through the passage at the same time. The guide passage 522 branches into two along the way, with an upstream guide passage 522a located upstream of the branch and two downstream guide passages 522b, 522c located downstream.
The guide passage 522 is formed to be transparent (or semi-transparent) so that its interior can be seen from the front side.

The upstream guide passage 522a guides the game ball that has been inserted into the entrance of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52H by the introduction section 521 from the entrance of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52H to the branching position of the guide passage 522. This upstream guide passage 522a is inclined so that it descends as it travels from the entrance of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52H toward the branching position of the guide passage 522. Therefore, the game ball travels along the upstream guide passage 522a by utilizing the inclination of the upstream guide passage 522a and reaches the branching position of the guide passage 522.

The downstream guide passage 522b is provided at a position close to the branching position of the guide passage 522. The downstream guide passage 522b is formed vertically downward so as to cause the game ball to fall from the branching position of the guide passage 522. This downstream guide passage 522b guides the game ball that has reached the branching position of the guide passage 522 along the upstream guide passage 522a to the 4-round execution gate 524H. This 4-round execution gate 524H has the same function as each of the holes 533B, 533C of the crane 53, and when a ball enters the 4-round execution gate 524H, the pachinko machine 10 starts the execution of 4 rounds of play.
The downstream guide passage 522c is provided at a position far from the branching position of the guide passage 522. The downstream guide passage 522c is formed so as to guide the game ball from the branching position of the guide passage 522 to the guide rail 525. The downstream guide passage 522c guides the game ball that has traveled along the upstream guide passage 522a to the branching position of the guide passage 522 to the guide rail 525 (see FIG. 4).

The switching unit 523 includes a plate 523a that is attached to the game board 31 so as to close the entrance of the downstream guide passage 522c, a pin 523b that supports the plate 523a so that it can rotate freely around an axis perpendicular to the surface of the game board 31, and a plate drive unit 523c that drives the plate 523a.

The plate 523a has a closed state (indicated by a two-dot chain line in the figure) in which the plate 523a rotates clockwise about the pin 523b to close the entrance of the downstream guide passage 522b, and an open state (indicated by a solid line in the figure) in which the plate 523a rotates counterclockwise about the pin 523b to close the entrance of the downstream guide passage 522c and open the entrance of the downstream guide passage 522b. In the closed state, the plate 523a is inclined downward toward the downstream guide passage 522c.
The plate driving unit 523c drives the plate 523a to set the plate 523a in either a closed state or an open state.

Therefore, when the plate 523a is set to the open state by the plate driving unit 523c, the game ball that has reached the branching position of the guide passage 522 is guided to the entrance of the downstream guide passage 522b, and then guided to the 4-round execution gate 524H (solid line in the figure). After that, the game ball enters the 4-round execution gate 524H (execution gate route).
On the other hand, when the plate 523a is set to the closed state by the plate driving unit 523c, the game ball that has reached the branching position of the guide passage 522 is guided along the plate 523a by utilizing the inclination of the plate 523a to the entrance of the downstream guide passage 522c, and then guided to the guide rail 525 (two-dot chain line in the figure). After that, the game ball is guided to the crane 53 via the guide rail 525 (see FIG. 4) (Crane route).

Here, plate 523a is normally set to an open state (execution gate route) in which the game ball is not guided to the crown 53. Then, if a transition to the open/close execution mode is won in an internal lottery and transition is made to the open/close execution mode, plate 523a is set to a closed state (crown route) in which the game ball is guided to the crown 53.

The on-off valve 526 includes a valve body 526a provided on the game board 31 so as to close the upstream guide passage 522a, and an on-off valve drive section 526b that drives the valve body 526a.
The valve body 526a has an open state in which it retreats toward the inside of the game board 31 and sinks into the game board 31, thereby allowing a game ball that has entered the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52H to pass through, and a closed state in which it advances toward the window panel 22 and protrudes from the game board 31, thereby not allowing a game ball that has entered the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52H to pass through.
The on-off valve driving unit 526b drives the valve body 526a to set the valve body 526a to either a closed state or an open state.

Therefore, when the valve body 526a is set to an open state by the opening/closing valve drive unit 526b, the game ball travels along the upstream guide passage 522a and reaches the branching position of the guide passage 522.
In contrast, when the valve body 526a is set to a closed state by the opening/closing valve drive unit 526b, the game ball comes to rest midway through the upstream guide passage 522a in the valve body 526a and enters a standby state (solid line in the figure).

Here, the upstream guide passage 522a is provided with an outlet 522a1 that discharges the subsequent game ball that enters the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52H when the game ball stops midway in the upstream guide passage 522a at the valve body 526a and enters a standby state (when one game ball is stopped at the valve body 526a), and an outlet passage 522a2 that discharges the game ball that has entered the outlet 522a1 into the game area via the opening 311 (see Figure 77).

The discharge port 522a1 is formed on the game board 31 at a distance of one game ball from the valve body 526a of the opening/closing valve 526 toward the blade member 521a of the introduction section 521. When the valve body 526a stops midway through the upstream guide passage 522a and enters a standby state, the subsequent game ball that enters the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52H comes into contact with the waiting game ball and enters the discharge port 522a1.
In addition, the upstream guide passage 522a may have a slightly inclined surface that is inclined toward the discharge outlet 522a1 in order to make it easier for the game ball to enter the discharge outlet 522a1.

As shown in FIG. 77, the discharge passage 522a2 merges with the discharge passage 536 of the crane 53 above the opening 311, and discharges the game balls into the game area through the opening 311.
In this manner, the on-off valve 526 is configured so as not to hold two or more game balls still in the valve body 526a.

Thus, in this modified example, the opening/closing valve 526 has an open state in which it allows the game ball that has entered the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52H to pass through, and a closed state in which it does not allow the game ball to pass through, and is switched between the open and closed states.
In addition, in this modified example, the plate 523a has a first route (execution gate route) that guides the game ball that has passed through the opening/closing valve 526 to a downstream guide passage 522b (first flow path), and a second route (Crown route) that guides the game ball to a downstream guide passage 522c (second flow path) different from the downstream guide passage 522b, and functions as a route switching valve that switches between the first route and the second route.

Here, the Kloun 53 has a hole 533A (16-round execution gate) for starting the execution of 16 rounds of play, and holes 533B and 533C (4-round execution gates) for starting the execution of 4 rounds of play, so that the Kloun route can provide a higher value to the player than the 4-round execution gate 524H. In other words, the Kloun route can provide a higher value to the player than the execution gate route.
Therefore, in this modified example, the execution gate route provides the player with a predetermined value by guiding the game ball to the downstream guide passage 522b, and the Krun route provides the player with a higher value than the execution gate route by guiding the game ball to the downstream guide passage 522c.

In this modified example, the Krun route provides the player with a higher value than the execution gate route by increasing the number of times the round game is played, but it may also provide the player with a higher value than the execution gate route by, for example, increasing the payout of game balls or executing a special performance.
In short, the second route just needs to provide the player with a higher value than the first route by guiding the gaming ball to the second flow path.

The Kruun 53 also has a rolling surface 531 that rolls the game ball that has entered the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52H, and holes 533A-533C that are provided on the rolling surface 531 and allow the game ball rolling on the rolling surface 531 to enter. Therefore, the execution gate route provides value to the player over a predetermined period of time by guiding the game ball to the downstream guide passage 522b, and the Kruun route provides value to the player over a longer period of time than the execution gate route by guiding the game ball to the downstream guide passage 522c.

In this modified example, the Krun route provides value to the player over a longer period of time than the execution gate route by guiding the game ball to the rolling surface 531 of the Krun 53, but value may also be provided to the player over a longer period of time than the execution gate route, for example, by guiding the game ball to a device other than the Krun or by executing a special performance.
In short, the second route may provide value to the player over a longer period of time by guiding the gaming ball to the second flow path than the first route.

Fig. 79 is a timing chart showing the opening and closing of the blade member, the valve body, and the plate when the mode is switched to the opening and closing execution mode. Specifically, Fig. 79(A) is a timing chart showing the case where the stopped result is a combination of symbols having the same even numbers, and Fig. 79(B) is a timing chart showing the case where the stopped result is a combination of symbols having the same odd numbers.
As described above, the blade members 521a are set to the open state if the internal lottery results in a win for transition to the open/close execution mode.

When the vane member 521a wins the internal lottery to switch to the open/close execution mode and the stopped result is a combination of symbols with the same even numbers, as shown in FIG. 79(A), after switching to the open/close execution mode, when 10 seconds have elapsed, the vane member 521a is repeatedly set to the open state and the closed state at a predetermined cycle. In other words, the vane member 521a opens and closes intermittently at a predetermined cycle.

In addition, if the vane member 521a wins the internal lottery to switch to the open/close execution mode and the stopped result is a combination of symbols with the same odd numbers, as shown in FIG. 79(B), after switching to the open/close execution mode, when 15 seconds have elapsed, the vane member 521a is repeatedly set to the open state and the closed state at a predetermined cycle. In other words, the vane member 521a opens and closes intermittently at a predetermined cycle.

In this modification, the blade member 521a is repeatedly set to a closed state for 1 sec and an open state for 0.5 sec. The blade member 521a is set to the open state a total of three times. Therefore, the blade member 521a intermittently opens and closes at a cycle of 1.5 sec, and the period from the start of the first open state to the end of the third open state is 3.5 sec.
In addition, when the opening/closing execution mode is entered, the MPU 102 suggests to the player to hit to the right by displaying the words of an angel located in the center of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, "Aim for the Kruun with a right hit!"

In addition, the valve body 526a is set to the open state for 0.5 seconds when 15 seconds and when 25 seconds have elapsed after the mode has been switched to the open/close execution mode. In other words, the on-off valve 526 is set to the open state for 0.5 seconds twice after the mode has been switched to the open/close execution mode.
Then, the plate 523a is set to the closed state for 10 seconds when 20 seconds have elapsed since the mode was switched to the open/close execution mode.

If the internal lottery results in a transition to the open/close execution mode and the stop result is a combination of symbols with the same even numbers, the MPU 62 switches to the execution gate ball entry possible state. In the execution gate ball entry possible state, the blade member 521a is repeatedly set to the open state and the closed state at a predetermined cycle when 10 seconds have passed after the transition to the open/close execution mode, as shown in FIG. 79 (A), so that the game ball that entered the right variable ball entry mechanism 52H via the open blade member 521a reaches the branching position of the guide passage 522 when the valve body 526a is opened for the first time, and is guided to the entrance of the downstream guide passage 522b by the open plate 523a, and then guided to the 4-round execution gate 524H. The game ball then enters the 4-round execution gate 524H (execution gate route).

On the other hand, if the internal lottery results in a transition to the open/close execution mode and the stop result is a combination of symbols with the same odd numbers, the MPU 62 switches to the Kroon ball entry possible state. In the Kroon ball entry possible state, the blade member 521a is repeatedly set to the open state and the closed state at a predetermined cycle when 15 seconds have passed after transitioning to the open/close execution mode, as shown in FIG. 79 (B), so that the game ball that entered the right variable ball entry mechanism 52H through the open blade member 521a reaches the branching position of the guide passage 522 when the valve body 526a is opened for the second time, and is guided to the entrance of the downstream guide passage 522c by the closed plate 523a, and then guided to the guide rail 525. The game ball is then guided to the Kroon 53 via the guide rail 525 (Kroon route).

In this modified example, if the game ball does not enter the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52H through the open wing member 521a in the execution gate ball entry possible state or the Krun ball entry possible state, the MPU 62 ends the open/close execution mode game and transitions to the normal state, but for example, the timing chart shown in Figure 79 (A) may be repeated, or another timing chart may be repeated.

In this manner, in this modified example, the MPU 62 functions as a ball entry possible state switching means for switching between the execution gate ball entry possible state and the Kreun ball entry possible state based on the result (stop result) of an internal lottery performed based on the entry of game balls into each operating port 36, 37.
In this modified example, the MPU 62 switches between the execution gate ball entry possible state and the Kroon ball entry possible state based on the results of an internal lottery performed based on the entry of a game ball into each operating port 36, 37. However, for example, the execution gate ball entry possible state and the Kroon ball entry possible state may be switched based on the results of an internal lottery performed based on the entry of a game ball into the through gate 41, the execution gate ball entry possible state and the Kroon ball entry possible state may be switched based on the open state of the non-electric device 51, or the execution gate ball entry possible state and the Kroon ball entry possible state may be switched based on other information.
In short, the ball scoring possible state switching means only needs to switch between the execution gate ball scoring possible state and the Kruun ball scoring possible state.

In addition, in this modified example, the MPU 62 switches between an execution gate ball entry possible state (first ball entry possible state) in which a game ball flowing down the game area so as to pass through the opening/closing valve 526 can be entered when the execution gate route is switched to at plate 523a, and a Kroon ball entry possible state (second ball entry possible state) in which a game ball flowing down the game area so as to pass through the opening/closing valve 526 can be entered when the Kroon route is switched to at plate 523a.
In this modified example, the MPU 62 switches between the first ball scoring state and the second ball scoring state based on the timing chart shown in Figure 79, but any other timing chart may be used as long as it is possible to switch between the first ball scoring state and the second ball scoring state.

According to this modified example, the following actions and effects can be achieved.
(1) The MPU 62 switches between an execution gate ball entry possible state and a Kroon ball entry possible state, and the execution gate ball entry possible state is set so that a game ball flowing down the game area so as to pass through the on-off valve 526 when the execution gate route is switched to by the plate 523a can enter, and the Kroon ball entry possible state is set so that a game ball flowing down the game area so as to pass through the on-off valve 526 when the Kroon route is switched to by the plate 523a can enter. Therefore, the player will pay attention to the timing of switching the on-off valve 526 to the open state, so the pachinko machine 10 can increase the player's attention to the game.

(2) The MPU 62 switches between the execution gate ball entry possible state and the Kroon ball entry possible state based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball into each of the operation ports 36, 37, so that the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball into each of the operation ports 36, 37. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the player's attention to the game.
(3) The Kloon route provides a higher value to the player than the execution gate route by guiding the game ball to the downstream guide passage 522c, so the player will expect the MPU 62 to switch to the Kloon ball entry possible state. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the player's attention to the game.

(4) The execution gate route gives value to the player over a predetermined time by guiding the game ball to the downstream guide passage 522b, and the Kloon route gives value to the player over a longer time than the execution gate route by guiding the game ball to the downstream guide passage 522c, so that the player can proceed to the next game with a good feeling when the execution gate route is switched to by the plate 523a, and can enjoy the game at his own pace when the Kloon route is switched to. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the player's attention to the game.
(5) The Kloun route guides the game ball to the downstream guide passage 522c, thereby guiding the game ball to the rolling surface 531 of the Kloun 53, so that the player can be given value for a longer time than the downstream guide passage 522b, and the player will pay attention to the direction of the game ball that entered the right variable ball entry mechanism 52H. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the player's attention to the game.

[Inventions extracted from each embodiment]
The features of the invention group extracted from each of the above-mentioned embodiments will be described below. Note that, among the features of the invention group, the configurations corresponding to each of the above-mentioned embodiments are shown in parentheses, but the features of the invention group are not limited to each of the above-mentioned embodiments, and modifications, improvements, etc., within the scope of achieving the purpose of the features of the invention group, and combinations of each feature are included in the features of the invention group.

<Features Group A>
Feature A1.
A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising: launching means (launching handle 27) for launching a gaming ball toward a gaming area formed in front of a gaming board; starting ball entry means (upper actuation port 36 and lower actuation port 37) for allowing a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area to enter the gaming area and for executing an internal lottery when the gaming ball enters the gaming area; and gaming state transition means (main control device 60) for transitioning the gaming state to a specific control state advantageous to a player based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming ball into the starting ball entry means,
an opening/closing ball entry means (non-electric device 51) that has an open state in which a game ball flowing down the game area is allowed to enter and a closed state in which a game ball flowing down the game area is not allowed to enter, and that transitions from the open state to the closed state based on the entry of a game ball into the opening/closing ball entry means;
A variable ball entry means (Kroon 53) is provided to allow a game ball flowing down the game area to enter the game area based on a result of an internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball into the start ball entry means,
The variable ball entry means is
A first ball entry section (holes 533B, 533C) that allows a game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means to enter the ball entry section and does not cause the open/close ball entry means to transition from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball;
a second ball entry section (hole 533A) that allows the game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means to enter and transitions the open/close ball entry means from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball;
The game state transition means includes:
A gaming machine characterized by being equipped with a specific control start means (game state transition processing) that transitions the game state to the specific control state and then starts playing in the specific control state when a game ball enters either the opening and closing ball entry means, the first ball entry section, or the second ball entry section.

According to feature A1 of the present invention group, the gaming machine is provided with a variable ball entry means that allows a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area to enter based on the result of an internal lottery executed based on the entry of a gaming ball into the start ball entry means, and the variable ball entry means is provided with a first ball entry section and a second ball entry section that start a game in a specific control state when a gaming ball enters, so that a player can start a game in a specific control state by entering a gaming ball into the first ball entry section or the second ball entry section after the game state transition means transitions the game state to a specific control state. In addition, the second ball entry section transitions the opening and closing ball entry means from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the gaming ball, so that a player can start a game in a specific control state by entering a gaming ball into the opening and closing ball entry means after the game state transition means transitions the game state to the next specific control state. Therefore, the gaming machine can expand the player's options and increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature A2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A1 of the present invention,
A gaming machine characterized in that a game in the specific control state that begins when a gaming ball enters the opening/closing ball entry means and the second ball entry section is valued more highly by a player than a game in the specific control state that begins when a gaming ball enters the first ball entry section.

According to feature A2 of the present invention group, the game of the specific control state that starts when the game ball enters the opening and closing ball entry means and the second ball entry section gives the player a higher value than the game of the specific control state that starts when the game ball enters the first ball entry section, so when the player starts the game of the specific control state by having the game ball enter the variable ball entry means, the player will expect the ball to enter the second ball entry section. Also, when the opening and closing ball entry means is shifted from the closed state to the open state based on the game ball entering the second ball entry section, the player can start the game of the specific control state that gives the player a higher value than the game of the specific control state that starts when the game ball enters the first ball entry section by having the game ball enter the opening and closing ball entry means after shifting the game state to the next specific control state with the game state shifting means. Therefore, the gaming machine can expand the player's options and increase the player's interest in the game.

Feature A3.
In the gaming machine according to the feature A2 of the present invention,
The specific control starting means starts a game in the specific control state in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out when a game ball enters the first ball entry section, and starts a game in the specific control state in which more than the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out when a game ball enters the opening/closing ball entry means and the second ball entry section, thereby providing the player with a higher value than a game in the specific control state that starts when a game ball enters the first ball entry section.

According to feature A3 of the present invention group, the entry of a game ball into the first ball entry section can start a game in a specific control state in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and the opening and closing ball entry means and the entry of a game ball into the second ball entry section start a game in a specific control state in which more game balls than the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, thereby giving the player a higher value than a game in a specific control state that starts when a game ball enters the first ball entry section, so that when a game in a specific control state starts, the player will expect the ball to enter the second ball entry section. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature A4.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A3 of the present invention,
The game machine is provided with an opening/closing ball entry means (variable winning device 38) that has an open state in which game balls flowing down the game area are allowed to enter the game machine and a closed state in which game balls flowing down the game area are not allowed to enter the game machine, and that pays out a predetermined game ball when the game ball enters the game machine;
The specific control initiation means is
A gaming machine characterized in that one game of the specific control state (round of game) is played from the time the opening and closing ball entry means is set to an open state until it is set to a closed state again, and game of the specific control state in which a specified number of game balls can be paid out is started by setting the number of times the opening and closing ball entry means is opened and closed to a specified number, and game of the specific control state in which more game balls can be paid out than the specified number of game balls is started by setting the number of times the opening and closing ball entry means is opened and closed to a number greater than the specified number.

According to feature A4 of the present invention group, the specific control starting means starts a game in a specific control state in which a specific number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times that the opening and closing ball entry means opens and closes to a specific number when the game ball enters the first ball entry section, and starts a game in a specific control state in which more than the specific number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times that the opening and closing ball entry means opens and closes to a number greater than the specific number when the game ball enters the opening and closing ball entry means and the second ball entry section, so that when starting a game in a specific control state, the player will hope for the ball to enter the second ball entry section. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature A5.
In the gaming machine according to any one of the features A1 to A4 of the present invention,
The variable ball entry means is
A ball entering the variable ball entry means is rolled on a rolling surface (rolling surface 531) of the ball (ball 53).
A gaming machine characterized in that the first ball entry section and the second ball entry section are provided on the rolling surface and allow a gaming ball rolling on the rolling surface to enter the section.

According to feature A5 of the present invention, the first ball entry section and the second ball entry section are provided on the rolling surface of the ball, so that the player pays attention to the fate of the game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature A6.
In the gaming machine according to any one of the features A1 to A5 of the present invention,
The opening and closing ball entry means is
A first receiving portion (each plate-shaped body 513) for receiving the game ball that has entered the opening and closing ball entry means;
A second receiving portion (each lower wing member 515) for receiving the game ball that has entered the second ball entry portion,
A gaming machine characterized in that a gaming ball is received by the first receiving portion, thereby transitioning from an open state to a closed state, and a gaming ball is received by the second receiving portion, thereby transitioning from the closed state to the open state.

According to feature A6 of the present invention group, the opening and closing ball entry means transitions from an open state to a closed state by receiving a game ball at the first receiving part, and transitions from a closed state to an open state by receiving a game ball at the second receiving part, so that the opening and closing states can be transitioned using only the weight of the game ball without requiring other power sources such as electricity.

Feature A7.
In the gaming machine according to any one of the features A1 to A6 of the present invention,
The starting ball entry means is
The ball is inserted into the first starting ball entry section (upper operating port 36) and the second starting ball entry section (lower operating port 37).
The gaming machine includes:
A first route (left hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry section and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry section;
A second path (right hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part;
The opening and closing ball entry means is disposed on the first path,
The game state transition means includes:
A first game state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of a ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is lower than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A second game state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of the ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is higher than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching between the first game state and the second game state,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after completing play in the specific control state, and switches from the second game state to the first game state after executing a predetermined number of internal lotteries.

According to feature A7 of the present invention group, after finishing playing in the specific control state, the player can execute the internal lottery by having the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path until the predetermined number of internal lotteries are executed (until the game state is switched from the second game state to the first game state). After that, since it becomes difficult to have the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path, the player can execute the internal lottery by having the game ball enter the first start ball entry section via the first path. Therefore, if the opening and closing ball entry means is disposed on the first path, the player will end up having the game ball enter the opening and closing ball entry means via the first path unless the game state is transitioned to the specific control state after the opening and closing ball entry means is transitioned from the closed state to the open state and before the predetermined number of internal lotteries are executed. In this case, the opening and closing ball entry means will transition from an open state to a closed state, and the player can play in the hope of transitioning the game state to a specific control state before a predetermined number of internal lotteries are performed.

Feature A8.
In the gaming machine according to any one of the features A1 to A6 of the present invention,
The starting ball entry means is
The ball is inserted into the first starting ball entry section (upper operating port 36) and the second starting ball entry section (lower operating port 37).
The gaming machine includes:
A first route (left hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry section and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry section;
A second path (right hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part;
The opening and closing ball entry means is provided on a third path (weak shot route) different from the first path and the second path,
The game state transition means includes:
A first game state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of a ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is lower than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A second game state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of the ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is higher than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching between the first game state and the second game state,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after completing play in the specific control state, and switches from the second game state to the first game state after executing a predetermined number of internal lotteries.

According to feature A8 of the present invention group, after the player finishes playing in the specific control state, until the predetermined number of internal lotteries are performed (until the game state is switched from the second game state to the first game state), the player can perform the internal lottery by having the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path. After that, since it becomes difficult to have the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path, the player can perform the internal lottery by having the game ball enter the first start ball entry section via the first path. In addition, if the opening and closing ball entry means is disposed on the third path, the player will not enter the game ball into the opening and closing ball entry means even if the game state is not transitioned to the specific control state after transitioning the opening and closing ball entry means from the closed state to the open state until the predetermined number of internal lotteries are performed. In this case, the opening and closing ball entry means will not transition from the open state to the closed state, so the player can play with peace of mind.

Feature A of the present invention can expand the options available to players and increase the attention the players pay to the game, thereby solving the following problems:

Conventionally, there is known a gaming machine that has a launching means for launching gaming balls toward a gaming area formed in front of a gaming board, and executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a gaming ball enters an actuation port (initial ball entry means). For example, when a player wins a jackpot lottery, the gaming machine transitions the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of gaming balls, for example, by transitioning a variable winning device to a state in which the gaming ball can enter.

However, after the gaming machine transitions the gaming state to a specific control state, it follows the same flow to start playing in the specific control state regardless of whether the player intervenes or not. This means that the series of steps from transitioning the gaming state to starting playing in the specific control state becomes monotonous, resulting in a problem in that the player's attention to the game decreases.

<Characteristics Group B>
Feature B1.
A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising: launching means (launching handle 27) for launching a gaming ball toward a gaming area formed in front of a gaming board; starting ball entry means (upper actuation port 36 and lower actuation port 37) for allowing a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area to enter the gaming area and for executing an internal lottery when the gaming ball enters the gaming area; and gaming state transition means (main control device 60) for transitioning the gaming state to a specific control state advantageous to a player based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming ball into the starting ball entry means,
an opening/closing ball entry means (non-electric device 51) that has an open state in which a game ball flowing down the game area is allowed to enter and a closed state in which a game ball flowing down the game area is not allowed to enter, and that transitions from the open state to the closed state based on the entry of a game ball into the opening/closing ball entry means;
A variable ball entry means (a 53A and a first 55) is provided, which allows a game ball flowing down the game area to enter the game area based on the result of an internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball into the start ball entry means,
The variable ball entry means is
A ball entry section (each of the holes 533A to 533C, 553A, and 553B) for allowing the game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means to enter the ball;
and an opening/closing lottery means (rotating body 537, receiving tray 538, and second crane 56) for executing a lottery for the opening/closing ball entry means based on the entry of a game ball into the ball entry section;
The game state transition means includes:
A gaming machine characterized by being equipped with a specific control start means (game state transition processing) that transitions the game state to the specific control state and then starts playing in the specific control state when a game ball enters either the opening/closing ball entry means or the ball entry section.

According to feature B1 of the present invention, the gaming machine includes a variable ball entry means that allows a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area to enter the game area based on the result of an internal lottery executed based on the entry of a gaming ball into the start ball entry means, and the variable ball entry means includes a ball entry section that starts a game in a specific control state when a gaming ball enters the game area, so that a player can start a game in a specific control state by entering a gaming ball into the ball entry section after the game state transition means transitions the game state to a specific control state. Also, the variable ball entry means includes an opening and closing lottery means that executes a lottery regarding the opening and closing ball entry means based on the entry of a gaming ball into the ball entry section, so that, for example, if a player wins the lottery executed by the opening and closing lottery means and transitions the opening and closing ball entry means from a closed state to an open state, the player can start a game in a specific control state by entering a gaming ball into the opening and closing ball entry means after the game state transition means transitions the game state to the next specific control state. Therefore, the gaming machine can expand the options available to players and increase the player's interest in the game.

Feature B2.
In the gaming machine according to the feature B1 of the present invention,
The variable ball entry means is
The ball entry device includes a plurality of ball entry sections including a first ball entry section (holes 533B, 533C, 553B) and a second ball entry section (holes 533A, 553A),
A gaming machine characterized in that a game in the specific control state that begins when a gaming ball enters the opening/closing ball entry means and the second ball entry section is valued more highly by a player than a game in the specific control state that begins when a gaming ball enters the first ball entry section.

According to feature B2 of the present invention group, the game of the specific control state that starts when the game ball enters the opening and closing ball entry means and the second ball entry section gives the player a higher value than the game of the specific control state that starts when the game ball enters the first ball entry section, so when the player starts the game of the specific control state by having the game ball enter the variable ball entry means, the player expects the ball to enter the second ball entry section. Also, when the player wins the lottery executed by the opening and closing lottery means and the opening and closing ball entry means are shifted from the closed state to the open state, the player can start the game of the specific control state that gives the player a higher value than the game of the specific control state that starts when the game ball enters the first ball entry section by having the game ball enter the opening and closing ball entry means after shifting the game state to the next specific control state by the game state shifting means. Therefore, the gaming machine can expand the player's options and increase the player's interest in the game.

Feature B3.
In the gaming machine described in feature B2 of the present invention,
The specific control starting means starts a game in the specific control state in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out when a game ball enters the first ball entry section, and starts a game in the specific control state in which more than the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out when a game ball enters the opening/closing ball entry means and the second ball entry section, thereby providing the player with a higher value than a game in the specific control state that starts when a game ball enters the first ball entry section.

According to feature B3 of the present invention group, the entry of a game ball into the second ball entry section can start a game in a specific control state in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and the opening and closing ball entry means and the entry of a game ball into the second ball entry section start a game in a specific control state in which more game balls than the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, thereby giving the player a higher value than a game in a specific control state that starts when a game ball enters the first ball entry section, so that when a game in a specific control state starts, the player will expect the ball to enter the second ball entry section. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature B4.
In the gaming machine described in feature B3 of the present invention,
The game machine is provided with an opening/closing ball entry means (variable winning device 38) that has an open state in which game balls flowing down the game area are allowed to enter the game machine and a closed state in which game balls flowing down the game area are not allowed to enter the game machine, and that pays out a predetermined game ball when the game ball enters the game machine;
The specific control initiation means is
A gaming machine characterized in that one game of the specific control state (round of game) is played from the time the opening and closing ball entry means is set to an open state until it is set to a closed state again, and game of the specific control state in which a specified number of game balls can be paid out is started by setting the number of times the opening and closing ball entry means is opened and closed to a specified number, and game of the specific control state in which more game balls can be paid out than the specified number of game balls is started by setting the number of times the opening and closing ball entry means is opened and closed to a number greater than the specified number.

According to feature B4 of the present invention group, the specific control starting means starts a game in a specific control state in which a specific number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times that the opening and closing ball entry means opens and closes to a specific number when the game ball enters the first ball entry section, and starts a game in a specific control state in which more than the specific number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times that the opening and closing ball entry means opens and closes to a number greater than the specific number when the game ball enters the opening and closing ball entry means and the second ball entry section, so that when starting a game in a specific control state, the player will be expecting the ball to enter the second ball entry section. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature B5.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features B2 to B4 of the present invention,
The variable ball entry means is
The variable ball entry means includes a ball entry surface (rolling surface 531) for rolling the game ball that has entered the ball entry means. The ball entry surface (rolling surface 531) is a ball entry surface (rolling surface 531).
The plurality of ball entry sections are provided on the rolling surface and allow game balls rolling on the rolling surface to enter the ball entry sections.

According to feature B5 of the present invention, since multiple ball entry sections are provided on the rolling surface of the ball, the player will pay attention to the trajectory of the game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature B6.
In the gaming machine described in feature B5 of the present invention,
The rolling surface is
The ball entry portions are formed at a predetermined distance from the center of the rolling surface and are provided at equal intervals from each other,
The opening/closing lottery means is
A rotating body (rotating body 537) that rotates about an axis passing through the center of the rolling surface as a central axis and causes the game balls that have entered the plurality of ball entry sections to enter the ball entry section;
The rotating body is
A plurality of rotating body passages (rotating body passages 537C1 to 537C3) are formed at positions corresponding to the plurality of ball entry sections and guide the game balls that have entered the plurality of ball entry sections,
The plurality of rotor passages include
A first rotating body passage (rotating body passages 537C2, 537C3) that does not transition the opening and closing ball entry means from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of a game ball;
A gaming machine characterized by having a second rotating body passage (rotating body passage 537C1) that transitions the opening and closing ball entry means from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of a gaming ball.

According to feature B6 of the present invention group, the opening and closing lottery means has a rotor that rotates about an axis passing through the center of the rolling surface and receives game balls that have entered the multiple ball entry sections, and this rotor has a first rotor passage that does not cause the opening and closing ball entry means to transition from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball, and a second rotor passage that causes the opening and closing ball entry means to transition from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball. According to this, the opening and closing lottery means can independently draw a lottery as to whether or not to transition the opening and closing ball entry means from a closed state to an open state without being influenced by the crane that has multiple ball entry sections that start a game in a specific control state when a game ball enters. Furthermore, when the opening and closing ball entry means is transitioned from a closed state to an open state by causing game balls that have entered multiple ball entry sections to enter the second rotating body passage of the rotating body, the player can transition the game state to the next specific control state using the game state transition means, and then by causing the game ball to enter the opening and closing ball entry means, start a game in a specific control state that provides the player with a higher value than a game in a specific control state that starts when the game ball enters the first ball entry section. Therefore, the gaming machine can expand the player's options and increase the player's interest in the game.

Feature B7.
In the gaming machine described in feature B5 of the present invention,
The opening/closing lottery means is
A lottery crane (second crane 56) having a lottery rolling surface (rolling surface 561) for rolling the game balls that have entered the first ball entry section and the second ball entry section,
The lottery crane is
A plurality of lottery ball entry sections (holes 563A to 563C) are provided on the lottery rolling surface and allow game balls rolling on the lottery rolling surface to enter the lottery ball entry section,
The plurality of lottery entry sections include
A first lottery ball entry section (each of the holes 563B and 563C) that does not cause the opening and closing ball entry means to transition from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of a game ball;
A gaming machine characterized by having a second lottery ball entry section (hole 563A) that transitions the opening and closing ball entry means from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of a gaming ball.

According to feature B7 of the present invention group, the opening/closing lottery means includes a lottery crown having a first lottery entry section that does not transition the opening/closing ball entry means from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of a game ball, and a second lottery entry section that transitions the opening/closing ball entry means from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of a game ball. According to this, the opening/closing lottery means can independently draw a lottery as to whether or not to transition the opening/closing ball entry means from a closed state to an open state without being influenced by the crown having the first and second ball entry sections that start a game in a specific control state when a game ball enters. Furthermore, when the opening and closing ball entry means is transitioned from a closed state to an open state by allowing a game ball that has entered the first and second ball entry sections to enter the second lottery ball entry section, the player can transition the game state to the next specific control state using the game state transition means, and then by allowing the game ball to enter the opening and closing ball entry means, start a game in a specific control state that provides the player with a higher value than a game in a specific control state that starts when the game ball enters the first ball entry section. Therefore, the gaming machine can expand the player's options and increase the player's interest in the game.

Feature B8.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features B1 to B7 of the present invention,
The opening and closing ball entry means is
A first receiving portion (each plate-shaped body 513) for receiving the game ball that has entered the opening and closing ball entry means;
A second receiving portion (each lower wing member 515) for receiving the game ball that has entered the second ball entry portion,
A gaming machine characterized in that a gaming ball is received by the first receiving portion, thereby transitioning from an open state to a closed state, and a gaming ball is received by the second receiving portion, thereby transitioning from the closed state to the open state.

According to feature B8 of the present invention group, the opening and closing ball entry means transitions from an open state to a closed state by receiving a game ball at the first receiving part, and transitions from a closed state to an open state by receiving a game ball at the second receiving part, so that the opening and closing states can be transitioned using only the weight of the game ball without requiring other power sources such as electricity.

Feature B9.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features B1 to B8 of the present invention,
The starting ball entry means is
The ball is inserted into the first starting ball entry section (upper operating port 36) and the second starting ball entry section (lower operating port 37).
The gaming machine includes:
A first route (left hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry section and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry section;
A second path (right hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part;
The opening and closing ball entry means is disposed on the first path,
The game state transition means includes:
A first game state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of a ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is lower than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A second game state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of the ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is higher than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching between the first game state and the second game state,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after completing play in the specific control state, and switches from the second game state to the first game state after executing a predetermined number of internal lotteries.

According to feature B9 of the present invention group, after finishing playing in the specific control state, the player can execute the internal lottery by having the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path until the predetermined number of internal lotteries are executed (until the game state is switched from the second game state to the first game state). After that, since it becomes difficult to have the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path, the player can execute the internal lottery by having the game ball enter the first start ball entry section via the first path. Therefore, if the opening and closing ball entry means is disposed on the first path, the player will end up having the game ball enter the opening and closing ball entry means via the first path unless the game state is shifted to the specific control state after the opening and closing ball entry means is shifted from the closed state to the open state and before the predetermined number of internal lotteries are executed. In this case, the opening and closing ball entry means will transition from an open state to a closed state, and the player can play in the hope of transitioning the game state to a specific control state before a predetermined number of internal lotteries are performed.

Feature B10.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features B1 to B8 of the present invention,
The starting ball entry means is
The ball is inserted into the first starting ball entry section (upper operating port 36) and the second starting ball entry section (lower operating port 37).
The gaming machine includes:
A first route (left hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry section and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry section;
A second path (right hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part;
The opening and closing ball entry means is provided on a third path (weak shot route) different from the first path and the second path,
The game state transition means includes:
A first game state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of a ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is lower than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A second game state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of the ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is higher than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching between the first game state and the second game state,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after completing play in the specific control state, and switches from the second game state to the first game state after executing a predetermined number of internal lotteries.

According to feature B10 of the present invention group, after the player finishes playing in the specific control state, until the predetermined number of internal lotteries are performed (until the game state is switched from the second game state to the first game state), the player can perform the internal lottery by having the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path. After that, since it becomes difficult to have the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path, the player can perform the internal lottery by having the game ball enter the first start ball entry section via the first path. In addition, if the opening and closing ball entry means is disposed on the third path, the player will not enter the game ball into the opening and closing ball entry means even if the game state is not transitioned to the specific control state after transitioning the opening and closing ball entry means from the closed state to the open state until the predetermined number of internal lotteries are performed. In this case, the opening and closing ball entry means will not transition from the open state to the closed state, so the player can play with peace of mind.

Feature B of the present invention can expand the options available to players and increase the attention the players pay to the game, thereby solving the following problems:

Conventionally, there is known a gaming machine that has a launching means for launching gaming balls toward a gaming area formed in front of a gaming board, and executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a gaming ball enters an actuation port (initial ball entry means). For example, when a player wins a jackpot lottery, the gaming machine transitions the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of gaming balls, for example, by transitioning a variable winning device to a state in which the gaming ball can enter.

However, after the gaming machine transitions the gaming state to a specific control state, it follows the same flow to start playing in the specific control state regardless of whether the player intervenes or not. This means that the series of steps from transitioning the gaming state to starting playing in the specific control state becomes monotonous, resulting in a problem in that the player's attention to the game decreases.

<Characteristics Group C>
Feature C1.
A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising: launching means (launching handle 27) for launching a gaming ball toward a gaming area formed in front of a gaming board; starting ball entry means (upper actuation port 36 and lower actuation port 37) for allowing a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area to enter the gaming area and for executing an internal lottery when the gaming ball enters the gaming area; and gaming state transition means (main control device 60) for transitioning the gaming state to a specific control state advantageous to a player based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming ball into the starting ball entry means,
an opening/closing ball entry means (non-electric device 51) that has an open state in which a game ball flowing down the game area is allowed to enter and a closed state in which a game ball flowing down the game area is not allowed to enter, and that transitions from the open state to the closed state based on the entry of a game ball into the opening/closing ball entry means;
a variable ball entry means (Kroon 53C) that allows a ball flowing down the game area to enter the game area based on the result of an internal lottery executed based on the entry of a game ball into the start ball entry means, and that shifts the open/close ball entry means from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball;
The game state transition means includes:
A gaming machine characterized by being equipped with a specific control start means (game state transition processing) that transitions the game state to the specific control state and then starts playing in the specific control state when a game ball enters the opening/closing ball entry means and the variable ball entry means.

According to feature C1 of the present invention group, the gaming machine is equipped with a variable ball entry means that allows a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area to enter the game area based on the result of an internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming ball into the start ball entry means, and the variable ball entry means starts a game in a specific control state when the gaming ball enters the game area. Therefore, the player can start a game in a specific control state by entering a gaming ball into the variable ball entry means after the game state transition means transitions the game state to a specific control state. In addition, when the open/close ball entry means transitions from a closed state to an open state by entering a gaming ball into the variable ball entry means, the player can start a game in a specific control state by entering a gaming ball into the open/close ball entry means after transitioning the game state to the next specific control state with the game state transition means. Therefore, the gaming machine can expand the player's options and increase the player's interest in the game.

Feature C2.
In the gaming machine according to the feature C1 of the present invention,
The variable ball entry means is
The variable ball entry means includes a first ball entry section (holes 533B and 533C) and a second ball entry section (hole 533A) for allowing a game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means to enter the ball;
the game state transition means starts a game in the specific control state when a game ball enters the first ball entry section and the second ball entry section;
A gaming machine characterized in that a game in the specific control state that begins when a gaming ball enters the opening/closing ball entry means and the second ball entry section is valued more highly by a player than a game in the specific control state that begins when a gaming ball enters the first ball entry section.

According to feature C2 of the present invention, the game of the specific control state that starts when the game ball enters the opening and closing ball entry means and the second ball entry section gives the player a higher value than the game of the specific control state that starts when the game ball enters the first ball entry section, so when the player starts the game of the specific control state by having the game ball enter the variable ball entry means, the player will expect the ball to enter the second ball entry section. Also, when the opening and closing ball entry means is shifted from the closed state to the open state by having the game ball enter the variable ball entry means, the player can shift the game state to the next specific control state by the game state shifting means, and then start the game of the specific control state that gives the player a higher value than the game of the specific control state that starts when the game ball enters the first ball entry section by having the game ball enter the opening and closing ball entry means. Therefore, the gaming machine can expand the player's options and increase the player's interest in the game.

Feature C3.
In the gaming machine according to the feature C2 of the present invention,
The specific control starting means starts a game in the specific control state in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out when a game ball enters the first ball entry section, and starts a game in the specific control state in which more than the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out when a game ball enters the opening/closing ball entry means and the second ball entry section, thereby providing the player with a higher value than a game in the specific control state that starts when a game ball enters the first ball entry section.

According to feature C3 of the present invention group, the entry of a game ball into the second ball entry section can start a game in a specific control state in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and the opening and closing ball entry means and the entry of a game ball into the second ball entry section start a game in a specific control state in which more game balls than the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, thereby giving the player a higher value than a game in a specific control state that starts when a game ball enters the first ball entry section, so that when a game in a specific control state starts, the player will expect the ball to enter the second ball entry section. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature C4.
In the gaming machine described in feature C3 of the present invention,
The game machine is provided with an opening/closing ball entry means (variable winning device 38) that has an open state in which game balls flowing down the game area are allowed to enter the game machine and a closed state in which game balls flowing down the game area are not allowed to enter the game machine, and that pays out a predetermined game ball when the game ball enters the game machine;
The specific control initiation means is
A gaming machine characterized in that one game of the specific control state (round of game) is played from the time the opening and closing ball entry means is set to an open state until it is set to a closed state again, and game of the specific control state in which a specified number of game balls can be paid out is started by setting the number of times the opening and closing ball entry means is opened and closed to a specified number, and game of the specific control state in which more game balls can be paid out than the specified number of game balls is started by setting the number of times the opening and closing ball entry means is opened and closed to a number greater than the specified number.

According to feature C4 of the present invention group, the specific control starting means starts a game in a specific control state in which a specific number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times that the opening and closing ball entry means is opened and closed to a specific number when the game ball enters the first ball entry section, and starts a game in a specific control state in which more than the specific number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times that the opening and closing ball entry means is opened and closed to a number greater than the specific number when the game ball enters the opening and closing ball entry means and the second ball entry section, so that when starting a game in a specific control state, the player will be expecting the ball to enter the second ball entry section. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature C5.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features C2 to C4 of the present invention,
The variable ball entry means is
A cranes (cranes 53C) having a rolling surface (rolling surface 531) for rolling the game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means,
A gaming machine characterized in that the first ball entry section and the second ball entry section are provided on the rolling surface and allow a gaming ball rolling on the rolling surface to enter the section.

According to feature C5 of the present invention, the first ball entry section and the second ball entry section are provided on the rolling surface of the ball, so that the player pays attention to the fate of the game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature C6.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features C1 to C5 of the present invention,
The opening and closing ball entry means is
A first receiving portion (each plate-shaped body 513) for receiving the game ball that has entered the opening and closing ball entry means;
A second receiving portion (each lower wing member 515) for receiving the game ball that has entered the second ball entry portion,
A gaming machine characterized in that a gaming ball is received by the first receiving portion, thereby transitioning from an open state to a closed state, and a gaming ball is received by the second receiving portion, thereby transitioning from the closed state to the open state.

According to feature C6 of the present invention group, the opening/closing ball entry means transitions from an open state to a closed state by receiving a game ball at the first receiving part, and transitions from a closed state to an open state by receiving a game ball at the second receiving part, so that the opening/closing state can be transitioned using only the weight of the game ball without requiring other power sources such as electricity.

Feature C7.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features C1 to C6 of the present invention,
The starting ball entry means is
Equipped with a first starting ball entry section (upper operating port 36) and a second starting ball entry section (lower operating port 37),
The gaming machine includes:
A first route (left hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry section and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry section;
A second path (right hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part;
The opening and closing ball entry means is disposed on the first path,
The game state transition means includes:
A first game state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of the ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is lower than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A second game state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of the ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is higher than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching between the first game state and the second game state,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after completing play in the specific control state, and switches from the second game state to the first game state after executing a predetermined number of internal lotteries.

According to feature C7 of the present invention group, after finishing playing in the specific control state, the player can execute the internal lottery by having the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path until the predetermined number of internal lotteries are executed (until the game state is switched from the second game state to the first game state). After that, since it becomes difficult to have the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path, the player can execute the internal lottery by having the game ball enter the first start ball entry section via the first path. Therefore, if the opening and closing ball entry means is disposed on the first path, the player will end up having the game ball enter the opening and closing ball entry means via the first path unless the game state is transitioned to the specific control state after the opening and closing ball entry means is transitioned from the closed state to the open state and before the predetermined number of internal lotteries are executed. In this case, the opening and closing ball entry means will transition from an open state to a closed state, and the player can play in the hope of transitioning the game state to a specific control state before a predetermined number of internal lotteries are performed.

Feature C8.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features C1 to C6 of the present invention,
The starting ball entry means is
The ball is inserted into the first starting ball entry section (upper operating port 36) and the second starting ball entry section (lower operating port 37).
The gaming machine includes:
A first route (left hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry section and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry section;
A second path (right hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part;
The opening and closing ball entry means is provided on a third path (weak shot route) different from the first path and the second path,
The game state transition means includes:
A first game state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of a ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is lower than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A second game state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of the ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is higher than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching between the first game state and the second game state,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after completing play in the specific control state, and switches from the second game state to the first game state after executing a predetermined number of internal lotteries.

According to feature C8 of the present invention group, after the player finishes playing in the specific control state, until the predetermined number of internal lotteries are performed (until the game state is switched from the second game state to the first game state), the player can perform the internal lottery by having the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path. After that, since it becomes difficult to have the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path, the player can perform the internal lottery by having the game ball enter the first start ball entry section via the first path. In addition, if the opening and closing ball entry means is disposed on the third path, the player will not enter the game ball into the opening and closing ball entry means even if the game state is not transitioned to the specific control state after transitioning the opening and closing ball entry means from the closed state to the open state until the predetermined number of internal lotteries are performed. In this case, the opening and closing ball entry means will not transition from the open state to the closed state, so the player can play with peace of mind.

Feature C of the present invention can expand the options available to players and increase the attention the players pay to the game, thereby solving the following problems:

Conventionally, there is known a gaming machine that has a launching means for launching gaming balls toward a gaming area formed in front of a gaming board, and executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a gaming ball enters an actuation port (initial ball entry means). For example, when a player wins a jackpot lottery, the gaming machine transitions the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of gaming balls, for example, by transitioning a variable winning device to a state in which the gaming ball can enter.

However, after the gaming machine transitions the gaming state to a specific control state, it follows the same flow to start playing in the specific control state regardless of whether the player intervenes or not. This means that the series of steps from transitioning the gaming state to starting playing in the specific control state becomes monotonous, resulting in a problem in that the player's attention to the game decreases.

<Feature D group>
Feature D1.
A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising: launching means (launching handle 27) for launching a gaming ball toward a gaming area formed in front of a gaming board; starting ball entry means (upper actuation port 36 and lower actuation port 37) for allowing a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area to enter the gaming area and for executing an internal lottery when the gaming ball enters the gaming area; and gaming state transition means (main control device 60) for transitioning the gaming state to a specific control state advantageous to a player based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming ball into the starting ball entry means,
an opening/closing ball entry means (non-electric device 57) that has an open state in which a game ball flowing down the game area is allowed to enter and a closed state in which a game ball flowing down the game area is not allowed to enter, and that transitions from the open state to the closed state based on the entry of a game ball into the opening/closing ball entry means;
a variable ball entry means (Kroon 53D) that allows a ball flowing down the game area to enter the game area based on the result of an internal lottery executed based on the entry of a game ball into the start ball entry means, and that shifts the open/close ball entry means from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball;
The starting ball entry means is
The ball is inserted into the first starting ball entry section (upper operating port 36) and the second starting ball entry section (lower operating port 37).
The gaming machine includes:
A first route (left hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry section and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry section;
A second path (right hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part;
The opening and closing ball entry means is provided on a third path (weak shot route) different from the first path and the second path,
The game state transition means includes:
A gaming machine characterized by being equipped with a specific control start means (game state transition processing) that transitions the game state to the specific control state and then starts playing in the specific control state when a game ball enters the opening/closing ball entry means and the variable ball entry means.

According to feature D1 of the present invention, the gaming machine is provided with a variable ball entry means that allows a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area to enter the game area based on the result of an internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming ball into the start ball entry means, and the variable ball entry means starts a game in a specific control state when the gaming ball enters the game area, so that the player can start a game in the specific control state by entering the gaming ball into the variable ball entry means after the game state transition means transitions the game state to the specific control state. In addition, when the open/close ball entry means transitions from a closed state to an open state by entering the gaming ball into the variable ball entry means, the player can start a game in the specific control state by entering the gaming ball into the open/close ball entry means after transitioning the game state to the next specific control state with the game state transition means. Therefore, the gaming machine can expand the player's options and increase the player's interest in the game. In addition, since the opening and closing ball entry means is disposed on the third path, the player can cause the game ball to enter the opening and closing ball entry means by shooting the game ball on a path different from that used to cause the game ball to enter the starting ball entry means. Therefore, the gaming machine can reliably reflect the player's intentions, allowing the player to play comfortably.

Feature D2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature D1 of the present invention group,
The game state transition means includes:
A first game state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of a ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is lower than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A second game state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of the ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is higher than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching between the first game state and the second game state,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after completing play in the specific control state, and switches from the second game state to the first game state after executing a predetermined number of internal lotteries.

According to feature D2 of the present invention group, after the player finishes playing in the specific control state, the player can execute the internal lottery by having the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path until the predetermined number of internal lotteries are executed (until the game state is switched from the second game state to the first game state). After that, since it becomes difficult to have the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path, the player can execute the internal lottery by having the game ball enter the first start ball entry section via the first path. In addition, since the opening and closing ball entry means is disposed on the third path, the player will not enter the game ball into the opening and closing ball entry means even if the game state is not shifted to the specific control state after the opening and closing ball entry means is shifted from the closed state to the open state until the predetermined number of internal lotteries are executed. Therefore, the opening and closing ball entry means will not shift from the open state to the closed state, so the player can play with peace of mind.

Feature D3.
In the gaming machine according to the present invention,
The variable ball entry means is
The variable ball entry means includes a first ball entry section (holes 533B and 533C) and a second ball entry section (hole 533A) for allowing a game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means to enter the ball;
the specific control starting means starts a game in the specific control state when a game ball enters the first ball entry portion and the second ball entry portion;
A gaming machine characterized in that a game in the specific control state that begins when a gaming ball enters the opening/closing ball entry means and the second ball entry section is valued more highly by a player than a game in the specific control state that begins when a gaming ball enters the first ball entry section.

According to feature D3 of the present invention group, the game of the specific control state that starts when the game ball enters the opening and closing ball entry means and the second ball entry section gives the player a higher value than the game of the specific control state that starts when the game ball enters the first ball entry section, so when the player starts the game of the specific control state by having the game ball enter the variable ball entry means, the player will expect the ball to enter the second ball entry section. Also, when the opening and closing ball entry means is shifted from the closed state to the open state by having the game ball enter the variable ball entry means, the player can shift the game state to the next specific control state by the game state shifting means, and then start the game of the specific control state that gives the player a higher value than the game of the specific control state that starts when the game ball enters the first ball entry section by having the game ball enter the opening and closing ball entry means. Therefore, the gaming machine can expand the player's options and increase the player's interest in the game.

Feature D4.
In the gaming machine described in the feature D3 of the present invention,
The specific control starting means starts a game in the specific control state in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out when a game ball enters the first ball entry section, and starts a game in the specific control state in which more than the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out when a game ball enters the opening/closing ball entry means and the second ball entry section, thereby providing the player with a higher value than a game in the specific control state that starts when a game ball enters the first ball entry section.

According to feature D4 of the present invention group, the entry of a game ball into the second ball entry section can start a game in a specific control state in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and the opening and closing ball entry means and the entry of a game ball into the second ball entry section start a game in a specific control state in which more than a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, thereby giving the player a higher value than a game in a specific control state that starts when a game ball enters the first ball entry section, so that when a game in a specific control state starts, the player will expect the ball to enter the second ball entry section. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature D5.
In the gaming machine described in feature D4 of the present invention,
The game machine is provided with an opening/closing ball entry means (variable winning device 38) that has an open state in which game balls flowing down the game area are allowed to enter the game machine and a closed state in which game balls flowing down the game area are not allowed to enter the game machine, and that pays out a predetermined game ball when the game ball enters the game machine;
The specific control initiation means is
A gaming machine characterized in that one game of the specific control state (round of game) is played from the time the opening and closing ball entry means is set to an open state until it is set to a closed state again, and game of the specific control state in which a specified number of game balls can be paid out is started by setting the number of times the opening and closing ball entry means is opened and closed to a specified number, and game of the specific control state in which more game balls can be paid out than the specified number of game balls is started by setting the number of times the opening and closing ball entry means is opened and closed to a number greater than the specified number.

According to feature D5 of the present invention group, the specific control starting means starts a game in a specific control state in which a specific number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times that the opening and closing ball entry means is opened and closed to a specific number when the game ball enters the first ball entry section, and starts a game in a specific control state in which more than the specific number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times that the opening and closing ball entry means is opened and closed to a number greater than the specific number when the game ball enters the opening and closing ball entry means and the second ball entry section, so that when starting a game in a specific control state, the player will hope for the ball to enter the second ball entry section. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature D6.
In the gaming machine according to any one of the features D3 to D5 of the present invention,
The variable ball entry means is
A ball entering the variable ball entry means is rolled on a rolling surface (rolling surface 531) of the ball (ball 53D).
A gaming machine characterized in that the first ball entry section and the second ball entry section are provided on the rolling surface and allow a gaming ball rolling on the rolling surface to enter the ball entry section.

According to feature D6 of the present invention, the first ball entry section and the second ball entry section are provided on the rolling surface of the ball, so that the player pays attention to the fate of the game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature D7.
In the gaming machine according to any one of the features D1 to D8 of the present invention,
The opening and closing ball entry means is
A first receiving portion (each blade member 571) for receiving the game ball that has entered the opening and closing ball entry means;
A second receiving portion (second arm portion 576C) for receiving the game ball that has entered the second ball entry portion,
A gaming machine characterized in that a gaming ball is received by the first receiving portion, thereby transitioning from an open state to a closed state, and a gaming ball is received by the second receiving portion, thereby transitioning from the closed state to the open state.

According to feature D7 of the present invention group, the opening and closing ball entry means transitions from an open state to a closed state by receiving a game ball at the first receiving part, and transitions from a closed state to an open state by receiving a game ball at the second receiving part, so that the opening and closing states can be transitioned using only the weight of the game ball without requiring other power sources such as electricity.

Feature D of the present invention can expand the options available to players and increase the attention the players pay to the game, thereby solving the following problems:

Conventionally, there is known a gaming machine that has a launching means for launching gaming balls toward a gaming area formed in front of a gaming board, and executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a gaming ball enters an actuation port (initial ball entry means). For example, when a player wins a jackpot lottery, the gaming machine transitions the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of gaming balls, for example, by transitioning a variable winning device to a state in which the gaming ball can enter.

However, after the gaming machine transitions the gaming state to a specific control state, it follows the same flow to start playing in the specific control state regardless of whether the player intervenes or not. This means that the series of steps from transitioning the gaming state to starting playing in the specific control state becomes monotonous, resulting in a problem in that the player's attention to the game decreases.

<Features Group E>
Feature E1.
A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising: launching means (launching handle 27) for launching a gaming ball toward a gaming area formed in front of a gaming board; starting ball entry means (upper actuation port 36 and lower actuation port 37) for allowing a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area to enter the gaming area and for executing an internal lottery when the gaming ball enters the gaming area; and gaming state transition means (main control device 60) for transitioning the gaming state to a specific control state advantageous to a player based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming ball into the starting ball entry means,
an opening/closing ball entry means (non-electric device 51) that has an open state in which a game ball flowing down the game area is allowed to enter and a closed state in which a game ball flowing down the game area is not allowed to enter, and that transitions from the open state to the closed state based on the entry of a game ball into the opening/closing ball entry means;
A variable ball entry means (Klune 53E) is provided which allows a game ball flowing down the game area to enter the game area based on a result of an internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball into the start ball entry means,
The variable ball entry means is
A first ball entry section (holes 533B, 533C) that allows a game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means to enter the ball entry section and does not cause the open/close ball entry means to transition from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball;
a second ball entry section (hole 533A) that allows the game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means to enter and transitions the open/close ball entry means from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball;
The game state transition means includes:
a specific control start means (game state transition process) for starting a game in the specific control state when a game ball enters any one of the opening and closing ball entry means, the first ball entry section, and the second ball entry section after the game state is transitioned to the specific control state;
The game in the specific control state is
A first specific game (four rounds of games);
a second specific game (16 rounds of games) that provides a player with a higher value than the first specific game;
A gaming machine characterized in that the specific control starting means starts either the first specific game or the second specific game when a gaming ball enters the first ball entry section and the second ball entry section.

According to feature E1 of the present invention group, the gaming machine is provided with a variable ball entry means that allows a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area to enter based on the result of an internal lottery executed based on the entry of a gaming ball into the starting ball entry means, and the variable ball entry means is provided with a first ball entry section and a second ball entry section that start a game in a specific control state when a gaming ball enters, so that a player can start a game in a specific control state by entering a gaming ball into the first ball entry section or the second ball entry section after the game state transition means transitions the game state to a specific control state. In addition, the second ball entry section transitions the opening and closing ball entry means from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the gaming ball, so that a player can start a game in a specific control state by entering a gaming ball into the opening and closing ball entry means after the game state transition means transitions the game state to the next specific control state. Therefore, the gaming machine can expand the player's options and increase the player's attention to the game.

The game in the specific control state includes a first specific game and a second specific game that provides the player with a higher value than the first specific game, and the specific control starting means starts either the first specific game or the second specific game when the game ball enters the first ball entry section and the second ball entry section, so that when the player starts the game in the specific control state by having the game ball enter the variable ball entry means, the player will look forward to the start of the second specific game. Therefore, the gaming machine can further increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature E2.
In the gaming machine according to the feature E1 of the present invention,
A gaming machine characterized in that the game in the specific control state which begins when a gaming ball enters the opening and closing ball entry means is the second specific game.

According to feature E2 of the present invention group, the game in the specific control state that starts when the game ball enters the opening and closing ball entry means is the second specific game, so when the opening and closing ball entry means is transitioned from the closed state to the open state based on the game ball entering the second ball entry section, the player can start the second specific game that gives the player a higher value than the first specific game by having the game ball enter the opening and closing ball entry means after transitioning the game state to the next specific control state with the game state transition means. Also, when the player starts the game in the specific control state by having the game ball enter the variable ball entry means, he or she will look forward to the game ball entering the second ball entry section and the start of the second specific game. Therefore, the gaming machine can further increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature E3.
In the gaming machine according to the feature E1 or feature E2 of the present invention,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the game state transition means sets the first specific game and the second specific game to be started when a gaming ball enters the first ball entry section and the second ball entry section by executing a lottery to select the first specific game and the second specific game.

According to feature E3 of the present invention group, the game state transition means sets the first and second specific games to be started when the game ball enters the first and second entry sections by executing a lottery to select the first and second specific games, so that the player will pay attention to the result of the lottery to select the first and second specific games. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature E4.
In the gaming machine according to any one of the features E1 to E3 of the present invention,
The specific control starting means starts the first specific game in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and starts the second specific game in which more game balls than the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out.

According to feature E4 of the present invention group, the specific control starting means starts a first specific game in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and starts a second specific game in which more than the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, so that when a game in a specific control state is started, the player will look forward to the start of the second specific game. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature E5.
In the gaming machine according to the feature E4 of the present invention,
The game machine is provided with an opening/closing ball entry means (variable winning device 38) that has an open state in which game balls flowing down the game area are allowed to enter the game machine and a closed state in which game balls flowing down the game area are not allowed to enter the game machine, and that pays out a predetermined game ball when the game ball enters the game machine;
The specific control initiation means is
A gaming machine characterized in that the period from when the opening and closing ball entry means is set to an open state until it is set to a closed state again is considered to be one game of the specific control state (round game), and the first specific game in which the specified number of game balls can be paid out is started by setting the number of times the opening and closing ball entry means is opened and closed a specified number of times, and the second specific game in which more game balls can be paid out than the specified number of game balls is started by setting the number of times the opening and closing ball entry means is opened and closed a number greater than the specified number of times.

According to feature E5 of the present invention group, the specific control starting means starts a first specific game in which a specific number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times the opening and closing ball entry means is opened and closed to a specific number, and starts a second specific game in which more than the specific number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times the opening and closing ball entry means is opened and closed to a number greater than the specific number, so that when a game in a specific control state is started, the player will look forward to the start of the second specific game. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature E6.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features E1 to E5 of the present invention,
The variable ball entry means is
A ball entering the variable ball entry means is rolled on a rolling surface (rolling surface 531) of the ball (ball 53E).
A gaming machine characterized in that the first ball entry section and the second ball entry section are provided on the rolling surface and allow a gaming ball rolling on the rolling surface to enter the section.

According to feature E6 of the present invention, the first ball entry section and the second ball entry section are provided on the rolling surface of the ball, so that the player pays attention to the fate of the game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature E7.
In the gaming machine according to any one of the features E1 to E6 of the present invention,
The opening and closing ball entry means is
A first receiving portion (each plate-shaped body 513) for receiving the game ball that has entered the opening and closing ball entry means;
A second receiving portion (each lower wing member 515) for receiving the game ball that has entered the second ball entry portion,
A gaming machine characterized in that a gaming ball is received by the first receiving portion, thereby transitioning from an open state to a closed state, and a gaming ball is received by the second receiving portion, thereby transitioning from the closed state to the open state.

According to feature E7 of the present invention group, the opening and closing ball entry means transitions from an open state to a closed state by receiving a game ball at the first receiving part, and transitions from a closed state to an open state by receiving a game ball at the second receiving part, so that the opening and closing states can be transitioned using only the weight of the game ball without requiring other power sources such as electricity.

Feature E8.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features E1 to E7 of the present invention,
The starting ball entry means is
The ball is inserted into the first starting ball entry section (upper operating port 36) and the second starting ball entry section (lower operating port 37).
The gaming machine includes:
A first route (left hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry section and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry section;
A second path (right hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part;
The opening and closing ball entry means is disposed on the first path,
The game state transition means includes:
A first game state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of a ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is lower than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A second game state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of the ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is higher than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching between the first game state and the second game state,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after completing play in the specific control state, and switches from the second game state to the first game state after executing a predetermined number of internal lotteries.

According to feature E8 of the present invention group, after finishing playing in the specific control state, the player can execute the internal lottery by having the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path until the predetermined number of internal lotteries are executed (until the game state is switched from the second game state to the first game state). After that, since it becomes difficult to have the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path, the player can execute the internal lottery by having the game ball enter the first start ball entry section via the first path. Therefore, if the opening and closing ball entry means is disposed on the first path, the player will end up having the game ball enter the opening and closing ball entry means via the first path unless the game state is transitioned to the specific control state after the opening and closing ball entry means is transitioned from the closed state to the open state and before the predetermined number of internal lotteries are executed. In this case, the opening and closing ball entry means will transition from an open state to a closed state, and the player can play in the hope of transitioning the game state to a specific control state before a predetermined number of internal lotteries are performed.

Feature E9.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features E1 to E7 of the present invention,
The starting ball entry means is
The ball is inserted into the first starting ball entry section (upper operating port 36) and the second starting ball entry section (lower operating port 37).
The gaming machine includes:
A first route (left hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry section and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry section;
A second path (right hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part;
The opening and closing ball entry means is provided on a third path (weak shot route) different from the first path and the second path,
The game state transition means includes:
A first game state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of a ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is lower than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A second game state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of the ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is higher than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching between the first game state and the second game state,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after completing play in the specific control state, and switches from the second game state to the first game state after executing a predetermined number of internal lotteries.

According to feature E9 of the present invention group, after the player finishes playing in the specific control state, the player can execute the internal lottery by having the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path until the predetermined number of internal lotteries are executed (until the game state is switched from the second game state to the first game state). After that, it becomes difficult to have the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path, so the player can execute the internal lottery by having the game ball enter the first start ball entry section via the first path. In addition, if the opening and closing ball entry means is disposed on the third path, the player will not enter the game ball into the opening and closing ball entry means even if the game state is not shifted to the specific control state after the opening and closing ball entry means is shifted from the closed state to the open state until the predetermined number of internal lotteries are executed. In this case, the opening and closing ball entry means will not shift from the open state to the closed state, so the player can play with peace of mind.

Feature Group E of the present invention can expand the options available to players and increase the attention that players give to the game, thereby solving the following problems:

Conventionally, there is known a gaming machine that has a launching means for launching gaming balls toward a gaming area formed in front of a gaming board, and executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a gaming ball enters an actuation port (initial ball entry means). For example, when a player wins a jackpot lottery, the gaming machine transitions the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of gaming balls, for example, by transitioning a variable winning device to a state in which the gaming ball can enter.

However, after the gaming machine transitions the gaming state to a specific control state, it follows the same flow to start playing in the specific control state regardless of whether the player intervenes or not. This means that the series of steps from transitioning the gaming state to starting playing in the specific control state becomes monotonous, resulting in a problem in that the player's attention to the game decreases.

<Feature Group F>
Feature F1.
A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising: launching means (launching handle 27) for launching a gaming ball toward a gaming area formed in front of a gaming board; starting ball entry means (upper actuation port 36 and lower actuation port 37) for allowing a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area to enter the gaming area and for executing an internal lottery when the gaming ball enters the gaming area; and gaming state transition means (main control device 60) for transitioning the gaming state to a specific control state advantageous to a player based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming ball into the starting ball entry means,
an opening/closing ball entry means (non-electric device 51) that has an open state in which a game ball flowing down the game area is allowed to enter and a closed state in which a game ball flowing down the game area is not allowed to enter, and that transitions from the open state to the closed state based on the entry of a game ball into the opening/closing ball entry means;
A variable ball entry means (a 53A and a first 55) is provided, which allows a game ball flowing down the game area to enter the game area based on the result of an internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball into the start ball entry means,
The variable ball entry means is
A ball entry section (each of the holes 533A to 533C, 553A, and 553B) for allowing the game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means to enter the ball;
and an opening/closing lottery means (rotating body 537, receiving tray 538, and second crane 56) for executing a lottery for the opening/closing ball entry means based on the entry of a game ball into the ball entry section;
The game state transition means includes:
A specific control starting means (game state transition processing) is provided for starting a game in the specific control state when a game ball enters either the opening/closing ball entry means or the ball entry section after the game state is transitioned to the specific control state,
The game in the specific control state is
A first specific game (four rounds of games);
a second specific game (16 rounds of games) that provides a player with a higher value than the first specific game;
The specific control starting means is adapted to start either the first specific game or the second specific game when a gaming ball enters the ball entry section.

According to feature F1 of the present invention, the gaming machine includes a variable ball entry means that allows a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area to enter the game area based on the result of an internal lottery executed based on the entry of a gaming ball into the start ball entry means, and the variable ball entry means includes a ball entry section that starts a game in a specific control state when a gaming ball enters the game area, so that a player can start a game in a specific control state by entering a gaming ball into the ball entry section after the game state transition means transitions the game state to a specific control state. Also, the variable ball entry means includes an opening and closing lottery means that executes a lottery regarding the opening and closing ball entry means based on the entry of a gaming ball into the ball entry section, so that, for example, if a player wins the lottery executed by the opening and closing lottery means and transitions the opening and closing ball entry means from a closed state to an open state, the player can start a game in a specific control state by entering a gaming ball into the opening and closing ball entry means after the game state transition means transitions the game state to the next specific control state. Therefore, the gaming machine can expand the options available to players and increase the player's interest in the game.

The game in the specific control state includes a first specific game and a second specific game that provides the player with a higher value than the first specific game, and the specific control starting means starts either the first specific game or the second specific game when the game ball enters the ball entry section, so that when the game in the specific control state is started by having the game ball enter the variable ball entry means, the player will look forward to the start of the second specific game. Therefore, the gaming machine can further increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature F2.
A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising: launching means (launching handle 27) for launching a gaming ball toward a gaming area formed in front of a gaming board; starting ball entry means (upper actuation port 36 and lower actuation port 37) for allowing a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area to enter the gaming area and for executing an internal lottery when the gaming ball enters the gaming area; and gaming state transition means (main control device 60) for transitioning the gaming state to a specific control state advantageous to a player based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming ball into the starting ball entry means,
an opening/closing ball entry means (non-electric device 51) that has an open state in which a game ball flowing down the game area is allowed to enter and a closed state in which a game ball flowing down the game area is not allowed to enter, and that transitions from the open state to the closed state based on the entry of a game ball into the opening/closing ball entry means;
a variable ball entry means (Kroon 53C) that allows a ball flowing down the game area to enter the game area based on the result of an internal lottery executed based on the entry of a game ball into the start ball entry means, and that shifts the open/close ball entry means from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball;
The game state transition means includes:
A specific control start means (game state transition process) is provided for starting a game in the specific control state when a game ball enters the opening/closing ball entry means and the variable ball entry means after the game state is transitioned to the specific control state,
The game in the specific control state is
A first specific game (four rounds of games);
a second specific game (16 rounds of games) that provides a player with a higher value than the first specific game;
A gaming machine characterized in that the specific control starting means starts either the first specific game or the second specific game when a gaming ball enters the variable ball entry means.

According to feature F2 of the present invention group, the gaming machine is provided with a variable ball entry means that allows a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area to enter the game area based on the result of an internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming ball into the start ball entry means, and the variable ball entry means starts a game in a specific control state when the gaming ball enters the game area. Therefore, the player can start a game in a specific control state by entering a gaming ball into the variable ball entry means after the game state transition means transitions the game state to a specific control state. In addition, when the open/close ball entry means transitions from a closed state to an open state by entering a gaming ball into the variable ball entry means, the player can start a game in a specific control state by entering a gaming ball into the open/close ball entry means after transitioning the game state to the next specific control state with the game state transition means. Therefore, the gaming machine can expand the player's options and increase the player's interest in the game.

In addition, the game in the specific control state comprises a first specific game and a second specific game that provides the player with a higher value than the first specific game, and the specific control starting means starts either the first specific game or the second specific game when a game ball enters the variable ball entry means, so that when a game in the specific control state is started by having a game ball enter the variable ball entry means, the player will look forward to the start of the second specific game. Therefore, the gaming machine can further increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature F3.
In the gaming machine according to the feature F1 or feature F2 of the present invention,
A gaming machine characterized in that the game in the specific control state which begins when a gaming ball enters the opening and closing ball entry means is the second specific game.

According to feature F3 of the present invention group, the game in the specific control state that starts when a game ball enters the opening and closing ball entry means is a second specific game, so when the opening and closing ball entry means is transitioned from a closed state to an open state based on the game ball entering the variable ball entry means, the player can start a second specific game that gives the player a higher value than the first specific game by having the game ball enter the opening and closing ball entry means after transitioning the game state to the next specific control state with the game state transition means. Also, when a game in the specific control state starts by having the game ball enter the variable ball entry means, the player will look forward to the start of the second specific game. Therefore, the gaming machine can further increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature F4.
In the gaming machine according to any one of the features F1 to F3 of the present invention,
A gaming machine characterized in that the game state transition means sets the first specific game and the second specific game to be started when a gaming ball enters the variable ball entry means by executing a lottery to select the first specific game and the second specific game.

According to feature F4 of the present invention group, the game state transition means sets the first and second specific games to be started when the game ball enters the variable ball entry means by executing a lottery to select the first and second specific games, so that the player will pay attention to the result of the lottery to select the first and second specific games. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature F5.
In the gaming machine according to any one of the features F1 to F4 of the present invention,
The specific control starting means starts the first specific game in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and starts the second specific game in which more game balls than the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out.

According to feature F5 of the present invention group, the specific control starting means starts a first specific game in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and starts a second specific game in which more than the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, so that when a game in a specific control state is started, the player will look forward to the start of the second specific game. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature F6.
In the gaming machine described in feature F5 of the present invention,
The game machine is provided with an opening/closing ball entry means (variable winning device 38) that has an open state in which game balls flowing down the game area are allowed to enter the game machine and a closed state in which game balls flowing down the game area are not allowed to enter the game machine, and that pays out a predetermined game ball when the game ball enters the game machine;
The specific control initiation means is
A gaming machine characterized in that the period from when the opening and closing ball entry means is set to an open state until it is set to a closed state again is considered to be one game of the specific control state (round game), and the first specific game in which the specified number of game balls can be paid out is started by setting the number of times the opening and closing ball entry means is opened and closed a specified number of times, and the second specific game in which more game balls can be paid out than the specified number of game balls is started by setting the number of times the opening and closing ball entry means is opened and closed a number greater than the specified number of times.

According to feature F6 of the present invention group, the specific control starting means starts a first specific game in which a specific number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times the opening and closing ball entry means is opened and closed to a specific number, and starts a second specific game in which more than the specific number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times the opening and closing ball entry means is opened and closed to a number greater than the specific number, so that when a game in a specific control state is started, the player will look forward to the start of the second specific game. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature F7.
In the gaming machine according to any one of the features F1 to F6 of the present invention,
The variable ball entry means is
A plurality of ball entry sections (holes 533A to 533C, 553A, 553B) for allowing game balls that have entered the variable ball entry means to enter the ball entry section;
The variable ball entry means includes a ball entry surface (rolling surface 531) for rolling the game ball that has entered the ball entry means. The ball entry surface 531 is a rolling surface for rolling the game ball that has entered the ball entry means.
The plurality of ball entry sections are provided on the rolling surface and allow game balls rolling on the rolling surface to enter the ball entry sections.

According to feature F7 of the present invention, since multiple ball entry sections are provided on the rolling surface of the ball, the player will pay attention to the fate of the game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature F8.
In the gaming machine according to any one of the features F1 to F7 of the present invention,
The opening and closing ball entry means is
A first receiving portion (each plate-shaped body 513) for receiving the game ball that has entered the opening and closing ball entry means;
A second receiving portion (each lower wing member 515) for receiving the game ball that has entered the second ball entry portion,
A gaming machine characterized in that a gaming ball is received by the first receiving portion, thereby transitioning from an open state to a closed state, and a gaming ball is received by the second receiving portion, thereby transitioning from the closed state to the open state.

According to feature F8 of the present invention group, the opening and closing ball entry means transitions from an open state to a closed state by receiving a game ball at the first receiving part, and transitions from a closed state to an open state by receiving a game ball at the second receiving part, so that the opening and closing states can be transitioned using only the weight of the game ball without requiring other power sources such as electricity.

Feature F9.
In the gaming machine according to any one of the features F1 to E8 of the present invention,
The starting ball entry means is
The ball is inserted into the first starting ball entry section (upper operating port 36) and the second starting ball entry section (lower operating port 37).
The gaming machine includes:
A first route (left hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry section and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry section;
A second path (right hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part;
The opening and closing ball entry means is disposed on the first path,
The game state transition means includes:
A first game state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of a ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is lower than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A second game state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of the ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is higher than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching between the first game state and the second game state,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after completing play in the specific control state, and switches from the second game state to the first game state after executing a predetermined number of internal lotteries.

According to feature F9 of the present invention group, after finishing playing in the specific control state, the player can execute the internal lottery by having the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path until the predetermined number of internal lotteries are executed (until the game state is switched from the second game state to the first game state). After that, since it becomes difficult to have the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path, the player can execute the internal lottery by having the game ball enter the first start ball entry section via the first path. Therefore, if the opening and closing ball entry means is disposed on the first path, the player will end up having the game ball enter the opening and closing ball entry means via the first path unless the game state is transitioned to the specific control state after the opening and closing ball entry means is transitioned from the closed state to the open state and before the predetermined number of internal lotteries are executed. In this case, the opening and closing ball entry means will transition from an open state to a closed state, and the player can play in the hope of transitioning the game state to a specific control state before a predetermined number of internal lotteries are performed.

Feature F10.
In the gaming machine according to any one of the features F1 to F8 of the present invention,
The starting ball entry means is
The ball is inserted into the first starting ball entry section (upper operating port 36) and the second starting ball entry section (lower operating port 37).
The gaming machine includes:
A first route (left hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry section and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry section;
A second path (right hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part;
The opening and closing ball entry means is provided on a third path (weak shot route) different from the first path and the second path,
The game state transition means includes:
A first game state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of a ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is lower than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A second game state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of the ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is higher than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching between the first game state and the second game state,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after completing play in the specific control state, and switches from the second game state to the first game state after executing a predetermined number of internal lotteries.

According to feature F10 of the present invention group, after finishing the game in the specific control state, the player can execute the internal lottery by making the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path until the predetermined number of internal lotteries are executed (until the game state is switched from the second game state to the first game state). After that, since it becomes difficult to make the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path, the player can execute the internal lottery by making the game ball enter the first start ball entry section via the first path. In addition, if the opening and closing ball entry means is arranged on the third path, the player will not enter the game ball into the opening and closing ball entry means even if the game state is not shifted to the specific control state after the opening and closing ball entry means is shifted from the closed state to the open state until the predetermined number of internal lotteries are executed. In this case, the opening and closing ball entry means will not shift from the open state to the closed state, so the player can play with peace of mind.

Feature F of the present invention can expand the options available to players and increase the attention the players pay to the game, thereby solving the following problems:

Conventionally, there is known a gaming machine that has a launching means for launching gaming balls toward a gaming area formed in front of a gaming board, and executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a gaming ball enters an actuation port (initial ball entry means). For example, when a player wins a jackpot lottery, the gaming machine transitions the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of gaming balls, for example, by transitioning a variable winning device to a state in which the gaming ball can enter.

However, after the gaming machine transitions the gaming state to a specific control state, it follows the same flow to start playing in the specific control state regardless of whether the player intervenes or not. This means that the series of steps from transitioning the gaming state to starting playing in the specific control state becomes monotonous, resulting in a problem in that the player's attention to the game decreases.

<Feature Group G>
Feature G1.
A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising: launching means (launching handle 27) for launching a gaming ball toward a gaming area formed in front of a gaming board; starting ball entry means (upper actuation port 36 and lower actuation port 37) for allowing a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area to enter the gaming area and for executing an internal lottery when the gaming ball enters the gaming area; and gaming state transition means (main control device 60) for transitioning the gaming state to a specific control state advantageous to a player based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming ball into the starting ball entry means,
A variable ball entry means (Klune 53E) is provided to allow a game ball flowing down the game area to enter the game area based on the result of an internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball into the start ball entry means,
The variable ball entry means is
A specific ball entry section (round game execution gate) that allows the game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means to enter and controls the game in the specific control state based on the game ball entry;
A gaming machine characterized in that it is provided with a non-specific ball entry section (replay gate) that allows a gaming ball that has entered the variable ball entry means to enter the game and does not control the game in the specific control state based on the entry of the gaming ball.

According to feature G1 of the present invention group, the gaming machine is equipped with a variable ball entry means that allows a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area to enter based on the result of an internal lottery executed based on the entry of a gaming ball into the start ball entry means, and the variable ball entry means is equipped with a specific ball entry section that controls the game in the specific control state when the gaming ball enters, so that the player can control the game in the specific control state by having the gaming ball enter the specific ball entry section after the game state transition means transitions the game state to the specific control state. Also, since the non-specific ball entry section does not control the game in the specific control state based on the entry of the gaming ball, the player can enter the gaming ball into the variable ball entry means again. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature G2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature G1 of the present invention group,
The non-specific ball entry section executes the payout of game balls based on the entry of the game ball.

According to feature G2 of the present invention group, the non-specific ball entry section executes the payout of game balls based on the entry of the game ball, so that the player can increase the number of game balls without controlling the game in the specific control state by having the game ball enter the non-specific ball entry section after transitioning the game state to the specific control state using the game state transition means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature G3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature G1 or feature G2 of the present invention group,
The game machine has an open state in which game balls flowing down the game area are allowed to enter the game machine, and a closed state in which game balls flowing down the game area are not allowed to enter the game machine, and is provided with an opening/closing ball entry means (non-electric device 51) that transitions from the open state to the closed state based on the entry of a game ball into the game machine;
The game state transition means includes:
A specific control starting means (game state transition processing) is provided for starting a game in the specific control state when a game ball enters the specific ball entry portion after the game state is transitioned to the specific control state,
The variable ball entry means is
The non-specific ball entry unit allows a game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means to enter the game ball, and does not cause the open/close ball entry means to transition from a closed state to an open state based on the game ball entering the game ball;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising a specific ball entry section which allows a gaming ball that has entered the variable ball entry means to enter the game ball and transitions the opening/closing ball entry means from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the gaming ball.

According to feature G3 of the present invention group, the specific ball entry section transitions the opening and closing ball entry means from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of a game ball, so that the player can start playing in the specific control state by having the game ball enter the opening and closing ball entry means after transitioning the game state to the next specific control state using the game state transition means. Therefore, the gaming machine can expand the player's options and increase the player's interest in the game.

Feature G4.
In the gaming machine described in the feature G1 or feature G2 of the present invention group,
The game machine has an open state in which game balls flowing down the game area are allowed to enter the game machine, and a closed state in which game balls flowing down the game area are not allowed to enter the game machine, and is provided with an opening/closing ball entry means (non-electric device 51) that transitions from the open state to the closed state based on the entry of a game ball into the game machine;
The game state transition means includes:
A specific control starting means (game state transition processing) is provided for starting a game in the specific control state when a game ball enters the specific ball entry portion after the game state is transitioned to the specific control state,
The variable ball entry means is
The specific ball entry unit allows a game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means to enter the game ball, and does not cause the open/close ball entry means to transition from a closed state to an open state based on the game ball entering the game ball;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising a non-specific ball entry section that allows a gaming ball that has entered the variable ball entry means to enter the game ball and transitions the opening and closing ball entry means from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the gaming ball.

According to feature G4 of the present invention group, the non-specific ball entry section transitions the opening and closing ball entry means from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the game ball, so that the player can then start playing in a specific control state by having the game ball enter the opening and closing ball entry means, without having the game ball enter the specific ball entry section. Therefore, the gaming machine can expand the player's options and increase the player's interest in the game.

Feature G5.
In the gaming machine described in feature G3 or feature G4 of the present invention,
The game in the specific control state is
A first specific game (four rounds of games);
a second specific game (16 rounds of games) that provides a player with a higher value than the first specific game;
A gaming machine characterized in that the specific control starting means starts either the first specific game or the second specific game when a gaming ball enters the specific ball entry section.

According to feature G5 of the present invention group, the game in the specific control state comprises a first specific game and a second specific game that provides the player with a higher value than the first specific game, and the specific control starting means starts either the first specific game or the second specific game when the game ball enters the specific ball entry section, so that when the game in the specific control state is started by having the game ball enter the specific ball entry section, the player will look forward to the start of the second specific game. Therefore, the gaming machine can further increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature G6.
In the gaming machine described in feature G5 of the present invention,
A gaming machine characterized in that the game in the specific control state which begins when a gaming ball enters the opening and closing ball entry means is the second specific game.

According to feature G6 of the present invention group, the game in the specific control state that starts when a gaming ball enters the opening and closing ball entry means is a second specific game, so when the opening and closing ball entry means is transitioned from a closed state to an open state, the player can start a second specific game that provides the player with a higher value than the first specific game by having the gaming ball enter the opening and closing ball entry means. Therefore, the gaming machine can further increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature G7.
In the gaming machine described in feature G5 or feature G6 of the present invention,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the game state transition means sets the first specific game and the second specific game to be started when a gaming ball enters the specific ball entry section by executing a lottery to select the first specific game and the second specific game.

According to feature G7 of the present invention group, the game state transition means executes a lottery to select the first specific game and the second specific game, thereby setting the first specific game and the second specific game to be started when the game ball enters the specific ball entry section, so that the player will pay attention to the result of the lottery to select the first specific game and the second specific game. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature G8.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features G5 to G7 of the present invention,
The specific control starting means starts the first specific game in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and starts the second specific game in which more game balls than the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out.

According to feature G8 of the present invention group, the specific control starting means starts a first specific game in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and starts a second specific game in which more than the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, so that when a game in a specific control state is started, the player will look forward to the start of the second specific game. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature G9.
In the gaming machine described in feature G8 of the present invention,
The game machine is provided with an opening/closing ball entry means (variable winning device 38) that has an open state in which game balls flowing down the game area are allowed to enter the game machine and a closed state in which game balls flowing down the game area are not allowed to enter the game machine, and that pays out a predetermined game ball when the game ball enters the game machine;
The specific control initiation means is
A gaming machine characterized in that the period from when the opening and closing ball entry means is set to an open state until it is set to a closed state again is considered to be one game of the specific control state (round game), and the first specific game in which the specified number of game balls can be paid out is started by setting the number of times the opening and closing ball entry means is opened and closed a specified number of times, and the second specific game in which more game balls can be paid out than the specified number of game balls is started by setting the number of times the opening and closing ball entry means is opened and closed a number greater than the specified number of times.

According to feature G9 of the present invention group, the specific control starting means starts a first specific game in which a specific number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times the opening and closing ball entry means is opened and closed to a specific number, and starts a second specific game in which more than the specific number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times the opening and closing ball entry means is opened and closed to a number greater than the specific number, so that when a game in a specific control state is started, the player will look forward to the start of the second specific game. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature G10.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features G3 to G9 of the present invention,
The opening and closing ball entry means is
A first receiving portion (each plate-shaped body 513) for receiving the game ball that has entered the opening and closing ball entry means;
A second receiving portion (each lower wing member 515) for receiving the game ball that has entered the second ball entry portion,
A gaming machine characterized in that a gaming ball is received by the first receiving portion, thereby transitioning from an open state to a closed state, and a gaming ball is received by the second receiving portion, thereby transitioning from the closed state to the open state.

According to feature G10 of the present invention group, the opening/closing ball entry means transitions from an open state to a closed state by receiving a game ball at the first receiving part, and transitions from a closed state to an open state by receiving a game ball at the second receiving part, so that the opening/closing state can be transitioned using only the weight of the game ball without requiring other power sources such as electricity.

Feature G11.
In a gaming machine according to any one of features G3 to G10 of the present invention,
The starting ball entry means is
The ball is inserted into the first starting ball entry section (upper operating port 36) and the second starting ball entry section (lower operating port 37).
The gaming machine includes:
A first route (left hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry section and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry section;
A second path (right hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part;
The opening and closing ball entry means is disposed on the first path,
The game state transition means includes:
A first game state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of a ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is lower than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A second game state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of the ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is higher than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching between the first game state and the second game state,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after completing play in the specific control state, and switches from the second game state to the first game state after executing a predetermined number of internal lotteries.

According to feature G11 of the present invention group, after finishing playing in the specific control state, the player can execute the internal lottery by having the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path until the predetermined number of internal lotteries are executed (until the game state is switched from the second game state to the first game state). After that, since it becomes difficult to have the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path, the player can execute the internal lottery by having the game ball enter the first start ball entry section via the first path. Therefore, if the opening and closing ball entry means is disposed on the first path, the player will end up having the game ball enter the opening and closing ball entry means via the first path unless the game state is shifted to the specific control state after the opening and closing ball entry means is shifted from the closed state to the open state and before the predetermined number of internal lotteries are executed. In this case, the opening and closing ball entry means will transition from an open state to a closed state, and the player can play in the hope of transitioning the game state to a specific control state before a predetermined number of internal lotteries are performed.

Feature G12.
In a gaming machine according to any one of features G3 to G10 of the present invention,
The starting ball entry means is
The ball is inserted into the first starting ball entry section (upper operating port 36) and the second starting ball entry section (lower operating port 37).
The gaming machine includes:
A first route (left hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry section and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry section;
A second path (right hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part;
The opening and closing ball entry means is provided on a third path (weak shot route) different from the first path and the second path,
The game state transition means includes:
A first game state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of a ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is lower than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A second game state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of the ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is higher than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching between the first game state and the second game state,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after completing play in the specific control state, and switches from the second game state to the first game state after executing a predetermined number of internal lotteries.

According to feature G12 of the present invention group, after the player finishes playing in the specific control state, until the predetermined number of internal lotteries are performed (until the game state is switched from the second game state to the first game state), the player can perform the internal lottery by having the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path. After that, since it becomes difficult to have the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path, the player can perform the internal lottery by having the game ball enter the first start ball entry section via the first path. In addition, if the opening and closing ball entry means is disposed on the third path, the player will not enter the game ball into the opening and closing ball entry means even if the game state is not transitioned to the specific control state after transitioning the opening and closing ball entry means from the closed state to the open state until the predetermined number of internal lotteries are performed. In this case, the opening and closing ball entry means will not transition from the open state to the closed state, so the player can play with peace of mind.

Feature G13.
In a gaming machine according to any one of features G1 to G12 of the present invention,
The variable ball entry means is
A ball entering the variable ball entry means is rolled on a rolling surface (rolling surface 531) of the ball (ball 53E).
A gaming machine characterized in that the specific ball entry area and the non-specific ball entry area are provided on the rolling surface and allow a gaming ball rolling on the rolling surface to enter the specific ball entry area.

According to feature G13 of the present invention, the specific ball entry section and the non-specific ball entry section are provided on the rolling surface of the ball, so that the player pays attention to the fate of the game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

These feature groups G of the present invention can expand the options available to players and increase the attention that players give to the game, thereby solving the following problems:

Conventionally, there is known a gaming machine that has a launching means for launching gaming balls toward a gaming area formed in front of a gaming board, and executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a gaming ball enters an actuation port (initial ball entry means). For example, when a player wins a jackpot lottery, the gaming machine transitions the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of gaming balls, for example, by transitioning a variable winning device to a state in which the gaming ball can enter.

However, after the gaming machine transitions the gaming state to a specific control state, it follows the same flow to start playing in the specific control state regardless of whether the player intervenes or not. This means that the series of steps from transitioning the gaming state to starting playing in the specific control state becomes monotonous, resulting in a problem in that the player's attention to the game decreases.

<Feature H Group>
Feature H1.
A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising: launching means (launching handle 27) for launching a gaming ball toward a gaming area formed in front of a gaming board; starting ball entry means (upper actuation port 36 and lower actuation port 37) for allowing a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area to enter the gaming area and for executing an internal lottery when the gaming ball enters the gaming area; and gaming state transition means (main control device 60) for transitioning the gaming state to a specific control state advantageous to a player based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming ball into the starting ball entry means,
A variable ball entry means (Kroon 53E) is provided to allow a game ball flowing down the game area to enter the game area based on the result of an internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball into the start ball entry means,
The variable ball entry means is
A specific ball entry section (round game execution gate) that allows the game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means to enter and controls the game in the specific control state based on the game ball entry;
A gaming machine characterized in that it is provided with a non-specific ball entry section (replay gate) which allows a gaming ball that has entered the variable ball entry means to enter and controls the game in the specific control state based on the entry of the gaming ball in a manner different from the control of the game in the specific control state by the specific ball entry section.

According to feature H1 of the present invention group, the gaming machine is provided with a variable ball entry means that allows a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area to enter the game area based on the result of an internal lottery executed based on the entry of a gaming ball into the start ball entry means, and the variable ball entry means is provided with a specific ball entry section that executes a game in a specific control state when a gaming ball enters the game area. Therefore, the player can control the game in the specific control state by having the gaming ball enter the specific ball entry section after the game state transition means transitions the game state to the specific control state. In addition, the non-specific ball entry section controls the game in the specific control state based on the entry of the gaming ball so as to be different from the control of the game in the specific control state by the specific ball entry section. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature H2.
In the gaming machine according to the feature H1 of the present invention,
The game state transition means includes:
A specific control starting means (game state transition processing) is provided for starting a game in the specific control state when a game ball enters the specific ball entry portion after the game state is transitioned to the specific control state,
The game in the specific control state is
A first specific game (four rounds of games);
a second specific game (16 rounds of games) that provides a player with a higher value than the first specific game;
A gaming machine characterized in that the specific control starting means starts either the first specific game or the second specific game when a gaming ball enters the specific ball entry section.

According to feature H2 of the present invention group, the game in the specific control state comprises a first specific game and a second specific game that provides the player with a higher value than the first specific game, and the specific control starting means starts either the first specific game or the second specific game when the game ball enters the specific ball entry section, so that when the game in the specific control state is started by having the game ball enter the variable ball entry means, the player will look forward to the start of the second specific game. Therefore, the gaming machine can further increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature H3.
In the gaming machine according to the feature H2 of the present invention,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the game state transition means sets the first specific game and the second specific game to be started when a gaming ball enters the specific entry section by executing a lottery to select the first specific game and the second specific game, and resets the first specific game and the second specific game to be started when a gaming ball enters the specific entry section by executing a re-lottery to select the first specific game and the second specific game when a gaming ball enters the non-specific entry section.

According to feature H3 of the present invention group, the game state transition means executes a lottery to select the first specific game and the second specific game, thereby setting the first specific game and the second specific game to be started when the game ball enters the specific ball entry section, so that the player will pay attention to the result of the lottery to select the first specific game and the second specific game. Also, the game state transition means executes a re-lottery to select the first specific game and the second specific game, upon the game ball entering the non-specific ball entry section, thereby resetting the first specific game and the second specific game to be started upon the game ball entering the specific ball entry section, so that the player can change the result of the lottery to select the first specific game and the second specific game by having the game ball enter the non-specific ball entry section. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature H4.
In the gaming machine according to any one of the features H1 to H3 of the present invention,
The specific control starting means starts the first specific game in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and starts the second specific game in which more game balls than the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out.

According to feature H4 of the present invention, the specific control starting means starts a first specific game in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and starts a second specific game in which more than the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, so that when a game in a specific control state is started, the player will look forward to the start of the second specific game. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature H5.
In the gaming machine according to the feature H4 of the present invention,
The game machine is provided with an opening/closing ball entry means (variable winning device 38) that has an open state in which game balls flowing down the game area are allowed to enter the game machine and a closed state in which game balls flowing down the game area are not allowed to enter the game machine, and that pays out a predetermined game ball when the game ball enters the game machine;
The specific control initiation means is
A gaming machine characterized in that the period from when the opening and closing ball entry means is set to an open state until it is set to a closed state again is considered to be one game of the specific control state (round game), and the first specific game in which the specified number of game balls can be paid out is started by setting the number of times the opening and closing ball entry means is opened and closed a specified number of times, and the second specific game in which more game balls can be paid out than the specified number of game balls is started by setting the number of times the opening and closing ball entry means is opened and closed a number greater than the specified number of times.

According to feature H5 of the present invention group, the specific control starting means starts a first specific game in which a specific number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times the opening and closing ball entry means is opened and closed to a specific number, and starts a second specific game in which more than the specific number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times the opening and closing ball entry means is opened and closed to a number greater than the specific number, so that when a game in a specific control state is started, the player will look forward to the start of the second specific game. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature H6.
In the gaming machine according to any one of the features H1 to H5 of the present invention,
The non-specific ball entry section executes the payout of game balls based on the entry of the game ball.

According to feature H6 of the present invention group, the non-specific ball entry section executes the payout of game balls based on the entry of the game ball, so that the player can increase the number of game balls without starting a game in the specific control state by having the game ball enter the non-specific ball entry section after transitioning the game state to the specific control state using the game state transition means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature H7.
In the gaming machine according to any one of the features H1 to H6 of the present invention,
The game machine has an open state in which game balls flowing down the game area are allowed to enter the game machine, and a closed state in which game balls flowing down the game area are not allowed to enter the game machine, and is provided with an opening/closing ball entry means (non-electric device 51) that transitions from the open state to the closed state based on the entry of a game ball into the game machine;
The variable ball entry means is
The non-specific ball entry unit allows a game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means to enter the game ball, and does not cause the open/close ball entry means to transition from a closed state to an open state based on the game ball entering the game ball;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising a specific ball entry section which allows a gaming ball that has entered the variable ball entry means to enter the game ball and transitions the opening/closing ball entry means from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the gaming ball.

According to feature H7 of the present invention, the specific ball entry section transitions the opening and closing ball entry means from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of a game ball, so that the player can start playing in the specific control state by having the game ball enter the opening and closing ball entry means after transitioning the game state to the next specific control state using the game state transition means. Therefore, the gaming machine can expand the player's options and increase the player's interest in the game.

Feature H8.
In the gaming machine according to any one of the features H1 to H6 of the present invention,
The game machine has an open state in which game balls flowing down the game area are allowed to enter the game machine, and a closed state in which game balls flowing down the game area are not allowed to enter the game machine, and is provided with an opening/closing ball entry means (non-electric device 51) that transitions from the open state to the closed state based on the entry of a game ball into the game machine;
The variable ball entry means is
The specific ball entry unit allows a game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means to enter the game ball, and does not cause the open/close ball entry means to transition from a closed state to an open state based on the game ball entering the game ball;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising a non-specific ball entry section that allows a gaming ball that has entered the variable ball entry means to enter the game ball and transitions the opening and closing ball entry means from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of the gaming ball.

According to feature H8 of the present invention, the non-specific ball entry section transitions the opening and closing ball entry means from a closed state to an open state based on the entry of a game ball, so that the player can then start playing in a specific control state by having the game ball enter the opening and closing ball entry means without having the game ball enter the specific ball entry section. Therefore, the gaming machine can expand the player's options and increase the player's interest in the game.

Feature H9.
In the gaming machine according to the present invention,
A gaming machine characterized in that the game in the specific control state which begins when a gaming ball enters the opening and closing ball entry means is the second specific game.

According to feature H9 of the present invention group, the game in the specific control state that starts when a gaming ball enters the opening and closing ball entry means is a second specific game, so when the opening and closing ball entry means is transitioned from a closed state to an open state, the player can start a second specific game that provides the player with a higher value than the first specific game by having the gaming ball enter the opening and closing ball entry means. Therefore, the gaming machine can further increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature H10.
In the gaming machine according to any one of Features H7 to H9 of the present invention,
The opening and closing ball entry means is
A first receiving portion (each plate-shaped body 513) for receiving the game ball that has entered the opening and closing ball entry means;
A second receiving portion (each lower wing member 515) for receiving the game ball that has entered the second ball entry portion,
A gaming machine characterized in that a gaming ball is received by the first receiving portion, thereby transitioning from an open state to a closed state, and a gaming ball is received by the second receiving portion, thereby transitioning from the closed state to the open state.

According to feature H10 of the present invention group, the opening/closing ball entry means transitions from an open state to a closed state by receiving a game ball at the first receiving part, and transitions from a closed state to an open state by receiving a game ball at the second receiving part, so that the opening/closing state can be transitioned using only the weight of the game ball without requiring other power sources such as electricity.

Feature H11.
In the gaming machine according to any one of Features H7 to H10 of the present invention,
The starting ball entry means is
The ball is inserted into the first starting ball entry section (upper operating port 36) and the second starting ball entry section (lower operating port 37).
The gaming machine includes:
A first route (left hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry section and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry section;
A second path (right hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part;
The opening and closing ball entry means is disposed on the first path,
The game state transition means includes:
A first game state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of a ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is lower than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A second game state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of the ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is higher than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching between the first game state and the second game state,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after completing play in the specific control state, and switches from the second game state to the first game state after executing a predetermined number of internal lotteries.

According to feature H11 of the present invention group, after finishing playing in the specific control state, the player can execute the internal lottery by having the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path until the predetermined number of internal lotteries are executed (until the game state is switched from the second game state to the first game state). After that, since it becomes difficult to have the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path, the player can execute the internal lottery by having the game ball enter the first start ball entry section via the first path. Therefore, if the opening and closing ball entry means is disposed on the first path, the player will end up having the game ball enter the opening and closing ball entry means via the first path unless the game state is shifted to the specific control state after the opening and closing ball entry means is shifted from the closed state to the open state and before the predetermined number of internal lotteries are executed. In this case, the opening and closing ball entry means will transition from an open state to a closed state, and the player can play in the hope of transitioning the game state to a specific control state before a predetermined number of internal lotteries are performed.

Feature H12.
In the gaming machine according to any one of Features H7 to H10 of the present invention,
The starting ball entry means is
The ball is inserted into the first starting ball entry section (upper operating port 36) and the second starting ball entry section (lower operating port 37).
The gaming machine includes:
A first route (left hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry section and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry section;
A second path (right hitting route) that is easy to cause the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part and is hard to cause the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part;
The opening and closing ball entry means is provided on a third path (weak shot route) different from the first path and the second path,
The game state transition means includes:
A first game state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of a ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is lower than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A second game state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of the ball landing in the second starting ball landing section is higher than that of the first starting ball landing section;
A game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching between the first game state and the second game state,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after completing play in the specific control state, and switches from the second game state to the first game state after executing a predetermined number of internal lotteries.

According to feature H12 of the present invention group, after the player finishes playing in the specific control state, until the predetermined number of internal lotteries are performed (until the game state is switched from the second game state to the first game state), the player can perform the internal lottery by having the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path. After that, since it becomes difficult to have the game ball enter the second start ball entry section via the second path, the player can perform the internal lottery by having the game ball enter the first start ball entry section via the first path. In addition, if the opening and closing ball entry means is disposed on the third path, the player will not enter the game ball into the opening and closing ball entry means even if the game state is not transitioned to the specific control state after transitioning the opening and closing ball entry means from the closed state to the open state until the predetermined number of internal lotteries are performed. In this case, the opening and closing ball entry means will not transition from the open state to the closed state, so the player can play with peace of mind.

Feature H13.
In the gaming machine according to any one of the features H1 to H12 of the present invention,
The variable ball entry means is
A ball entering the variable ball entry means is rolled on a rolling surface (rolling surface 531) of the ball (ball 53E).
A gaming machine characterized in that the specific ball entry area and the non-specific ball entry area are provided on the rolling surface and allow a gaming ball rolling on the rolling surface to enter the specific ball entry area.

According to feature H13 of the present invention, the specific ball entry section and the non-specific ball entry section are provided on the rolling surface of the ball, so that the player pays attention to the fate of the game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature H of the present invention can expand the options available to players and increase the attention the players pay to the game, thereby solving the following problems:

Conventionally, there is known a gaming machine that has a launching means for launching gaming balls toward a gaming area formed in front of a gaming board, and executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a gaming ball enters an actuation port (initial ball entry means). For example, when a player wins a jackpot lottery, the gaming machine transitions the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of gaming balls, for example, by transitioning a variable winning device to a state in which the gaming ball can enter.

However, after the gaming machine transitions the gaming state to a specific control state, it follows the same flow to start playing in the specific control state regardless of whether the player intervenes or not. This means that the series of steps from transitioning the gaming state to starting playing in the specific control state becomes monotonous, resulting in a problem in that the player's attention to the game decreases.

<Characteristics Group I>
Feature I1.
A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising: a launching means (launching handle 27) for launching a gaming ball toward a gaming area formed in front of a gaming board; and a lottery ball entry means (upper actuation port 36 and lower actuation port 37) for allowing a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area to enter the gaming area and for executing an internal lottery when the gaming ball enters the gaming area,
A variable ball entry mechanism (variable ball entry mechanism 52H) is provided to allow a game ball flowing down the game area to enter the game area based on a result of an internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball into the lottery ball entry mechanism;
The variable ball entry means is
An opening/closing valve (opening/closing valve 526) that has an open state that allows the game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means to pass and a closed state that does not allow the game ball to pass, and that switches between the open state and the closed state;
A route switching valve (plate 523a) that switches between the first route and the second route, which has a first route (execution gate route) that guides the game ball that has passed through the on-off valve to a first flow path (downstream guide passage 522b) and a second route (Klune route) that guides the game ball to a second flow path (downstream guide passage 522c) different from the first flow path;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising a ball entry possible state switching means (main control unit 60) for switching between a first ball entry possible state (execution gate ball entry possible state) in which a game ball flowing down the game area so as to pass through the opening and closing valve is allowed to enter when the route switching valve is switched to the first route, and a second ball entry possible state (Crune ball entry possible state) in which a game ball flowing down the game area so as to pass through the opening and closing valve is allowed to enter when the route switching valve is switched to the second route.

According to feature I1 of the present invention group, the ball entry possible state switching means switches between a first ball entry possible state and a second ball entry possible state, and the first ball entry possible state is set to allow a game ball flowing down the game area to pass through the on-off valve when the route switching valve is switched to the first route to be entered, and the second ball entry possible state is set to allow a game ball flowing down the game area to pass through the on-off valve when the route switching valve is switched to the second route to be entered. Therefore, the player will pay attention to the timing of switching the on-off valve to the open state, and the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature I2.
In the gaming machine according to the feature I1 of the present invention,
A gaming machine characterized in that the ball entry possible state switching means switches between the first ball entry possible state and the second ball entry possible state based on the result of an internal lottery performed based on the entry of a gaming ball into the lottery entry means.

According to feature I2 of the present invention group, the ball entry possible state switching means switches between the first ball entry possible state and the second ball entry possible state based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming ball into the lottery entry means, so that the player will pay attention to the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming ball into the lottery entry means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature I3.
In the gaming machine according to the present invention,
A gaming machine characterized in that the first route gives a predetermined value to the player by guiding a gaming ball to the first flow path, and the second route gives a higher value to the player than the first flow path by guiding a gaming ball to the second flow path.

According to feature I3 of the present invention group, the second route provides the player with a higher value than the first flow path by guiding the gaming ball to the second flow path, so the player will hope that the ball entry possible state switching means will switch to the second ball entry possible state. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Group I of the features of the present invention can increase the player's attention to the game, thereby solving the following problems:

Conventionally, there is known a gaming machine that has a launching means for launching gaming balls toward a gaming area formed in front of a gaming board, and executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a gaming ball enters an actuation port (initial ball entry means). For example, when a player wins a jackpot lottery, the gaming machine transitions the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of gaming balls, for example, by transitioning a variable winning device to a state in which the gaming ball can enter.

However, after the gaming machine transitions the gaming state to a specific control state, it follows the same flow to start playing in the specific control state regardless of whether the player intervenes or not. This means that the series of steps from transitioning the gaming state to starting playing in the specific control state becomes monotonous, resulting in a problem in that the player's attention to the game decreases.

<Characteristics Group J>
Feature J1.
A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising: a launching means (launching handle 27) for launching a gaming ball toward a gaming area formed in front of a gaming board; and a lottery ball entry means (upper actuation port 36 and lower actuation port 37) for allowing a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area to enter the gaming area and for executing an internal lottery when the gaming ball enters the gaming area,
A variable ball entry mechanism (variable ball entry mechanism 52H) is provided to allow a game ball flowing down the game area to enter the game area based on a result of an internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball into the lottery ball entry mechanism;
The variable ball entry means is
The ball entrance device has a first route (execution gate route) for guiding the game ball that has entered the variable ball entrance means to a first flow path (downstream guide passage 522b), and a second route (Klune route) for guiding the game ball to a second flow path (downstream guide passage 522c) different from the first flow path, and is provided with a route switching valve (plate 523a) for switching between the first route and the second route;
The first route provides value to the player over a predetermined period of time by guiding the gaming ball to the first flow path, and the second route provides value to the player over a longer period of time than the first route by guiding the gaming ball to the second flow path.

According to feature J1 of the present invention group, the first route provides value to the player over a predetermined time by guiding the gaming ball to the first flow path, and the second route provides value to the player over a longer time than the first route by guiding the gaming ball to the second flow path. Therefore, when the route switching valve switches to the first route, the player can proceed to the next game with a brisk pace, and when the route switching valve switches to the second route, the player can enjoy the game at his or her own pace. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature J2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature J1 of the present invention,
The variable ball entry means is
A rolling surface (rolling surface 531) for rolling the game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means;
The ball is provided on the rolling surface and has a ball entry section (holes 533A to 533C) for allowing the game ball rolling on the rolling surface to enter the ball (ball 53).
The gaming machine is characterized in that the second route guides the gaming ball to the second flow path, thereby guiding the gaming ball to the rolling surface of the crane.

According to feature J2 of the present invention group, the second route, by guiding the gaming ball to the second flow path, guides the gaming ball to the rolling surface of the crown, and therefore can provide value to the player over a longer period of time than the first flow path, and the player will pay attention to the fate of the gaming ball that has entered the variable ball entry means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

Feature J3.
In the gaming machine according to the present invention,
The variable ball entry means is
An opening/closing valve (opening/closing valve 526) that has an open state that allows the game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means to pass and a closed state that does not allow the game ball to pass, and that switches between the open state and the closed state;
The route switching valve guides the game ball that has passed through the opening and closing valve to the first flow path or the second flow path;
A gaming machine characterized in that it is equipped with a ball entry possible state switching means (main control device 60) that switches between a first ball entry possible state (execution gate ball entry possible state) that sets the game ball flowing down the game area to pass through the opening and closing valve to be able to enter when the route switching valve is switched to the first route, and a second ball entry possible state (Crune ball entry possible state) that sets the game ball flowing down the game area to pass through the opening and closing valve to be able to enter when the route switching valve is switched to the second route.

According to feature J3 of the present invention group, the ball entry possible state switching means switches between a first ball entry possible state and a second ball entry possible state, and the first ball entry possible state is set to allow a game ball flowing down the game area to pass through the on-off valve when the route switching valve is switched to the first route, and is set to allow a game ball flowing down the game area to pass through the on-off valve when the route switching valve is switched to the second route. Therefore, the player will pay attention to the timing of switching the on-off valve to the open state, and the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

These feature sets of the present invention can increase the player's attention to the game, thereby solving the following problems:

Conventionally, there is known a gaming machine that has a launching means for launching gaming balls toward a gaming area formed in front of a gaming board, and executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a gaming ball enters an actuation port (initial ball entry means). For example, when a player wins a jackpot lottery, the gaming machine transitions the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of gaming balls, for example, by transitioning a variable winning device to a state in which the gaming ball can enter.

However, after the gaming machine transitions the gaming state to a specific control state, it follows the same flow to start playing in the specific control state regardless of whether the player intervenes or not. This means that the series of steps from transitioning the gaming state to starting playing in the specific control state becomes monotonous, resulting in a problem in that the player's attention to the game decreases.

As described above, the present invention can be suitably used in gaming machines such as pachinko machines.

10... Pachinko machine, 35... General winning opening, 36... Upper operating opening, 37... Lower operating opening, 38... Variable winning device, 38a... Large winning opening, 38b... Opening and closing door, 38c... Variable winning drive unit, 39... Outlet, 47... Pattern display device, 60... Main control device, 62... MPU, 90... Sound and light emission control device, 92... MPU, 100... Display control device, 102... MPU.

Claims (1)

A launching means capable of launching a game ball toward a game area formed in front of the game board;
A starting ball entry means that allows a game ball flowing down the game area to enter the game area and that can execute a predetermined lottery based on the entered ball;
A gaming machine including a game state transition means for transitioning a game state to a specific control state advantageous to a player based on the result of the predetermined lottery,
A variable ball entry means for allowing a game ball flowing down the game area to enter the game area based on a result of the predetermined lottery;
an opening /closing ball entry means configured to be able to configure an open state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can enter the game area and a closed state in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot enter the game area, and to transition from the open state to the closed state in response to a physical entry of a game ball into the game area;
The gaming machine includes:
A first situation in which a predetermined control is executed in the specific control state when the game ball that entered the variable ball entry means wins , and the state of the opening/closing ball entry means can be changed based on the state before the winning ;
A second state in which the predetermined control is not executed when the game ball that entered the variable ball entry means wins a prize , and the state of the opening/closing ball entry means thereafter can be shifted based on the state before the winning is made .
A gaming machine characterized in that after the gaming state is transitioned to the specific control state, a predetermined game can be started based on the winning in the first situation .

Images